MELSEC iQ-F FX5User's Manual (Analog Control-CPU Module Built-In - Expansion Adapter) - en PDF
MELSEC iQ-F FX5User's Manual (Analog Control-CPU Module Built-In - Expansion Adapter) - en PDF
MELSEC iQ-F FX5User's Manual (Analog Control-CPU Module Built-In - Expansion Adapter) - en PDF
[DESIGN PRECAUTIONS]
WARNING
● Make sure to set up the following safety circuits outside the PLC to ensure safe system operation
even during external power supply problems or PLC failure. Otherwise, malfunctions may cause
serious accidents.
- Most importantly, set up the following: an emergency stop circuit, a protection circuit, an interlock
circuit for opposite movements (such as normal vs. reverse rotation), and an interlock circuit (to
prevent damage to the equipment at the upper and lower positioning limits).
- Note that when the CPU module detects an error, such as a watchdog timer error, during self-
diagnosis, all outputs are turned off. Also, when an error that cannot be detected by the CPU
module occurs in an input/output control block, output control may be disabled. External circuits
and mechanisms should be designed to ensure safe machinery operation in such a case.
- Note that the output current of the 24 V DC service power supply varies depending on the model
and the absence/presence of extension modules. If an overload occurs, the voltage automatically
drops, inputs in the PLC are disabled, and all outputs are turned off. External circuits and
mechanisms should be designed to ensure safe machinery operation in such a case.
- Note that when an error occurs in a relay, transistor or triac of an output circuit, the output might
stay on or off. For output signals that may lead to serious accidents, external circuits and
mechanisms should be designed to ensure safe machinery operation in such a case.
● Construct an interlock circuit in the program so that the whole system always operates on the safe
side before executing the control (for data change) of the PLC in operation in such a case.
Read the manual thoroughly and ensure complete safety before executing other controls (for program
change, parameter change, forcible output and operation status change) of the PLC in operation.
Otherwise, the machine may be damaged and accidents may occur due to erroneous operations.
● In an output circuit, when a load current exceeding the current rating or an overcurrent caused by a
load short-circuit flows for a long time, it may cause smoke and fire. To prevent this, configure an
external safety circuit, such as a fuse.
● For the operating status of each station after a communication failure of the network, refer to relevant
manuals for the network. Incorrect output or malfunction may result in an accident.
1
[DESIGN PRECAUTIONS]
CAUTION
● When an inductive load such as a lamp, heater, or solenoid valve is controlled, a large current
(approximately ten times greater than normal) may flow when the output is turned from off to on. Take
proper measures so that the flowing current dose not exceed the value corresponding to the
maximum load specification of the resistance load.
● After the CPU module is powered on or is reset, the time taken to enter the RUN status varies
depending on the system configuration, parameter settings, and/or program size.
Design circuits so that the entire system will always operate safely, regardless of this variation in time.
● Simultaneously turn on and off the power supplies of the CPU module and extension modules.
● If a long-time power failure or an abnormal voltage drop occurs, the PLC stops, and output is turned
off. When the power supply is restored, it will automatically restart (when the RUN/STOP/RESET
switch is on the RUN side).
[INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS]
WARNING
● Make sure to cut off all phases of the power supply externally before attempting installation or wiring
work. Failure to do so may cause electric shock or damage to the product.
● Use the product within the generic environment specifications described in the User's Manual
(Hardware) of the CPU module used.
Never use the product in areas with excessive dust, oily smoke, conductive dusts, corrosive gas (salt
air, Cl2, H2S, SO2 or NO2), flammable gas, vibration or impacts, or expose it to high temperature,
condensation, or rain and wind.
If the product is used in such conditions, electric shock, fire, malfunctions, deterioration or damage
may occur.
[INSTALLATION PRECAUTIONS]
CAUTION
● Do not touch the conductive parts of the product directly. Doing so may cause device failures or
malfunctions.
● When drilling screw holes or wiring, make sure that cutting and wiring debris do not enter the
ventilation slits of the PLC. Failure to do so may cause fire, equipment failures or malfunctions.
● For the product supplied together with a dust proof sheet, the sheet should be affixed to the ventilation
slits before the installation and wiring work to prevent foreign objects such as cutting and wiring
debris.
However, when the installation work is completed, make sure to remove the sheet to provide
adequate ventilation. Failure to do so may cause fire, equipment failures or malfunctions.
● Install the product on a flat surface. If the mounting surface is rough, undue force will be applied to the
PC board, thereby causing nonconformities.
● Install the product securely using a DIN rail or mounting screws.
● Connect the expansion board and expansion adapter securely to their designated connectors. Loose
connections may cause malfunctions.
● Make sure to affix the expansion board with tapping screws. Tightening torque should follow the
specifications in the manual. If the screws are tightened outside of the specified torque range, poor
connections may cause malfunctions.
2
CAUTION
● Work carefully when using a screwdriver such as installation of the product. Failure to do so may
cause damage to the product or accidents.
● Connect the extension cables, peripheral device cables, input/output cables and battery connecting
cable securely to their designated connectors. Loose connections may cause malfunctions.
● Turn off the power to the PLC before attaching or detaching the following devices. Failure to do so
may cause equipment failures or malfunctions.
- Peripheral devices, expansion board, expansion adapter, and connector conversion adapter
- Extension modules, bus conversion module, and connector conversion module
- Battery
[WIRING PRECAUTIONS]
WARNING
● Make sure to cut off all phases of the power supply externally before attempting installation or wiring
work. Failure to do so may cause electric shock or damage to the product.
● Make sure to attach the terminal cover, provided as an accessory, before turning on the power or
initiating operation after installation or wiring work. Failure to do so may cause electric shock.
● The temperature rating of the cable should be 80 or more.
● Make sure to wire the screw terminal block in accordance with the following precautions. Failure to do
so may cause electric shock, equipment failures, a short-circuit, wire breakage, malfunctions, or
damage to the product.
- The disposal size of the cable end should follow the dimensions described in the manual.
- Tightening torque should follow the specifications in the manual.
- Tighten the screws using a Phillips-head screwdriver No. 2 (shaft diameter 6 mm or less). Make
sure that the screwdriver does not touch the partition part of the terminal block.
● Make sure to properly wire to the terminal block (European type) in accordance with the following
precautions. Failure to do so may cause electric shock, equipment failures, a short-circuit, wire
breakage, malfunctions, or damage to the product.
- The disposal size of the cable end should follow the dimensions described in the manual.
- Tightening torque should follow the specifications in the manual.
- Twist the ends of stranded wires and make sure that there are no loose wires.
- Do not solder-plate the electric wire ends.
- Do not connect more than the specified number of wires or electric wires of unspecified size.
- Affix the electric wires so that neither the terminal block nor the connected parts are directly
stressed.
3
[WIRING PRECAUTIONS]
CAUTION
● Do not supply power to the [24+] and [24V] terminals (24 V DC service power supply) on the CPU
module or extension modules. Doing so may cause damage to the product.
● Perform class D grounding (grounding resistance: 100 or less) of the grounding terminal on the
CPU module and extension modules with a wire 2 mm2 or thicker.
Do not use common grounding with heavy electrical systems (refer to the User's Manual (Hardware)
of the CPU module used).
● Connect the power supply wiring to the dedicated terminals described in this manual. If an AC power
supply is connected to a DC input/output terminal or DC power supply terminal, the PLC will burn out.
● Do not wire vacant terminals externally. Doing so may damage the product.
● Install module so that excessive force will not be applied to terminal blocks, power connectors, I/O
connectors, communication connectors, or communication cables. Failure to do so may result in wire
damage/breakage or PLC failure.
● Make sure to observe the following precautions in order to prevent any damage to the machinery or
accidents due to malfunction of the PLC caused by abnormal data written to the PLC due to the
effects of noise.
- Do not bundle the power line, control line and communication cables together with or lay them
close to the main circuit, high-voltage line, load line or power line. As a guideline, lay the power
line, control line and communication cables at least 100 mm away from the main circuit, high-
voltage line, load line or power line.
- Ground the shield of the shield wire or shielded cable at one point on the PLC. However, do not
use common grounding with heavy electrical systems.
- Ground the shield of the analog input/output cable in accordance with the manuals of each model.
However, do not use common grounding with heavy electrical systems.
4
WARNING
● Use the battery for memory backup in conformance to the User's Manual (Hardware) of the CPU
module used.
- Use the battery for the specified purpose only.
- Connect the battery correctly.
- Do not charge, disassemble, heat, put in fire, short-circuit, connect reversely, weld, swallow or
burn the battery, or apply excessive forces (vibration, impact, drop, etc.) to the battery.
- Do not store or use the battery at high temperatures or expose to direct sunlight.
- Do not expose to water, bring near fire or touch liquid leakage or other contents directly.
Incorrect handling of the battery may cause heat excessive generation, bursting, ignition, liquid
leakage or deformation, and lead to injury, fire or failures and malfunction of facilities and other
equipment.
[OPERATION PRECAUTIONS]
CAUTION
● Construct an interlock circuit in the program so that the whole system always operates on the safe
side before executing the control (for data change) of the PLC in operation. Read the manual
thoroughly and ensure complete safety before executing other controls (for program change,
parameter change, forcible output and operation status change) of the PLC in operation. Otherwise,
the machine may be damaged and accidents may occur by erroneous operations.
[DISPOSAL PRECAUTIONS]
CAUTION
● Please contact a certified electronic waste disposal company for the environmentally safe recycling
and disposal of your device.
● When disposing of batteries, separate them from other waste according to local regulations. (For
details of the Battery Directive in EU countries, refer to the User's Manual (Hardware) of the CPU
module used.)
5
[TRANSPORTATION PRECAUTIONS]
CAUTION
● When transporting the PLC with the optional battery, turn on the PLC before shipment, confirm that
the battery mode is set using a parameter and the BAT LED is OFF, and check the battery life.
If the PLC is transported with the BAT LED ON or the battery exhausted, the battery-backed data may
be unstable during transportation.
● The PLC is a precision instrument. During transportation, avoid impacts larger than those specified in
the general specifications of the User's Manual (Hardware) of the CPU module by using dedicated
packaging boxes and shock-absorbing palettes.
Failure to do so may cause failures in the PLC. After transportation, verify operation of the PLC and
check for damage of the mounting part, etc.
● When transporting lithium batteries, follow required transportation regulations. (For details on the
regulated products, refer to the User's Manual (Hardware) of the CPU module used.)
● When fumigants that contain halogen materials such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, and iodine are
used for disinfecting and protecting wooden packaging from insects, they cause malfunction when
entering our products. Please take necessary precautions to ensure that remaining materials from
fumigant do not enter our products, or treat packaging with methods other than fumigation (heat
method). Additionally, disinfect and protect wood from insects before packing products.
6
INTRODUCTION
This manual contains text, diagrams and explanations which will guide the reader in the correct installation, safe use and
operation of the FX5 Programmable Controllers and should be read and understood before attempting to install or use the
module.
Always forward it to the end user.
Note
• If in doubt at any stage during the installation of the product, always consult a professional electrical engineer who is
qualified and trained in the local and national standards. If in doubt about the operation or use, please consult the nearest
Mitsubishi Electric representative.
• Since the examples indicated by this manual, technical bulletin, catalog, etc. are used as a reference, please use it after
confirming the function and safety of the equipment and system. Mitsubishi Electric will accept no responsibility for actual
use of the product based on these illustrative examples.
• This manual content, specification etc. may be changed without a notice for improvement.
• The information in this manual has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate; however, if you notice a doubtful
point, an error, etc., please contact the nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative. When doing so, please provide the
manual number given at the end of this manual.
7
CONTENTS
SAFETY PRECAUTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1
INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7
RELEVANT MANUALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
TERMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
GENERIC TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
CHAPTER 1 OUTLINE 21
CHAPTER 2 FX5-4AD-ADP 23
2.1 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Generic specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Power supply specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Performance specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
Input conversion characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
2.2 List of functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
2.3 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Processing of Each Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Range Switching Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
A/D Conversion Enable/Disable Setting Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
A/D Conversion Method . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Over Scale Detection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Scaling Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Shift Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Digital Clipping Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Warning Output Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Disconnection Detection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
Convergence Detection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Deviation Detection Between Channel Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Event History Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51
Offset/gain Setting Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Offset/gain Initialization Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
Common Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
2.4 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4AD-ADP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
2.5 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
2.6 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
European-type terminal block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Terminal layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Analog input wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
2.7 Parameter Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Application settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
2.8 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Troubleshooting with the LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Checking the state of the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Troubleshooting by Symptom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
8
2.9 List of Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
2.10 List of Alarm Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
2.11 List of Special Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
2.12 Detail of Special Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
A/D conversion completed flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
A/D conversion enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Over scale upper limit detection flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Over scale lower limit detection flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Over scale detection enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
CONTENTS
Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Maximum value reset request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Minimum value reset request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Scaling enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
Digital clipping enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76
Warning output setting (process alarm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77
Warning output setting (rate alarm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Disconnection detection flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Convergence detection flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Convergence detection enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79
Deviation detection flag between channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Deviation detection trigger between channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Offset/gain reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Offset/gain writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Offset/gain initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
A/D conversion alarm clear request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
A/D conversion alarm flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
A/D conversion error flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2.13 List of Special Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.14 Detail of Special Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Module Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Digital output value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Digital operation value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87
Analog input value monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Average processing specify. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Input range setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89
Maximum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Minimum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Scaling upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Scaling lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Conversion value shift amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Process alarm upper upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
Process alarm upper lower limit value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Process alarm lower upper limit value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Process alarm lower lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
9
Rate alarm upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93
Rate alarm lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Rate alarm warning detection period setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
Convergence detection upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Convergence detection lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Detection time setting for convergence detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Deviation detection CH1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96
Deviation detection CH2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Deviation value for deviation detection between channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
CH setting 2 for deviation detection between channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98
Offset setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Gain setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Offset/gain writing enable code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
A/D conversion latest alarm code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
A/D conversion latest error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
10
Troubleshooting by Symptom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
3.9 List of Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
3.10 List of Alarm Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
3.11 List of Special Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
3.12 Detail of Special Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Temperature unit selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Conversion completed flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Conversion enable/disable setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
CONTENTS
Maximum value reset request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140
Minimum value reset request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Warning output setting (Process alarm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Warning output setting (rate alarm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Disconnection detection flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143
Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Offset/gain setting flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Read offset/gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Write offset/gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Initialize offset/gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Conversion alarm clear request. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Conversion alarm flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Conversion error flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
3.13 List of Special Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
3.14 Detail of Special Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Module Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Measured temperature value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
Average processing setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Time average/count average/moving average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152
Setting RTD type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Maximum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Minimum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
Process alarm upper upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Process alarm upper lower limit value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Process alarm lower upper limit value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Process alarm lower lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155
Rate alarm upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Rate alarm lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Rate alarm detection cycle setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Conversion setting for disconnection detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
Conversion setting value for disconnection detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Offset temperature setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Gain temperature setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Offset/gain code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Resistance offset value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Resistance gain value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Input offset value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
11
Input gain value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Conversion latest alarm code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
Conversion latest error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
12
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Warning output setting (process alarm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
Warning output setting (rate alarm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Disconnection detection flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Offset/gain setting flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
CONTENTS
Read offset/gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207
Write offset/gain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Initialize offset/gain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Conversion alarm clear request. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208
Conversion alarm flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
Conversion error flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209
4.13 List of Special Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
4.14 Detail of Special Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Module Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Measured temperature value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Average processing setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Time average/count average/moving average . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215
Setting thermocouple type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Maximum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Minimum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Process alarm upper upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Process alarm upper lower limit value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Process alarm lower upper limit value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Process alarm lower lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Rate alarm upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219
Rate alarm lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Rate alarm detection cycle setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220
Conversion setting for disconnection detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221
Conversion setting value for disconnection detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Offset temperature setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
Gain temperature setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Offset/gain code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223
Thermal EMF offset value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Thermal EMF gain value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Input offset value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Input gain value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
Conversion latest alarm code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Conversion latest error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
13
5.2 List of functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
5.3 Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Processing of Each Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Range Switching Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
D/A Output Enable/Disable Setting Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Analog Output HOLD/CLEAR Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Analog Output Test when CPU Module is in STOP Status Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
Scaling Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Shift Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240
Warning Output Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
External Power Supply Disconnection Detection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Disconnection Detection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
Event History Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Offset/gain Setting Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244
Offset/gain Initialization Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Common Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
5.4 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4DA-ADP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
5.5 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
5.6 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
European-type terminal block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253
Terminal layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Power supply wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255
Analog output wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 256
5.7 Parameter Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Basic settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 257
Application settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258
5.8 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Troubleshooting with the LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Checking the state of the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259
Troubleshooting by Symptom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
5.9 List of Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
5.10 List of Alarm Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
5.11 List of Special Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
5.12 Detail of Special Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
D/A conversion enable/disable setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
D/A output enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266
Scaling enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Warning output upper limit value flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Warning output lower limit value flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267
Warning output setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Disconnection detection flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268
Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Offset/gain reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Offset/gain writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 269
Offset/gain initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
D/A conversion alarm clear request. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
D/A conversion alarm flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 270
D/A conversion error flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 271
14
5.13 List of Special Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272
5.14 Detail of Special Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Module Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Digital value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Digital operation value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
Analog output value monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
HOLD/CLEAR function setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 275
HOLD setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Output range setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
CONTENTS
Scaling upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276
Scaling lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Input value shift amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Warning output upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 277
Warning output lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Offset setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Gain setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 278
Offset/gain writing enable code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
D/A conversion latest alarm code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
D/A conversion latest error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
15
Range Switching Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
D/A Output Enable/Disable Setting Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Analog Output HOLD/CLEAR Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322
Analog Output Test when CPU Module is in STOP Status Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Scaling Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
Shift Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 326
Warning Output Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
External Power Supply Disconnection Detection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 328
Disconnection Detection Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
Offset/gain Setting Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
Offset/gain Initialization Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 336
6.5 Common Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Event History Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Changing the setting value while the CPU module is operating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 337
Starting/stopping the analog function in accordance with the CPU module status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338
Alarm clear request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339
6.6 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4A-ADP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
6.7 System Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341
6.8 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
European-type terminal block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 342
Terminal layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Power supply wiring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Analog input/output wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 344
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 345
6.9 Parameter Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 346
Basic settings (Input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347
Application settings (Input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 348
Basic settings (Output) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 350
Application settings (Output) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
6.10 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Troubleshooting with the LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Checking the state of the module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
Troubleshooting by Symptom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 354
6.11 List of Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
A/D conversion error code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
D/A conversion error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 358
6.12 List of Alarm Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
A/D conversion alarm code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
D/A conversion alarm code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
6.13 List of A/D Conversion Special Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
A/D conversion completed flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
A/D conversion enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Over scale upper limit detection flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 365
Over scale lower limit detection flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Over scale detection enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
Maximum value reset request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Minimum value reset request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Scaling enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
16
Digital clipping enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 368
Warning output setting (process alarm). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Warning output setting (rate alarm) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Disconnection detection flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 370
CONTENTS
Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Convergence detection flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Convergence detection enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 371
Deviation detection flag between channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Deviation detection trigger between channel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Offset/gain reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Offset/gain writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
Offset/gain initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
A/D conversion alarm clear request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 373
A/D conversion alarm flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
A/D conversion error flag. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 374
6.15 List of A/D Conversion Special Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Module Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Digital output value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Digital operation value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 379
Analog input value monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Average processing specify. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Input range setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 381
Maximum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Minimum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Scaling upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 382
Scaling lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Conversion value shift amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Process alarm upper upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 383
Process alarm upper lower limit value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Process alarm lower upper limit value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 384
Process alarm lower lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Rate alarm upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 385
Rate alarm lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Rate alarm warning detection period setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 386
Convergence detection upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Convergence detection lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 387
Detection time setting for convergence detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Deviation detection CH1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 388
Deviation detection CH2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
Deviation value for deviation detection between channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 389
CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
CH setting 2 for deviation detection between channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 390
Offset setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
Gain setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
17
Offset/gain writing enable code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 391
A/D conversion latest alarm code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
A/D conversion latest error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
6.17 List of D/A Conversion Special Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 393
6.18 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
D/A conversion enable/disable setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
D/A output enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 395
Scaling enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Warning output upper limit value flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Warning output lower limit value flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
Warning output setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Disconnection detection flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Offset/gain reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Offset/gain writing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 398
Offset/gain initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
D/A conversion alarm clear request. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
D/A conversion alarm flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 399
D/A conversion error flag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 400
6.19 List of D/A Conversion Special Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 401
6.20 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Digital value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Digital operation value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 403
Analog output value monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
HOLD/CLEAR function setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
HOLD setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 404
Output range setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Scaling upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Scaling lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 405
Input value shift amount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Warning output upper limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Warning output lower limit value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 406
Offset setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Gain setting value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
Offset/gain writing enable code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 407
D/A conversion latest alarm code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
D/A conversion latest error code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 408
18
Scaling Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
Shift Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 417
Digital Clipping Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
Warning Output Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Event History Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
7.4 Functions (Analog output) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
Processing of each function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
CONTENTS
D/A Output Enable/Disable Setting Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Analog Output HOLD/CLEAR Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
Analog Output Test when CPU Module is in STOP Status Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
Scaling Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
Shift Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Warning Output Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Event History Function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
7.5 Procedure to Execute the Built-in Analog Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 428
7.6 Wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
European-type terminal block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 429
Terminal layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Analog input wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Analog output wiring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 430
7.7 Parameter Setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Basic settings (Analog input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Application setting (Analog input) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
Basic settings (Analog output). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 433
Application setting (Analog output) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
7.8 List of Error Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 435
7.9 List of Alarm Code. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 436
7.10 List of Special Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Special relays for analog input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
Special relays for analog output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 437
7.11 List of Special Registers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Special registers for analog input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
Special registers for analog output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
7.12 How to use analog inputs built in CPU module for current inputs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
APPENDIX 440
Appendix 1 Added and Enhanced Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 440
INDEX 442
REVISIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .444
WARRANTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .445
TRADEMARKS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .446
19
RELEVANT MANUALS
Manual name <manual number> Description
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware) Describes the details of hardware of the FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module,
<SH-082452ENG> including performance specifications, wiring, installation, and maintenance.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5 User's Manual (Application) Describes the basic knowledge required for program design, functions of the CPU
<JY997D55401> module, devices/labels, and parameters.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5 Programming Manual (Program Design) Describes the specifications of ladder, ST, FBD/LD, and SFC programs, and labels.
<JY997D55701>
MELSEC iQ-F FX5 Programming Manual (Instructions, Standard Describes the specifications of instructions and functions that can be used in
Functions/Function Blocks) programs.
<JY997D55801>
MELSEC iQ-F FX5 User's Manual (Analog Control - CPU module built- Describes the analog function of the CPU module built-in and the analog adapter.
in, Expansion adapter)
<JY997D60501> (This manual)
GX Works3 Operating Manual Describes the system configuration, parameter settings, and online operations of GX
<SH-081215ENG> Works3.
TERMS
Unless otherwise specified, this manual uses the following terms.
Terms Description
Engineering tool The software package for the MELSEC series programmable controllers
*1 Area-specific model
20
1 OUTLINE
1
The FX5 supports the following analog functions:
Model Item Outline Reference
FX5-4AD-ADP Analog input The FX5-4AD-ADP is an analog adapter which inputs 4 points of analog input Page 23
(voltage/current) when connected to the FX5 CPU module.
A/D-converted values are written to special registers assigned to each channel.
The maximum number of the analog adapters that can be connected is as follows.
• FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: Up to 4 modules
• FX5UJ CPU module: Up to 2 modules
FX5-4AD-PT-ADP Temperature sensor input The FX5-4AD-PT-ADP is an analog adapter which inputs 4 points of temperature of Page 101
(for resistance temperature resistance temperature detector (analog input) when connected to the FX5 CPU
detector) module.
Temperature converted values are written to special registers assigned to each
channel.
The maximum number of the analog adapters that can be connected is as follows.
• FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: Up to 4 modules
• FX5UJ CPU module: Up to 2 modules
FX5-4AD-TC-ADP Temperature sensor input The FX5-4AD-TC-ADP is an analog adapter which inputs 4 points of temperature of Page 163
(for thermocouple) thermocouple (analog input) when connected to the FX5 CPU module.
Temperature converted values are written to special registers assigned to each
channel.
The maximum number of the analog adapters that can be connected is as follows.
• FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: Up to 4 modules
• FX5UJ CPU module: Up to 2 modules
FX5-4DA-ADP Analog output The FX5-4DA-ADP is an analog adapter which outputs 4 points of voltage/current Page 227
when connected to the FX5 CPU module.
D/A-converted analog data are output when values are set to special registers
assigned to each channel.
The maximum number of the analog adapters that can be connected is as follows.
• FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: Up to 4 modules
• FX5UJ CPU module: Up to 2 modules
FX5-4A-ADP Analog input/output The FX5-4A-ADP is an analog adapter which inputs 2 points of voltage/current and Page 280
outputs 2 points of voltage/current when connected to the FX5 CPU module.
A/D-converted values are written to special registers assigned to each channel. D/A-
converted analog data are output when values are set to special registers assigned
to each channel.
The maximum number of the analog adapters that can be connected is as follows.
• FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: Up to 4 modules*1
• FX5UJ CPU module: Up to 2 modules
FX5U CPU module built- Analog input/output The FX5 CPU module has 2 points of built-in analog voltage input and 1 point of built- Page 409
in analog in analog voltage output.
Values A/D-converted by the FX5U CPU module are written to special registers
assigned to each channel.
D/A-converted analog data are output when values are set to special registers in the
FX5U CPU module.
*1 When the FX5-4A-ADP with the serial number 223**** or earlier is used, the maximum number of connectable modules is two.
1 OUTLINE
21
MEMO
1 OUTLINE
22
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
This chapter describes the FX5-4AD-ADP.
2.1 Specifications 2
This section describes the specifications.
Generic specifications
The items other than the following are equivalent to those of the CPU module.
For general specifications, refer to the following manual.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
Item Specification
Dielectric withstand voltage 500 V AC for one minute Between all external terminals and ground terminal of
CPU module
Insulation resistance 10 M or higher by 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.1 Specifications 23
Performance specifications
Performance specifications is shown below.
Item Specification
Number of analog input points 4 points (4 channels)
Analog input voltage -10 to +10 V DC (input resistance 1 M)
Analog input current -20 to +20 mA DC (input resistance 250 )
Digital output value 14-bit binary value
Input characteristics, resolution*1 Analog input range Digital output value Resolution
Voltage 0 to 10 V 0 to 16000 625 V
0 to 5 V 0 to 16000 312.5 V
1 to 5 V 0 to 12800 312.5 V
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000 1250 V
Current 0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000 1.25 A
4 to 20 mA 0 to 12800 1.25 A
-20 to +20 mA -8000 to +8000 2.5 A
Accuracy (accuracy for the full scale Ambient temperature 255: within 0.1 % (16 digit)
of digital output value) Ambient temperature 0 to 55: within .0.2 % (32 digit)
Ambient temperature -20 to 0*2: within .0.3 % (48 digit)
Conversion speed • FX5S CPU module: Maximum 500 s (The data will be updated at every scan time of the programmable controller.)
• FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: Maximum 450 s (The data will be updated at every scan time of the
programmable controller.)
Absolute maximum input Voltage: 15 V, Current: ±30 mA
Isolation method Between input terminal and programmable controller: Photocoupler
Between input channels: Non-isolation
Number of occupied I/O points 0 point (This number is not related to the maximum number of I/O points of the programmable controller.)
Applicable CPU module • FX5S CPU module (From the first)
• FX5UJ CPU module (From the first)
• FX5U CPU module (From the first)
• FX5UC CPU module (From the first)
Applicable engineering tool • FX5S CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.080J or later)
• FX5UJ CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.060N or later)
• FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.007H or later)
*1 For the input conversion characteristic, refer to the Page 25 Input conversion characteristics.
*2 This specification does not apply to products manufactured before June 2016.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
24 2.1 Specifications
Input conversion characteristics
An input conversion characteristic of A/D conversion is expressed by the slope of the straight line connecting the offset value
and the gain value at the time when an analog input (voltage or current) from outside the programmable controller is
converted to a digital value.
2
Voltage input characteristic
The following shows the list of the analog input ranges and the graphs of each voltage input characteristic, at the voltage
input.
No. Input range setting Offset value Gain value Digital output value*1 Resolution
(1) 0 to 10 V 0V 10 V 0 to 16000 625 V
(2) 0 to 5 V 0V 5V 0 to 16000 312.5 V
(3) 1 to 5 V 1V 5V 0 to 12800 312.5 V
(4) -10 to +10 V 0V 10 V -8000 to +8000 1250 V
*1 When analog input exceeds the range of the digital output value, the digital output value is fixed to the maximum or minimum.
• Set values within the practical range of the analog input and digital output at each input range. If the values
are out of the range, the resolution and accuracy may not fall within the range of the performance
specifications. (Do not use values in the dotted line region in the graph of voltage input characteristics.)
• Do not set the voltage over 15 V. Doing so can cause breakdown of the products.
16383
16000
Digital
0
output
-384
value
-16000
-16384
-15 -10 -5 -0.24 0 5 10 10.24 15
Analog input voltage (V)
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.1 Specifications 25
■Voltage input characteristics graph (0 to 5 V)
Practical analog input range
16383
16000
Digital
0
output
-384
value
-16000
-16384
-15 -10 -5 -0.12 0 5 5.12 10 15
Analog input voltage (V)
13183
12800
Digital
0
output
-3584
value
-12800
8191
8000
Digital
0
output
value
-8000
-8192
-15 -10.24 -10 -5 0 5 10 10.24 15
Analog input voltage (V)
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
26 2.1 Specifications
Current input characteristic
The following shows the list of the analog input ranges and the graph of each current input characteristic, at the current input.
No. Input range setting Offset value Gain value Digital output value*1 Resolution
(1) 0 to 20 mA 0 mA 20 mA 0 to 16000 1.25 A
(2) 4 to 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 0 to 12800 1.25 A 2
(3) -20 to +20 mA 0 mA 20 mA -8000 to +8000 2.5 A
*1 When analog input exceeds the range of the digital output value, the digital output value is fixed to the maximum or minimum.
• Set values within the practical range of the analog input and digital output at each input range. If the values
are out of the range, the resolution and accuracy may not fall within the range of the performance
specifications. (Do not use values in the dotted line region in the graph of current input characteristics.)
• Do not set the voltage over 30 mA. Doing so can cause breakdown of the products.
16383
16000
Digital
0
output
-384
value
-16000
-16383
-40 -20 -0.48 0 20 20.48 40
Analog input current (mA)
13183
12800
Digital
0
output
-3584
value
-12800
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.1 Specifications 27
■Current input characteristics graph (-20 to +20 mA)
Practical analog input range
8191
8000
Digital
0
output
value
-8000
-8192
-40 -20.48 -20 0 20 20.48 40
Analog input current (mA)
Accuracy
Accuracy of A/D conversion is determined by the accuracy for the full scale of digital output value.
An input characteristic change through changes of the offset/gain setting or the input range does not sacrifice the accuracy,
which is maintained within the described range of the performance specifications.
The following graph shows the fluctuation range of accuracy when the range of -10 to +10 V is selected.
The accuracy is 0.1 % (16 digits) at ambient temperature of 255; the accuracy is 0.2 % (32 digits) at ambient
temperature of 0 to 55; the accuracy is 0.3 % (48 digits) at ambient temperature of -20 to 0 (except for the conditions
under noise influence).
+8000
Fluctuation range
Digital
0
output
value
-8000
-10 V 0 +10 V
Analog input value
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
28 2.1 Specifications
2.2 List of functions
The following table lists the functions list.
List of Functions Description Reference
Range switching function Allows switching the input range of an analog input for each channel. Switching the
range makes it possible to change the input conversion characteristics.
Page 31
2
A/D conversion enable/disable setting function Controls whether to enable or disable the A/D conversion for each channel. Page 32
A/D conversion Sampling processing Executes A/D conversion of analog input values sequentially and stores the digital Page 32
method output values to the special registers.
Averaging Time average Executes A/D conversion for a set time, calculates the average of the total value, and
processing stores the result in special registers. The number of processing times within the set time
changes depending on the number of channels where A/D conversion is enabled.
Count average Executes A/D conversion for a set number of times, and calculates the average of the
total value excluding the maximum value and the minimum value to store it in the
special registers. The time taken to store the average value obtained by the average
processing in the special registers changes depending on the number of channels
where the A/D conversion is enabled.
Moving average Averages digital output values taken at every scan for a specified number of times, and
stores the averaged value in the special registers. Because the target range for
averaging processing is moved in response to every sampling processing, the latest
digital output value can be obtained.
Over scale detection function Function to detect analog input values that are over a input range. Page 34
Scaling function Performs scale conversion on digital output values within a specified range between a Page 36
scaling upper limit value and a scaling lower limit value. This function reduces the time
and effort to create a program of the scale conversion.
Shift function Adds (shifts) a set conversion value shift amount to a digital output value and stores the Page 39
result in the digital operation value. The digital operation value reflects the change in the
conversion value shift amount on a realtime basis. Therefore, fine adjustment can be
easily performed when the system starts.
Digital clipping function Fixes a possible digital operation value to the maximum digital output value or the Page 40
minimum digital output value when an input current or voltage exceeds the input range.
Maximum value/minimum value hold function Stores the maximum and minimum values of digital operation values to the special Page 41
registers for each channel.
Warning output Process alarm Outputs a warning when a digital operation value enters the preset warning output Page 42
function range.
Rate alarm Outputs a warning when the change rate of a digital output value is equal to or more Page 44
than the rate alarm upper limit value, or the rate is equal to or less than the rate alarm
lower limit value.
Disconnection detection function Disconnection can be detected for each channel. Page 47
Convergence detection function Detects whether the digital operation value is within a certain range in the specified Page 49
time.
Deviation detection between channel function Detects whether the difference in the digital operation value is larger than a specified Page 50
value between channels.
Event history function Collects errors from FX5-4AD-ADP, and stores them as event information into the CPU Page 51
module.
Offset/gain setting function Corrects errors in digital output values. Page 52
Offset/gain initialization function Initializes the offset value and gain value stored in the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD- Page 55
ADP.
Common function Explains the common functions such as changing the setting values while the CPU Page 56
module is operating.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.2 List of functions 29
2.3 Functions
This section describes the functions of the FX5-4AD-ADP and the setting procedures for those functions using GX Works3.
This section describes the special relays and special registers for the 1st FX5-4AD-ADP module.
For checking the special relays and special registers for the 2nd and later FX5-4AD-ADP modules, refer to the
following:
Page 69 List of Special Relays, Page 83 List of Special Registers
Disconnection detection
function
Averaging function
Scaling function
Warning output function
(Rate alarm)
Shift function
Convergence detection
function
Warning output function
(Process alarm)
Maximum value/minimum
value hold function
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
30 2.3 Functions
Digital output value
These values are the digital values after the sampling processing or each averaging processing has been performed.
Setting procedure
Set the input range to be used in the "Input range setting".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Range switching function"
Input range setting Digital output value
0 to 10 V 0 to 16000
0 to 5 V 0 to 16000
1 to 5 V 0 to 12800
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000
0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000
4 to 20 mA 0 to 12800
-20 to +20 mA -8000 to +8000
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the range switching function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Input range setting SD6305 SD6345 SD6385 SD6425 Page 89
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 31
Operation
The input range is switched when the "input range setting" is changed while the "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" is set
to "disable".
When the input range is switched, the following special devices are initialized:
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
A/D conversion completed flag SM6300 SM6340 SM6380 SM6420 Page 73
Over scale upper limit detection flag SM6302 SM6342 SM6382 SM6422 Page 73
Over scale lower limit detection flag SM6303 SM6343 SM6383 SM6423 Page 74
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) SM6311 SM6351 SM6391 SM6431 Page 76
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) SM6312 SM6352 SM6392 SM6432 Page 76
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) SM6315 SM6355 SM6395 SM6435 Page 77
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) SM6316 SM6356 SM6396 SM6436 Page 77
Disconnection detection flag SM6318 SM6358 SM6398 SM6438 Page 78
Convergence detection flag SM6321 SM6361 SM6401 SM6441 Page 79
Deviation detection flag between channel SM6325 SM6365 SM6405 SM6445 Page 80
Digital output value SD6300 SD6340 SD6380 SD6420 Page 87
Digital operation value SD6301 SD6341 SD6381 SD6421 Page 87
Analog input value monitor SD6302 SD6342 SD6382 SD6422 Page 88
Maximum value SD6306 SD6346 SD6386 SD6426 Page 90
Minimum value SD6307 SD6347 SD6387 SD6427 Page 90
Offset setting value*1 SD6332 SD6372 SD6412 SD6452 Page 99
*1
Gain setting value SD6333 SD6373 SD6413 SD6453 Page 99
*1 When the input range setting after change is equivalent to the input range setting set by the offset/gain setting function, the values set by
the offset/gain setting function are reflected. In any other case, they are initialized to the initial value.
Setting procedure
Set "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" to "A/D conversion enable" or "A/D conversion disable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "A/D Conversion Enable/Disable Setting Function"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the A/D conversion enable/disable setting function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
A/D conversion enable/disable setting SM6301 SM6341 SM6381 SM6421 Page 73
Operation
The analog input is A/D-converted only in the channels for which the "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" is set to
"enable", and values are stored in the "digital output value", "digital operation value" and "analog input value monitor".
When the "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" is changed from "enable" to "disable", the digital value, digital operation
value and analog input value monitor are cleared.
Sampling processing
The analog input is A/D-converted in each scan of the CPU module, the converted value is output in digital at each time, and
values are stored in the "digital output value", "digital operation value" and "analog input value monitor".
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
32 2.3 Functions
Averaging processing
The FX5-4AD-ADP performs the averaging processing on digital output values for each channel and stores the mean values
to the special registers.
The following three types of averaging processing are provided.
• Time average
2
• Count average
• Moving average
■Time average
A/D conversion is executed for a set time, the total value is averaged, and values are stored in the "digital output value",
"digital operation value" and "analog input value monitor".
The number of times of processing within the set time varies depending on the number of channels for which A/D conversion
is enabled.
Number of processing times=Setting timeScan time
If the set time is shorter than the scan time, the averaging processing is not executed, but the sampling value
is output. However, only in the first output, the averaged value of the 1st sample and 2nd sample is output.
■Count average
A/D conversion is executed for a set number of times of count average, the averaged value excluding the maximum value and
minimum value is output in digital, and values are stored in the "digital output value", "digital operation value" and "analog
input value monitor".
The time required to store the averaged value obtained by count average in the "digital output value", "digital operation value"
and "analog input value monitor" varies depending on the scan time.
Processing time=Set number of timesScan time
The count average requires a total of at least two values excluding the maximum value and minimum value.
Set the number of times to "4" or larger value.
■Moving average
A/D conversion is executed for a set number of times of moving average, and the averaged value is output in digital, and
values are stored in the "digital output value", "digital operation value" and "analog input value monitor".
Because the target range for averaging processing is moved in each conversion cycle and the averaging processing is
executed using A/D conversion values for the set number of times, the latest "digital output value", "digital operation value"
and "analog input value monitor" can be obtained.
The figure below shows the moving average when the number of times of averaging processing is set to "4".
Digital output value Scan time
4000 (3) (4)
(2)
(5)
(1) (6) (8) (9)
(7) (12)
(10)(11)
2000
0 Time [ms]
CH1 Digital output (a) (b) (c)
value 0
ON
CH1 A/D conversion
completed flag OFF
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 33
Setting procedure
■Sampling processing
Set "Average Processing Specification" to "Sampling Processing".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "A/D conversion method"
■Averaging processing
1. Set "Average Processing Specification" to "Time Average", "Count Average", or "Moving Average".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "A/D Conversion Method"
2. Set a value for "Time Average Counts Average Moving Average".
Item Setting range
Time Average 1 to 10000 (ms)
Count Average 4 to 32767 (times)
Moving Average 2 to 64 (times)
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the A/D conversion method are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Digital output value SD6300 SD6340 SD6380 SD6420 Page 87
Digital operation value SD6301 SD6341 SD6381 SD6421 Page 87
Analog input value monitor SD6302 SD6342 SD6382 SD6422 Page 88
Average processing specify SD6303 SD6343 SD6383 SD6423 Page 88
Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average SD6304 SD6344 SD6384 SD6424 Page 89
setting
Setting procedure
Set "Over scale detection enable/disable" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Over Scale Detection"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the over scale detection function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Over scale upper limit detection flag SM6302 SM6342 SM6382 SM6422 Page 73
Over scale lower limit detection flag SM6303 SM6343 SM6383 SM6423 Page 74
Over scale detection enable/disable setting SM6304 SM6344 SM6384 SM6424 Page 74
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
34 2.3 Functions
Over-scale detection condition
The table below shows the condition for detecting over-scale when the over-scale detection function is enabled.
Input range Normal range Over-scale detection condition
Analog input value lower limit Analog input value upper limit
0 to 10 V -0.2 to +10.2 V -0.2 V > Analog input value +10.2 V < Analog input value 2
0 to 5 V -0.1 to +5.1 V -0.1 V > Analog input value +5.1 V < Analog input value
1 to 5 V -0.1 to +5.1 V -0.1 V > Analog input value +5.1 V < Analog input value
-10 to +10 V -10.2 to +10.2 V -10.2 V > Analog input value +10.2 V < Analog input value
0 to 20 mA -0.4 to +20.4 mA -0.4 mA > Analog input value +20.4 mA < Analog input value
4 to 20 mA -0.4 to +20.4 mA -0.4 mA > Analog input value +20.4 mA < Analog input value
-20 to +20 mA -20.4 to +20.4 mA -20.4 mA > Analog input value +20.4 mA < Analog input value
Operation
When the analog input value is outside the normal range, it is regarded as over-scale and the corresponding over-scale
detection flag turns ON.
• Over-scale upper limit detection flag: Turns ON when the analog input value is above the normal range. (Alarm code:
090H)
• Over-scale lower limit detection flag: Turns ON when the analog input value is below the normal range. (Alarm code:
091H)
The digital output value from the channel where over-scale is detected is held with the value just before over-scale is
detected, and the "A/D conversion completion flag" of the corresponding channel turns OFF.
When the analog input value becomes normal, A/D conversion is restarted. After the first update, the "A/D conversion
completion flag" of the corresponding channel turns ON, but the "over-scale upper limit detection flag", "over-scale lower limit
detection flag" does not turn OFF.
It is necessary to set to ON the "alarm clear request" for turning OFF the "over-scale upper limit detection flag", "over-scale
lower limit detection flag". The "over-scale upper limit detection flag", "over-scale lower limit detection flag" turns OFF also
when the "over-scale detection enable/disable" is changed to "disable".
Detection range
Analog input value Out of detection range
Excluded
Over scale upper limit detection
10.2 V
0V
-0.2 V
ON
A/D conversion OFF
completed flag
ON
Alarm clear request OFF
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 35
• The "alarm clear request" is not turned off automatically. To perform an alarm clear again, it is necessary to
turn it OFF once.
• To clear the alarm code, set the "alarm clear request" to ON.
Scaling Function
This function performs the scale conversion on digital output values. The values are converted within a specified range
between a scaling upper limit value and scaling lower limit value.
The converted values are stored in "digital operation value".
Setting procedure
1. Set "Scaling enable/disable setting" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Scaling Setting"
2. Set values for "Scaling upper limit value" and "Scaling lower limit value".
Item Setting range
Scaling upper limit value -32768 to +32767
Scaling lower limit value -32768 to +32767
• Even when the scaling upper limit value and the scaling lower limit value are set so that the change is
greater than the resolution, the max. resolution will not increase.
• If the relation between the values is scaling lower limit value > scaling upper limit value, the scale
conversion can be performed according to a negative slope.
• Set the scaling with the condition "Scaling upper limit value Scaling lower limit value".
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
36 2.3 Functions
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the scaling function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Scaling enable/disable setting SM6308 SM6348 SM6388 SM6428 Page 75
Scaling upper limit value SD6308 SD6348 SD6388 SD6428 Page 90 2
Scaling lower limit value SD6309 SD6349 SD6389 SD6429 Page 91
Setting example
Ex.
When 5000 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 1000 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the input
range of 0 to 5 V
Digital output value
(16000)
Voltage input (V) Digital output value Digital operation value (scaling value)
0 0 1000
1 3200 1800
2 6400 2600
3 9600 3400
4 12800 4200
5 16000 5000
Ex.
When 1000 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 5000 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the input
range of 0 to 5 V
Digital output value
(16000)
Voltage input (V) Digital output value Digital operation value (scaling value)
0 0 5000
1 3200 4200
2 6400 3400
3 9600 2600
4 12800 1800
5 16000 1000
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 37
Ex.
When 2500 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 500 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the input
range of -10 to +10 V
Digital output value
(8000)
Voltage input (V) Digital output value Digital operation value (scaling value)
-10 -8000 500
-5 -4000 1000
0 0 1500
5 4000 2000
10 8000 2500
Ex.
When 500 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 2500 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the input
range of -10 to +10 V
Digital output value
(8000)
Voltage input (V) Digital output value Digital operation value (scaling value)
-10 -8000 2500
-5 -4000 2000
0 0 1500
5 4000 1000
10 8000 500
When the scaling function is used with the digital clipping function, the scale conversion is performed on the
digital operation values after digital clipping.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
38 2.3 Functions
Shift Function
This function adds (shifts) a set conversion value shift amount to a digital operation value and stores the result in the "digital
operation value". The digital operation value reflects the change in the conversion value shift amount on a realtime basis.
Therefore, fine adjustment can be easily performed when the system starts.
2
Operation
A set "conversion value shift amount" is added to the "digital operation value". The digital operation value with shift addition is
stored in "digital operation value".
The conversion value shift amount is added in every scan for sampling processing and is added in every averaging process
cycle for averaging processing. After that, the added values are stored in "digital operation value".
When the digital operation value becomes outside the range from -32768 to +32767 as the result of shift processing, the
shifted value is fixed to the lower limit value (-32768) or upper limit value (+32767).
• When the scaling function is used together, the shift processing is executed to the value after scale
conversion.
• When the digital clipping function and scaling function are used together, the shift processing is executed to
the value after digital clipping and scale conversion.
Setting procedure
Set a value for "Shifting amount to conversion value".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Shift Function"
Item Setting range
Conversion value shift amount -32768 to +32767
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the shift function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Conversion value shift amount SD6310 SD6350 SD6390 SD6430 Page 91
Setting example
Ex.
When the input characteristics is adjusted in a channel where the input range of 0 to 10 V is set by the shift function
Digital output value
16000
15990
0
Analog input voltage (V)
2 4 6 8 10
-10
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 39
Digital Clipping Function
This function fixes the range of the digital operation value with the maximum digital output value and the minimum digital
output value when the corresponding current or voltage exceeds the input range.
Setting procedure
Set "Digital clipping enable/disable" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Digital Clipping Setting"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the digital clipping function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Digital clipping enable/disable setting SM6309 SM6349 SM6389 SM6429 Page 76
Setting example
Ex.
When the following values are used for the channel with the input range of 0 to 10 V
■Setting value
• Scaling upper limit value: 12000
• Scaling lower limit value: 2000
• Conversion value shift amount: 2000
• Digital clipping enable/disable setting: Enable
■Setting procedure
1. Set the "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" to "enable".
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
40 2.3 Functions
■Operation
Digital value (1) Digital clipping
16000
14000
12000 2
Digital operation value
9000
(2) Scaling
6000
(3) Shift
4000
3000
2000
Setting procedure
When the "maximum value reset request" or "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON, the maximum value or
minimum value is updated to the digital operation value.
Setting value Description Default value
0: OFF With no maximum value or minimum value reset request 0: OFF
1: ON With maximum value or minimum value reset request
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the maximum value/minimum value hold function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Maximum value/minimum value reset SM6305 SM6345 SM6385 SM6425 Page 74
completed flag
Maximum value reset request SM6306 SM6346 SM6386 SM6426 Page 75
Minimum value reset request SM6307 SM6347 SM6387 SM6427 Page 75
Maximum value SD6306 SD6346 SD6386 SD6426 Page 90
Minimum value SD6307 SD6347 SD6387 SD6427 Page 90
Operation
When the "maximum value reset request" or "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON, the maximum value or
minimum value of the specified channel is updated to the "digital operation value". The "maximum value/minimum value reset
completion flag" turns ON.
When the range is switched, the "maximum value" and "minimum value" are cleared (to "0").
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 41
Warning Output Function
This section describes process alarms and rate alarms used for the warning output function.
Process alarm
This function outputs a warning when a digital operation value enters the preset warning output range.
Upper lower
limit value
Warning cleared Warning cleared
CH1 Digital operation value
Time
ON
CH1 Warning output flag OFF
(Process alarm upper limit)
ON
CH1 Warning output flag OFF
(Process alarm lower limit)
ON
CH2 Warning output flag OFF
(Process alarm upper limit)
■Operation
When the digital operation value is above the process alarm upper upper limit value or below the process alarm lower lower
limit value and the warning output condition is satisfied, the "warning output flag (process alarm upper limit)" or "warning
output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turns ON.
When the digital operation value changes to a value below the process alarm upper lower limit value or above the process
alarm lower upper limit value and the warning output condition is not satisfied after the warning output, the "warning output
flag (process alarm upper limit)" or "warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turns OFF. The "warning output flag"
(process alarm upper limit)" and "warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turn OFF also when the "warning output
enable/disable setting" is changed to "disable". However, the alarm code stored in the "A/D conversion latest alarm code" is
not cleared.
For clearing the alarm code stored in the "A/D conversion latest alarm code", wait until the "warning output flag (process alarm
upper limit)" and "warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turn OFF, and then set the "alarm clear request" to OFF, ON
and OFF.
■Detection cycle
When time average is specified, the function works at every interval of the time (for averaging). When count average is
specified, the function works at every count (for averaging). When the sampling processing and moving average is specified,
this function works at every sampling cycle.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
42 2.3 Functions
■Detection target for outputting a warning
When the digital clipping function, scaling function and shift function are used, digital operation values on which digital
clipping, scale conversion and shift amount addition are executed are regarded as targets of alarm detection.
With regard to the process alarm upper upper limit value, process alarm lower upper limit value, process alarm lower upper
limit value and process alarm lower lower limit value, make sure to set such values as to consider digital clipping, scale
conversion and shift amount addition. 2
■Setting procedure
1. Set "Warning output setting (Process alarm)" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Warning output function (Process alarm)"
2. Set values for "Process alarm upper upper limit value", "Process alarm upper lower limit value", "Process alarm lower
upper limit value", and "Process alarm lower lower limit value".
Item Setting range
Process alarm upper upper limit value -32768 to +32767
Process alarm upper lower limit value
Process alarm lower upper limit value
Process alarm lower lower limit value
Set values within the range satisfying the condition "Process alarm upper upper limit value Process alarm
upper lower limit value Process alarm lower upper limit value Process alarm lower lower limit value".
When not satisfying the above conditions, a process alarm upper lower limit value setting range error occurs.
(Error code: 1A4H)
■Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the process alarm are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) SM6311 SM6351 SM6391 SM6431 Page 76
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) SM6312 SM6352 SM6392 SM6432 Page 76
Warning output setting (process alarm) SM6313 SM6353 SM6393 SM6433 Page 77
Process alarm upper upper limit value SD6311 SD6351 SD6391 SD6431 Page 91
Process alarm upper lower limit value SD6312 SD6352 SD6392 SD6432 Page 92
Process alarm lower upper limit value SD6313 SD6353 SD6393 SD6433 Page 92
Process alarm lower lower limit value SD6314 SD6354 SD6394 SD6434 Page 93
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 43
Rate alarm
This function outputs a warning when the change rate of a digital output value is equal to or more than the rate alarm upper
limit value, or the rate is equal to or less than the rate alarm lower limit value.
Digital output value
Rate alarm CH1 Digital
warning output value
detection period
CH2 Digital
output value
Time
Change rate of the digital output value (%)
■Operation
The digital output value is monitored in each rate alarm warning detection period. When the change from the previous value
shows the change rate above the rate alarm upper limit value or below the rate alarm lower limit value, the "warning output
flag (rate alarm upper limit)" or "warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit)" turns ON.
When the digital output value changes to a value below the rate alarm upper limit value or above the rate alarm lower limit
value and the warning output condition is not satisfied after the warning output, the "warning output flag (rate alarm upper
limit)" or "warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit)" turns OFF. The "warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit)" and
"warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit)" turn OFF also when the "warning output setting (rate alarm)" is set to "disable".
However, the alarm code stored in the "A/D conversion latest alarm code" is not cleared.
For clearing the alarm code stored in the latest alarm code, wait until the "warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit)" and
"warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit)" turn OFF, and then set the "alarm clear request" to OFF, ON and OFF.
■Detection cycle
Set the rate alarm warning detection period in "rate alarm warning detection period setting".
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
44 2.3 Functions
■Judgment of rate alarm
A change rate is judged with "Rate alarm upper limit value" and "Rate alarm lower limit value" converted to digital values per
rate alarm warning detection period.
The following shows the conversion formula of judgment values used for the rate alarm detection.
Value used for judgment in every rate alarm alert detection cycle [digit]*1
= (Rate alarm upper limit value (lower limit value))0.10.01Maximum digital output value 2
Ex.
The judgment value under the following conditions
Setting item Description
Averaging process specify Sampling processing
Rate alarm warning detection period setting 10 (ms)
Rate alarm upper limit value 250 (25.0 %)
Rate alarm lower limit value 50 (5.0 %)
Ex.
To monitor that a rising rate of a digital output value is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change rate of the digital output value (%)
(2) Rate alarm lower value
+30 % (1)
+20 % (2)
0 Time
Ex.
To monitor that a drop rate of a digital output value is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change rate of the digital output value (%)
(2) Rate alarm lower value
0 Time
-20 % (1)
-30 % (2)
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 45
Ex.
To monitor that a change rate of a digital output value is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change rate of the digital output value (%)
(2) Rate alarm lower value
+10 % (1)
0 Time
-10 % (2)
■Setting procedure
1. Set "Warning output function (Rate alarm)" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Warning output function (Rate alarm)"
When a value outside the setting range is set, the rate alarm warning detection period setting range error
occurs. (Error code: 1A6H)
3. Set values for "Rate alarm upper limit value" and "Rate alarm lower limit value".
Set a value for the maximum value (16000) of the digital output value in increments of 0.1 %.
Item Setting range
Rate alarm upper limit value -1000 to +1000 (0.1 %)
Rate alarm lower limit value
Set values within the range satisfying the condition "Rate alarm upper limit value > Rate alarm lower limit
value".
When not satisfying the above conditions, a rate alarm upper/lower limit setting value inversion error occurs.
(Error code: 1A5H).
■Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the rate alarm are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) SM6315 SM6355 SM6395 SM6435 Page 77
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) SM6316 SM6356 SM6396 SM6436 Page 77
Warning output setting (rate alarm) SM6317 SM6357 SM6397 SM6437 Page 78
Rate alarm upper limit value SD6315 SD6355 SD6395 SD6435 Page 93
Rate alarm lower limit value SD6316 SD6356 SD6396 SD6436 Page 94
Rate alarm warning detection period setting SD6317 SD6357 SD6397 SD6437 Page 94
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
46 2.3 Functions
Disconnection Detection Function
Simple disconnection detection is performed.
This function is enabled when the analog input range is 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA.
Setting procedure 2
1. Set "Disconnection detection enable/disable setting" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Disconnection detection enable/disable setting"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the disconnection detection function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Disconnection detection flag SM6318 SM6358 SM6398 SM6438 Page 78
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting SM6319 SM6359 SM6399 SM6439 Page 78
Disconnection recovery detection enable/ SM6320 SM6360 SM6400 SM6440 Page 79
disable setting
Operation
When the input voltage or input current reaches the disconnection detection condition in a channel for which the "A/D
conversion enable/disable setting" is set to "enable" and the "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is set to
"enable", it is regarded as disconnection. As a result, alarm occurs and the "disconnection detection flag" turns ON (Alarm
code: 0A0H).
The A/D conversion completion flag" turns OFF, A/D conversion is interrupted, and the later processing is not executed in the
disconnected channel.
When the "disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting" is set to "enable", the "disconnection detection flag" turns
OFF when the channel is recovered from disconnection. When the channel is recovered from disconnection, A/D conversion
is restarted.
When the "disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting" is set to "disable", the "disconnection detection flag"
remains ON. It is necessary to set the "alarm clear request" to ON to turn OFF the "disconnection detection flag". The
"disconnection detection flag" turns OFF also when the "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is changed to
"disable".
The range setting range error with disconnection detection enabled (Error code: 1AAH) occurs when the input range of a
channel for which the "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is set to "enable" is set outside "1 to 5 V" or "4 to 20
mV".
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 47
■When the "disconnection detection recovery enable/disable setting" is set to "enable"
Analog input value Range
Out of range
Included
2 mA or 0.5 V
Disconnection
detection
Time
ON
Disconnection detection flag
OFF
ON
A/D conversion completed flag
OFF
ON
Alarm clear request
OFF
2 mA or 0.5 V
Disconnection
detection
Time
ON
Disconnection detection flag
OFF
ON
A/D conversion completed flag
OFF
ON
Alarm clear request
OFF
• The "disconnection detection flag" does not automatically turns OFF. To turn OFF this flag, set the "alarm
clear request" to ON.
• To clear the "A/D conversion latest alarm code", set the "alarm clear request" to ON.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
48 2.3 Functions
Convergence Detection Function
This function detects whether the digital operation value is within a certain range in the specified time.
Setting procedure
1. Set "Convergence detection enable/disable setting" to "Enable". 2
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Convergence detection enable/disable setting"
2. Set values for "Detection time setting for convergence detection".
Item Setting range
Detection time setting for convergence detection 1 to 10000 (ms)
When a value outside the setting range is set, the convergence detection time setting range error occurs.
(Error code: 1ACH)
3. Set values for "Convergence detection upper limit value" and "Convergence detection lower limit value".
Item Setting range
Convergence detection upper limit value -32768 to +32767
Convergence detection lower limit value
Set values so that the condition "Convergence detection upper limit value > Convergence detection lower limit
value" is satisfied.
When not satisfying the above conditions, a convergence detection upper limit value/lower limit value setting
inversion error occurs. (Error code: 1ADH)
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the convergence detection function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Convergence detection flag SM6321 SM6361 SM6401 SM6441 Page 79
Convergence detection enable/disable setting SM6322 SM6362 SM6402 SM6442 Page 79
Convergence detection upper limit value SD6322 SD6362 SD6402 SD6442 Page 95
Convergence detection lower limit value SD6323 SD6363 SD6403 SD6443 Page 95
Detection time setting for convergence SD6324 SD6364 SD6404 SD6444 Page 96
detection
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 49
Operation
The time starts to be measured when the digital operation value enters the stead state range.
When the digital operation value goes in the convergence range within the time set in the "convergence detection time
setting", the "convergence detection flag" turns ON. When the digital operation value goes outside of the convergence range,
the "convergence detection flag" turns OFF. The "convergence detection flag" turns OFF also when the "convergence
detection enable/disable setting" is changed to "disable".
The digital operation value is always monitored until the "convergence detection enable/disable setting" is set to "disable".
Within convergence range
Digital operation value Outside convergence range
Convergence check time
8000
Convergence detection
upper limit value
4000
Convergence detection
lower limit value
Time
Convergence detection ON
enable/disable setting OFF
ON
Convergence detection flag
OFF
Time set in “detection time setting
for convergence detection”
Setting procedure
1. Set "Deviation detection trigger between channel" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Deviation detection trigger between channel"
2. Set values for "Deviation value for deviation detection between channel".
Item Setting range
Deviation value for deviation detection between channel 0 to 65535
3. Set whether to target each channel for "Deviation detection between channels".
Item Setting range
CH setting for deviation detection between channel Non-target
Target
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
50 2.3 Functions
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the deviation detection between channel function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Deviation detection flag between channel SM6325 SM6365 SM6405 SM6445 Page 80
Deviation detection trigger between channel SM6326 SM6366 SM6406 SM6446 Page 80 2
Deviation detection CH1 SD6325 SD6365 SD6405 SD6445 Page 96
Deviation detection CH2*1 SD6326 SD6366 SD6406 SD6446 Page 97
Deviation value for deviation detection between SD6327 SD6367 SD6407 SD6447 Page 97
channel
CH setting 1 for deviation detection between SD6328 SD6368 SD6408 SD6448 Page 98
channel
CH setting 2 for deviation detection between SD6329 SD6369 SD6409 SD6449 Page 98
channel*1
Operation
The "digital operation value" of the specified channels is compared with the "digital operation value" of the channel set in the
"deviation between CH detection CH setting".
When the difference in the digital operation value between the specified channel and the compared channel is equal or more
than the "deviation value in deviation between CH detection" even in 1 channel, it is regarded as deviation and the "deviation
between CH detection flag" turns ON (Alarm code: 0B0H).
When the difference in the digital operation value between the specified channel and the compared channel is less than the
"deviation value in deviation between CH detection" in all channels, the "deviation between CH detection flag" turns OFF.
When the "deviation between CH detection trigger" is changed to "disable", the "deviation between CH detection flag" turns
OFF, and the "deviation detection CH1" and "deviation detection CH2" become "0" (initial value).
Setting procedure
The event history function can be set from the event history setting window of GX Works3. For the setting procedure, refer to
the following.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5 User's Manual (Application)
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 51
Offset/gain Setting Function
This function sets any analog value to the offset/gain value without regard to the setting prepared in advance as the analog
input range. The offset setting value and gain setting value are saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-ADP.
For changing the offset/gain data, set an analog value to the "offset setting value" or "gain setting value".
The table below shows the available setting range.
Item Description Setting range
Voltage input (mV) Current input (A)
Offset setting value Analog input value when the digital value is "0" (offset reference value) -10000 to +9000 -20000 to +17000
Gain setting value Analog input value when the digital value is the gain reference value -9000 to +10000 -17000 to +30000
An offset/Gain setting value range error occurs when the following condition is not satisfied: (Error code:
1A9H)
• Voltage input: 1000Gain setting value-Offset setting value
• Current input: 3000Gain setting value-Offset setting value30000
The table below shows the reference value and initial value of the offset/gain setting value.
Description Digital output value Offset setting value Gain setting value
Voltage/ Input range Reference Default value Reference Default value
current value value
Voltage 0 to 10 V 0 to 16000 0 0 mV 8000 5000 mV
0 to 5 V 0 to 16000 0 0 mV 16000 5000 mV
1 to 5 V 0 to 12800 0 1000 mV 12800 5000 mV
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000 0 0 mV 4000 5000 mV
Current 0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000 0 0 A 16000 20000 A
4 to 20 mA 0 to 12800 0 4000 A 12800 20000 A
-20 to +20 mA -8000 to +8000 0 0 A 8000 20000 A
Setting procedure
Access to the offset/gain setting window in the GX Works3 to set the offset and gain values.
The setting procedure for the offset/gain setting of the FX5-4AD-ADP is as follows:
[Tool] [Module Tool List]
1. In "Analog Adapter", select "Offset/gain setting" and
click [OK] button.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
52 2.3 Functions
2. Select the target module for the offset/gain setting, and
click [OK] button.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 53
7. Apply the gain voltage or current to the terminal of the
corresponding channel, and click [Yes] button.
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the offset/gain setting function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Offset/gain reading SM6332 SM6372 SM6412 SM6452 Page 80
Offset/gain writing SM6333 SM6373 SM6413 SM6453 Page 81
Offset setting value SD6332 SD6372 SD6412 SD6452 Page 99
Gain setting value SD6333 SD6373 SD6413 SD6453 Page 99
Offset/gain writing enable code SD6334 SD6374 SD6414 SD6454 Page 99
Operation
■Offset/gain writing
For changing the offset/gain data, set "E20FH" to the "offset/gain writing enable code" and set the "offset/gain writing" from
OFF to ON to write the "input range setting", "offset setting value" and "gain setting value" to the built-in memory of the FX5-
4AD-ADP. Only 1 range can be changed for 1 channel, and the latest contents are valid.
When writing is completed, the "offset/gain writing" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain writing enable code" is
cleared to 0.
When the "input range setting" is changed, the initial value becomes valid.
For returning the offset/gain data to the initial value, use the offset/gain initialization function (Page 55 Offset/gain
Initialization Function).
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
54 2.3 Functions
• The offset/gain value is written when the "offset/gain writing enable code" is set to "E20FH".
• The offset/gain value can be written only while A/D conversion is disabled.
• The "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" cannot be changed to "enable" while the offset/gain value is
being written.
2
■Offset/gain reading
For reading the offset/gain data saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-ADP, set the "offset/gain reading" from OFF to
ON to read the "input range setting", "offset setting value" and "gain setting value".
When the input range setting selected during reading is equivalent to the input range setting saved in the built-in memory of
the FX5-4AD-ADP, the read values are set to the "offset setting value" and "gain setting value".
If the input range setting is different, the initial value of the input range setting selected during reading is valid and set to the
"offset setting value" and "gain setting value". In this case, the offset/gain setting input range mismatch alarm occurs (Alarm
code: 0C0H).
Setting procedure
1. Set "E20FH" to the "offset/gain writing enable code".
Setting value Description Default value
Other than E20FH Offset/gain writing disable 0
E20FH Offset/gain writing enable
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the offset/gain initialization function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Offset/gain initialization SM6334 SM6374 SM6414 SM6454 Page 81
Offset/gain writing enable code SD6334 SD6374 SD6414 SD6454 Page 99
Operation
Set "E20FH" to the "offset/gain writing enable code" and set the "offset/gain initialization" from OFF to ON to initialize the
offset value and gain value saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-ADP. When initialization is completed, the "offset/
gain initialization" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain writing enable code" is cleared to 0.
• Offset/gain initialization is executed when the "offset/gain writing enable code" is set to "E20FH".
• Offset/gain initialization is enabled only while A/D conversion is disabled.
• The "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" cannot be changed to "enable" while offset/gain initialization is
being executed.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.3 Functions 55
Common Function
Precautions
• An alarm occurs when the value of a special relay/device is changed while A/D conversion is enabled (Alarm code:
0F0H).
• When the value of a special relay/device related to the scaling, shift, average counts or averaging processing specification
was changed in A/D conversion and "count average" or "moving average" was specified as the averaging processing, clear
the number of times of sampling and execute sampling again from "0 time".
Starting/stopping the analog function in accordance with the CPU module status
This paragraph shows the analog operation in accordance with the CPU module status.
■RUN
The FX5-4AD-ADP operates in accordance with its parameters.
■PAUSE
The FX5-4AD-ADP operates in accordance with its parameters.
■STOP
The FX5-4AD-ADP continues A/D conversion.
*1 The alarm clear request is required when disconnection recovery is set to "disable".
: Requires the alarm clear request.
: Does not require the alarm clear request.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
56 2.3 Functions
• The "alarm clear request" is required for flags which do not turn OFF automatically and flags which cause
alarms.
• The "alarm clear request" is not turned off automatically. To perform an alarm clear again, it is necessary to
turn it OFF once.
• Use the "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module to turn OFF the A/D conversion error flag and clear 2
the A/D conversion latest error code.
Precautions
Do not write to the special relay/special register in the user interrupt program.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.4 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4AD-ADP 57
2.5 System Configuration
This section describes the system configuration including analog adapters.
Up to four analog adapters can be connected to an FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module.*1
Up to two analog adapters can be connected to an FX5UJ CPU module.
The connection position of the analog adapter connected to each CPU module are counted as the first module, the second
module, and so on in order of proximity to the CPU module.
However, communication adapters are not counted towards the number of analog adapters.
■FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module (The figure shows the FX5U CPU module.)
Analog adapter-4
Analog adapter-3
Analog adapter-2
Analog adapter-1
Communication adapter
Analog adapter-2
Analog adapter-1
Communication adapter
*1 When the FX5-4A-ADP with the serial number 223**** or earlier is used, the maximum number of connectable modules is two.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
58 2.5 System Configuration
2.6 Wiring
This section describes the wiring.
Suitable wiring
Number of wires connected per Wire size Tightening torque
terminal Solid wire, Stranded wire Wire ferrule with insulation
sleeve
One wire 0.3 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG22 to 20) 0.3 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG22 to 20) 0.20 Nm
Two wires 0.3 mm 2 (AWG22)
Precautions
Do not tighten terminal screws with torque exceeding the specified range. Failure to do so may cause equipment failures or
malfunctions.
9 mm
8 mm
2.6 mm 14 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model Crimp tool
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG AI 0.5-8 WH CRIMPFOX 6
CRIMPFOX 6T-F
■Tool
For tightening terminals, use a small screwdriver with a straight tip that is not widened toward the end as shown in
the right figure.
■Precautions
With straight tip
When a precision screwdriver with a small grip is used, the specified tightening torque cannot be obtained. Use
the following screwdriver or equivalent product (grip diameter: 25 mm) to obtain the tightening torque specified
above.
0.4 mm 2.5 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG SZS 0.42.5
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.6 Wiring 59
Terminal layout
The following table shows the terminal layout
Terminal block Signal name Function
V1+ CH1 Voltage/current input
Terminal layout I1+ For current input short circuit
V1+ COM1 Common
I1+
V2+ CH2 Voltage/current input
COM1
I2+ For current input short circuit
V2+
I2+ COM2 Common
COM2 V3+ CH3 Voltage/current input
V3+ I3+ For current input short circuit
I3+
COM3 Common
COM3
V4+ CH4 Voltage/current input
V4+
I4+ I4+ For current input short circuit
COM4 COM4 Common
Ground
Grounding
Perform the following.
• Perform class D grounding (Grounding resistance: 100 or less).
• Ground the PLC independently when possible.
If the PLC cannot be grounded independently, perform the "Shared grounding" shown below.
For the details, refer to the following manual.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
60 2.6 Wiring
2.7 Parameter Setting
Set the parameters of each channel.
Setting parameters here eliminates the need to program them.
Parameters are enabled when the CPU module is powered ON or after a reset. In addition, operations 2
different from the parameter settings are possible by transferring values to special relays and special registers
while changing these values in the program.
Refer to Page 69 List of Special Relays or Page 83 List of Special Registers for details on the special
relays and special registers.
Basic settings
Setting procedure
Open "Basic Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
A/D Conversion Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" AD conversion value output. • Disable Disable
Setting • Enable
Average Processing Specify Execute whether to set "average process" or "sampling • Sampling Processing Sampling
processing". • Time Average Processing
• Count Average
• Moving Average
Time Average Counts Average Set average time, average counts, moving average counts when Set range setting for each channel.
Moving Average specifying average process for each channel.
Input range setting Setting area for input range setting. • Input Voltage (0 to 10 V) Input Voltage (0
• Input Voltage (0 to 5 V) to 10 V)
• Input Voltage (1 to 5 V)
• Input Voltage (-10 to 10 V)
• Input Current (0 to 20 mA)
• Input Current (4 to 20 mA)
• Input Current (-20 to 20 mA)
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.7 Parameter Setting 61
Application settings
Setting procedure
Open "Application Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
Warning output setting (Process Set whether to "enable" or "disable" process alarm warning. • Disable Disable
alarm) • Enable
Process Alarm Upper Upper Limit Set upper upper limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767
Value
Process Alarm Upper Lower Limit Set upper lower limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767
Value
Process Alarm Lower Upper Limit Set lower upper limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767
Value
Process Alarm Lower Lower Limit Set lower lower limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767
Value
Warning output setting (Rate Set whether to "enable" or "disable" the rate alarm warning. • Disable Disable
alarm) • Enable
Rate alarm warning detection Set the value for the sampling cycle to detect the rate alarm 1 to 10000
period setting warning.
Rate alarm upper limit value Set the upper limit value of the digital output value. -999 to +1000
Rate alarm lower limit value Set the lower limit value of the digital output value. -1000 to +999
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
62 2.7 Parameter Setting
Item Description Setting range Default
Over Scale Detection Enable/ Set whether to "enable" or "disable" over scale detection. • Disable Disable
Disable • Enable
Scaling Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" scaling. • Disable Disable
• Enable
Scaling Upper Limit Value Set the upper limit value for scaling calculation. -32768 to +32767
Scaling Lower Limit Value Set the lower limit value for scaling calculation. -32768 to +32767 2
Shifting amount to conversion Set shifting amount for shifting function. -32768 to +32767 0
value
Digital Clip Enable/Disable Whether to "enable" or "disable" digital clip. • Disable Disable
• Enable
Disconnection detection enable/ Set whether to "enable" or "disable" disconnection detection. • Disable Disable
disable setting • Enable
Disconnection recovery detection Set whether to "enable" or "disable" disconnection recovery • Disable Disable
enable/disable setting detection. • Enable
Convergence detection enable/ Set whether to "enable" or "disable" convergence detection. • Disable Disable
disable setting • Enable
Convergence detection upper Set the upper limit value for convergence range. -32767 to +32767
limit value
Convergence detection lower limit Set the lower limit value for convergence range. -32768 to +32766
value
Detection time setting for Set the convergence time. 1 to 10000
Convergence detection
Deviation detection trigger Set whether to "enable" or "disable" deviation detection between • Disable Disable
between channels channels. • Enable
Deviation value for deviation Set the deviation value for deviation detection between channels. 0 to 65535
detection between channels
Target CH setting for deviation Set whether to target each channel for deviation detection • Non-target Non-target
detection between channels: No.1 between channels. • Target
to 4, CH1 to 4
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.7 Parameter Setting 63
2.8 Troubleshooting
This section describes errors that may occur in the use of the FX5-4AD-ADP and those troubleshooting.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
64 2.8 Troubleshooting
Error history, alarm history can be checked with the event history window of the GX Works3.
[Diagnostics] [[Module Diagnostics (CPU Diagnostics)] [Event History] button
Troubleshooting by Symptom
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.8 Troubleshooting 65
When the digital output value does not change
Check item Action
Whether disconnection is detected. Remove the cause of disconnection by replacing the analog signal cable, etc.,
and then check the digital output value.
Whether over-scale is detected. Remove the cause of over-scale, and then check the digital output value.
Whether the shift function is working with a proper setting value Set the conversion value shift amount suitable for the system.
When a value is not converted into the expected digital output value
Check item Action
Check whether the input range setting is correct. Check the input range setting in the parameter setting of GX Works3. If the
contents of setting are wrong, set the input range again.
Check whether the offset/gain setting is correct. Check whether the offset/gain is set correctly.
Check whether A/D conversion is executed correctly.
When A/D conversion is executed correctly, set the offset/gain again.
Whether the A/D conversion method is set correctly. Check the A/D conversion method in the parameter setting of GX Works3. If
the contents of setting are wrong, set the A/D conversion method again.
Whether the scaling function is set correctly. When the scaling function is used, check the scaling function setting in the
parameter setting of GX Works3. If the contents of setting are wrong, set the
scaling function again.
Whether the shift function is working with a proper setting value. Set the conversion value shift amount suitable for the system.
If digital output values cannot be read even after the above actions are taken, the possible cause is a failure of
the FX5-4AD-ADP. Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
66 2.9 List of Error Code
Error code Error name Description and cause Action
1A3H Moving average count setting When the moving average is set to CH Reset CH moving average process setting to
range error Averaging process specification, the following the following value.
value was set to CH moving average count 2 to 64
setting.
Value other than 2 to 64
1A4H Process alarm upper-lower limit
value setting range error
The value not meeting the following conditions
was set to CH process alarm upper-upper
Reset CH process alarm upper-upper limit
value to CH process alarm lower-lower limit
2
limit value to CH process alarm lower-lower value to the value meeting the following
limit value. conditions.
Upper-upper limit value≥Upper-lower limit Upper-upper limit valueUpper-lower limit
valueLower-upper limit valueLower-lower valueLower-upper limit valueLower-lower
limit value limit value
1A5H Rate alarm upper limit value/lower Lower limit valueupper limit value was set to Reset CH rate alarm upper limit value and
limit value setting inversion error CH rate alarm upper limit value and CH rate CH rate alarm lower limit value to lower limit
alarm lower limit value. value<upper limit value.
1A6H Rate alarm warning detection A value other than 1 to 10000 was set to CH Reset the CH rate alarm warning detection
period setting range error rate alarm warning detection period setting. period setting to the value within 1 to 10000.
1A7H Scaling upper and lower limit CH Scaling upper limit value and CH Reset CH Scaling upper limit value or CH
value setting error Scaling lower limit value are equal. scaling lower limit value such that Scaling upper
limit valueScaling lower limit value.
1A8H Range setting range error A value outside the range was set to the CH Reset the CH range setting to the following
range setting. value.
0 to 6
1A9H Offset/Gain setting value range A value outside the range was set to CH Reset CH Offset setting value or CH Gain
error Offset setting value or CH Gain setting value. setting value to the following value.
■Voltage
Offset value: -10000 to +9000
Gain value: -9000 to +10000
■Current
Offset value: -20000 to +17000
Gain value: -17000 to +30000
1AAH Range setting range error with CH Disconnection detection functions were For the channel detecting simple disconnection
disconnection detection enabled set to Enable and CH Input range is set to using the disconnection detection function,
those other than the following. reset CH Input range to any of the following.
• 1 to 5 V • 1 to 5 V
• 4 to 20 mA • 4 to 20 mA
1ACH Convergence detection time A value other than 1 to 10000 was set to CH Reset CH Convergence detection time setting
setting range error Convergence detection time setting. to the value within 1 to 10000.
1ADH Convergence detection upper Lower limit valuethe upper limit value was set Reset CH Convergence detection upper limit
limit value/lower limit value setting to CH Convergence detection upper limit value and CH Convergence detection lower
inversion error value and CH Convergence detection lower limit value such that lower limit value>upper
limit value. limit value.
1AFH Offset/Gain setting write error During CH Offset/Gain setting write or CH Set 'CH A/D conversion enable/disable
Offset/Gain setting initialization, 'CH A/D setting' to conversion disable and write CH
conversion enable/disable setting' was set to Offset /Gain setting or initialize CH Offset/
conversion enable. Gain setting.
1D7H Offset/Gain computed value CH Offset/Gain computed value became out Reset CH Offset value and CH Gain setting
range error of range. value.
3080H Analog ADP Hardware error Hardware error of analog ADP was detected. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility of hardware error of the analog ADP.
Consult the nearest Mitsubishi Electric
representative.
3081H Analog ADP Power failure The power is not supplied normally. Confirm if the power is supplied properly.
3082H Analog ADP Memory Error Read error or damaged EEPROM. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility of damaged EEPROM. Consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
3083H Analog ADP Memory Error There is some offset/gain data defect or setting After offset/gain initialization of the analog ADP
defect in EEPROM. is finished, set the data by offset/gain settings
again.
3084H Analog ADP Communication error Communication error occurred between the Confirm if ADP is connected properly to the
analog ADP and the CPU module. CPU module. If not improved, consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.9 List of Error Code 67
2.10 List of Alarm Code
The following table shows the list of the alarm codes stored.
: This symbol indicates the number of the channel where an alarm has occurred. (1: CH1 to 4: CH4)
Alarm code Alarm name Description and cause Action
0000H There is no error.
080H Process alarm (upper limit) The process alarm (upper limit) has occurred in When the CH digital operation value returns
CH. from the warning output range, the alarm code
automatically changes to "0: Normal".
081H Process alarm (lower limit) The process alarm (lower limit) has occurred in
CH.
082H Rate alarm (upper limit) The rate alarm (upper limit) has occurred in When the CH digital operation value change
CH. rate returns to the setting range, the alarm code
automatically changes to "0: Normal".
083H Rate alarm (lower limit) The rate alarm (lower limit) has occurred in
CH.
090H Over scale (upper limit) The over scale (upper limit) has occurred in When the alarm clear request is set to ON after
CH. the analog input value returns to the setting
range, all over-scale detection flags become "0:
091H Over scale (lower limit) The over scale (lower limit) has occurred in
Normal", and the alarm code stored in the "A/D
CH.
conversion latest alarm code" is cleared.
0A0H Disconnection detection Disconnection is detected in the CH. When the alarm clear request is set to ON after
the CH is recovered from disconnection, all
CH disconnection detection flags become "0:
Normal", and the alarm code stored in the "A/D
conversion latest alarm code" is cleared.
0B0H Deviation detection Deviation is detected in the CH. When the deviation between the CH becomes
less than the deviation value for deviation
between CH detection, the deviation between
CH detection flag automatically becomes "0:
Normal".
0C0H Offset/gain reading input range The saved offset/gain input range is different Change the currently set input range to the
mismatch from the currently set input range. input range selected when the offset/gain was
written, and then read the offset/gain.
0E0H Range change alarm during The range was changed during offset/gain Wait until offset/gain writing or offset/gain
offset/gain writing or offset/gain writing or offset/gain initialization. initialization is finished, and then change the
initialization range.
0E1H Offset/gain initialization execution Offset/gain initialization was executed during Wait until offset/gain writing is finished, and then
alarm offset/gain writing. initialize the offset/gain.
0E2H Offset/gain writing execution Offset/gain writing was executed during offset/ Wait until offset/gain initialization is finished,
alarm gain initialization. and then write the offset/gain.
0E3H Analog ADP memory access Offset/gain writing, offset/gain reading or offset/ Reset the CPU module.
alarm gain initialization was executed while the analog
ADP memory error (Error code: 3082H) was
detected.
Or offset reading was executed while the analog
ADP memory error (Error code: 3083H) was
detected.
0F0H Setting change alarm Special relays/registers for analog are changed Change the setting of special relays/registers
while conversion is enabled. while conversion is disabled.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
68 2.10 List of Alarm Code
2.11 List of Special Relays
The special relays are shown below.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.11 List of Special Relays 69
2nd analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 2nd FX5-4AD-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SM6660 SM6700 SM6740 SM6780 A/D conversion completed flag Page 73
SM6661 SM6701 SM6741 SM6781 A/D conversion enable/disable setting Page 73
SM6662 SM6702 SM6742 SM6782 Over scale upper limit detection flag Page 73
SM6663 SM6703 SM6743 SM6783 Over scale lower limit detection flag Page 74
SM6664 SM6704 SM6744 SM6784 Over scale detection enable/disable setting Page 74
SM6665 SM6705 SM6745 SM6785 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 74
SM6666 SM6706 SM6746 SM6786 Maximum value reset request Page 75
SM6667 SM6707 SM6747 SM6787 Minimum value reset request Page 75
SM6668 SM6708 SM6748 SM6788 Scaling enable/disable setting Page 75
SM6669 SM6709 SM6749 SM6789 Digital clipping enable/disable setting Page 76
SM6671 SM6711 SM6751 SM6791 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) Page 76
SM6672 SM6712 SM6752 SM6792 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) Page 76
SM6673 SM6713 SM6753 SM6793 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 77
SM6675 SM6715 SM6755 SM6795 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) Page 77
SM6676 SM6716 SM6756 SM6796 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) Page 77
SM6677 SM6717 SM6757 SM6797 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 78
SM6678 SM6718 SM6758 SM6798 Disconnection detection flag Page 78
SM6679 SM6719 SM6759 SM6799 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 78
SM6680 SM6720 SM6760 SM6800 Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting Page 79
SM6681 SM6721 SM6761 SM6801 Convergence detection flag Page 79
SM6682 SM6722 SM6762 SM6802 Convergence detection enable/disable setting Page 79
SM6685 SM6725 SM6765 SM6805 Deviation detection flag between channel Page 80
SM6686 SM6726 SM6766 SM6806 Deviation detection trigger between channel Page 80
SM6692 SM6732 SM6772 SM6812 Offset/gain reading Page 80
SM6693 SM6733 SM6773 SM6813 Offset/gain writing Page 81
SM6694 SM6734 SM6774 SM6814 Offset/gain initialization Page 81
SM6697 SM6737 SM6777 SM6817 A/D conversion alarm clear request Page 81
SM6698 SM6738 SM6778 SM6818 A/D conversion alarm flag Page 82
SM6699 SM6739 SM6779 SM6819 A/D conversion error flag Page 82
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
70 2.11 List of Special Relays
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 3rd FX5-4AD-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SM7020 SM7060 SM7100 SM7140 A/D conversion completed flag Page 73 2
SM7021 SM7061 SM7101 SM7141 A/D conversion enable/disable setting Page 73
SM7022 SM7062 SM7102 SM7142 Over scale upper limit detection flag Page 73
SM7023 SM7063 SM7103 SM7143 Over scale lower limit detection flag Page 74
SM7024 SM7064 SM7104 SM7144 Over scale detection enable/disable setting Page 74
SM7025 SM7065 SM7105 SM7145 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 74
SM7026 SM7066 SM7106 SM7146 Maximum value reset request Page 75
SM7027 SM7067 SM7107 SM7147 Minimum value reset request Page 75
SM7028 SM7068 SM7108 SM7148 Scaling enable/disable setting Page 75
SM7029 SM7069 SM7109 SM7149 Digital clipping enable/disable setting Page 76
SM7031 SM7071 SM7111 SM7151 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) Page 76
SM7032 SM7072 SM7112 SM7152 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) Page 76
SM7033 SM7073 SM7113 SM7153 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 77
SM7035 SM7075 SM7115 SM7155 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) Page 77
SM7036 SM7076 SM7116 SM7156 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) Page 77
SM7037 SM7077 SM7117 SM7157 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 78
SM7038 SM7078 SM7118 SM7158 Disconnection detection flag Page 78
SM7039 SM7079 SM7119 SM7159 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 78
SM7040 SM7080 SM7120 SM7160 Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting Page 79
SM7041 SM7081 SM7121 SM7161 Convergence detection flag Page 79
SM7042 SM7082 SM7122 SM7162 Convergence detection enable/disable setting Page 79
SM7045 SM7085 SM7125 SM7165 Deviation detection flag between channel Page 80
SM7046 SM7086 SM7126 SM7166 Deviation detection trigger between channel Page 80
SM7052 SM7092 SM7132 SM7172 Offset/gain reading Page 80
SM7053 SM7093 SM7133 SM7173 Offset/gain writing Page 81
SM7054 SM7094 SM7134 SM7174 Offset/gain initialization Page 81
SM7057 SM7097 SM7137 SM7177 A/D conversion alarm clear request Page 81
SM7058 SM7098 SM7138 SM7178 A/D conversion alarm flag Page 82
SM7059 SM7099 SM7139 SM7179 A/D conversion error flag Page 82
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.11 List of Special Relays 71
4th analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 4th FX5-4AD-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SM7380 SM7420 SM7460 SM7500 A/D conversion completed flag Page 73
SM7381 SM7421 SM7461 SM7501 A/D conversion enable/disable setting Page 73
SM7382 SM7422 SM7462 SM7502 Over scale upper limit detection flag Page 73
SM7383 SM7423 SM7463 SM7503 Over scale lower limit detection flag Page 74
SM7384 SM7424 SM7464 SM7504 Over scale detection enable/disable setting Page 74
SM7385 SM7425 SM7465 SM7505 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 74
SM7386 SM7426 SM7466 SM7506 Maximum value reset request Page 75
SM7387 SM7427 SM7467 SM7507 Minimum value reset request Page 75
SM7388 SM7428 SM7468 SM7508 Scaling enable/disable setting Page 75
SM7389 SM7429 SM7469 SM7509 Digital clipping enable/disable setting Page 76
SM7391 SM7431 SM7471 SM7511 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) Page 76
SM7392 SM7432 SM7472 SM7512 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) Page 76
SM7393 SM7433 SM7473 SM7513 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 77
SM7395 SM7435 SM7475 SM7515 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) Page 77
SM7396 SM7436 SM7476 SM7516 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) Page 77
SM7397 SM7437 SM7477 SM7517 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 78
SM7398 SM7438 SM7478 SM7518 Disconnection detection flag Page 78
SM7399 SM7439 SM7479 SM7519 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 78
SM7400 SM7440 SM7480 SM7520 Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting Page 79
SM7401 SM7441 SM7481 SM7521 Convergence detection flag Page 79
SM7402 SM7442 SM7482 SM7522 Convergence detection enable/disable setting Page 79
SM7405 SM7445 SM7485 SM7525 Deviation detection flag between channel Page 80
SM7406 SM7446 SM7486 SM7526 Deviation detection trigger between channel Page 80
SM7412 SM7452 SM7492 SM7532 Offset/gain reading Page 80
SM7413 SM7453 SM7493 SM7533 Offset/gain writing Page 81
SM7414 SM7454 SM7494 SM7534 Offset/gain initialization Page 81
SM7417 SM7457 SM7497 SM7537 A/D conversion alarm clear request Page 81
SM7418 SM7458 SM7498 SM7538 A/D conversion alarm flag Page 82
SM7419 SM7459 SM7499 SM7539 A/D conversion error flag Page 82
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
72 2.11 List of Special Relays
2.12 Detail of Special Relays
This section explains the details of special relays. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special relays of
the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
2
A/D conversion completed flag
This flag monitors the A/D conversion status.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF It turns OFF during the disable of an A/D conversion, and an A/D conversion. 0: OFF R
1: ON In the state of A/D conversion enable, if an A/D conversion is completed, it turns ON.
The "A/D conversion completion flag" turns OFF when an error occurs.
For details A/D conversion enable/disable setting function, refer to the following.
Page 32 A/D Conversion Enable/Disable Setting Function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
A/D conversion enable/disable 1st adapter SM6301 SM6341 SM6381 SM6421
setting 2nd adapter SM6661 SM6701 SM6741 SM6781
3rd adapter SM7021 SM7061 SM7101 SM7141
4th adapter SM7381 SM7421 SM7461 SM7501
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.12 Detail of Special Relays 73
Over scale lower limit detection flag
This flag monitors the over-scale lower limit detection status in the over-scale detection function.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R
1: ON Over scale lower limit detection
Maximum value
Minimum value
ON
Maximum value reset request
OFF
ON
Minimum value reset request
OFF
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
74 2.12 Detail of Special Relays
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Maximum value/minimum value 1st adapter SM6305 SM6345 SM6385 SM6425
reset completed flag
2nd adapter SM6665 SM6705 SM6745 SM6785
3rd adapter SM7025 SM7065 SM7105 SM7145
4th adapter SM7385 SM7425 SM7465 SM7505
2
Maximum value reset request
When the "maximum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON, the maximum value is updated to the "digital operation
value".
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF No maximum value reset request 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Maximum value reset request
For the timing of turning the signal on and off, refer to the following.
Page 74 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Maximum value reset request 1st adapter SM6306 SM6346 SM6386 SM6426
2nd adapter SM6666 SM6706 SM6746 SM6786
3rd adapter SM7026 SM7066 SM7106 SM7146
4th adapter SM7386 SM7426 SM7466 SM7506
For the timing of turning the signal on and off, refer to the following.
Page 74 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Minimum value reset request 1st adapter SM6307 SM6347 SM6387 SM6427
2nd adapter SM6667 SM6707 SM6747 SM6787
3rd adapter SM7027 SM7067 SM7107 SM7147
4th adapter SM7387 SM7427 SM7467 SM7507
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.12 Detail of Special Relays 75
Digital clipping enable/disable setting
Set whether to enable or disable the digital clipping function.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Digital clipping function enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Digital clipping function disable
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
76 2.12 Detail of Special Relays
Warning output setting (process alarm)
Set whether to enable or disable the warning output of process alarm.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Warning output of process alarm enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Warning output of process alarm disable 2
For details warning output function, refer to the following.
Page 42 Process alarm
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Warning output setting (process 1st adapter SM6313 SM6353 SM6393 SM6433
alarm)
2nd adapter SM6673 SM6713 SM6753 SM6793
3rd adapter SM7033 SM7073 SM7113 SM7153
4th adapter SM7393 SM7433 SM7473 SM7513
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.12 Detail of Special Relays 77
Warning output setting (rate alarm)
Set whether to enable or disable the warning output of rate alarm.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Warning output of rate alarm enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Warning output of rate alarm disable
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
78 2.12 Detail of Special Relays
Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting
Set whether to enable or disable the disconnection detection recovery.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Disconnection recovery detection enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Disconnection recovery detection disable 2
For details disconnection detection function, refer to the following.
Page 47 Disconnection Detection Function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Disconnection recovery detection 1st adapter SM6320 SM6360 SM6400 SM6440
enable/disable setting
2nd adapter SM6680 SM6720 SM6760 SM6800
3rd adapter SM7040 SM7080 SM7120 SM7160
4th adapter SM7400 SM7440 SM7480 SM7520
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.12 Detail of Special Relays 79
Deviation detection flag between channel
This flag monitors the deviation detection flag between channel.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R
1: ON Deviation detection
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 50 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Deviation detection flag between 1st adapter SM6325 SM6365 SM6405 SM6445
channel
2nd adapter SM6685 SM6725 SM6765 SM6805
3rd adapter SM7045 SM7085 SM7125 SM7165
4th adapter SM7405 SM7445 SM7485 SM7525
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 50 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Deviation detection trigger 1st adapter SM6326 SM6366 SM6406 SM6446
between channel 2nd adapter SM6686 SM6726 SM6766 SM6806
3rd adapter SM7046 SM7086 SM7126 SM7166
4th adapter SM7406 SM7446 SM7486 SM7526
Offset/gain reading
An offset/gain setting value is read.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Offset/gain reading is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain reading is performed.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
80 2.12 Detail of Special Relays
Offset/gain writing
An offset/gain setting value is written in.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Offset/gain writing is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain writing is performed. 2
For details offset/gain setting, refer to the following.
Page 52 Offset/gain Setting Function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Offset/gain writing 1st adapter SM6333 SM6373 SM6413 SM6453
2nd adapter SM6693 SM6733 SM6773 SM6813
3rd adapter SM7053 SM7093 SM7133 SM7173
4th adapter SM7413 SM7453 SM7493 SM7533
Offset/gain initialization
An offset/gain setting value is initialized.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Offset/gain initialization is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain initialization is performed.
For details A/D conversion alarm clear request, refer to the following.
Page 56 Alarm clear request
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
A/D conversion alarm clear 1st adapter SM6337 SM6377 SM6417 SM6457
request
2nd adapter SM6697 SM6737 SM6777 SM6817
3rd adapter SM7057 SM7097 SM7137 SM7177
4th adapter SM7417 SM7457 SM7497 SM7537
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.12 Detail of Special Relays 81
A/D conversion alarm flag
"A/D conversion alarm flag" turns on when an alarm occurs.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R
1: ON A/D conversion alarm occur
To turn OFF the "A/D conversion alarm flag" and clear the "A/D conversion latest alarm code", set the "A/D conversion alarm
clear request" from OFF to ON.
To turn OFF the "A/D conversion error flag" and clear the "A/D conversion latest error code", set the "error clear request"
(SM50) of the CPU module from OFF to ON.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
82 2.12 Detail of Special Relays
2.13 List of Special Registers
The special registers are shown below.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.13 List of Special Registers 83
2nd analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 2nd FX5-4AD-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SD6640 Module Information Page 87
SD6660 SD6700 SD6740 SD6780 Digital output value Page 87
SD6661 SD6701 SD6741 SD6781 Digital operation value Page 87
SD6662 SD6702 SD6742 SD6782 Analog input value monitor Page 88
SD6663 SD6703 SD6743 SD6783 Average processing specify Page 88
SD6664 SD6704 SD6744 SD6784 Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting Page 89
SD6665 SD6705 SD6745 SD6785 Input range setting Page 89
SD6666 SD6706 SD6746 SD6786 Maximum value Page 90
SD6667 SD6707 SD6747 SD6787 Minimum value Page 90
SD6668 SD6708 SD6748 SD6788 Scaling upper limit value Page 90
SD6669 SD6709 SD6749 SD6789 Scaling lower limit value Page 91
SD6670 SD6710 SD6750 SD6790 Conversion value shift amount Page 91
SD6671 SD6711 SD6751 SD6791 Process alarm upper upper limit value Page 91
SD6672 SD6712 SD6752 SD6792 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 92
SD6673 SD6713 SD6753 SD6793 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 92
SD6674 SD6714 SD6754 SD6794 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 93
SD6675 SD6715 SD6755 SD6795 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 93
SD6676 SD6716 SD6756 SD6796 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 94
SD6677 SD6717 SD6757 SD6797 Rate alarm warning detection period setting Page 94
SD6682 SD6722 SD6762 SD6802 Convergence detection upper limit value Page 95
SD6683 SD6723 SD6763 SD6803 Convergence detection lower limit value Page 95
SD6684 SD6724 SD6764 SD6804 Detection time setting for convergence detection Page 96
SD6685 SD6725 SD6765 SD6805 Deviation detection CH1 Page 96
SD6686 SD6726 SD6766 SD6806 Deviation detection CH2 Page 97
SD6687 SD6727 SD6767 SD6807 Deviation value for deviation detection between channel Page 97
SD6688 SD6728 SD6768 SD6808 CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel Page 98
SD6689 SD6729 SD6769 SD6809 CH setting 2 for deviation detection between channel Page 98
SD6692 SD6732 SD6772 SD6812 Offset setting value Page 99
SD6693 SD6733 SD6773 SD6813 Gain setting value Page 99
SD6694 SD6734 SD6774 SD6814 Offset/gain writing enable code Page 99
SD6698 SD6738 SD6778 SD6818 A/D conversion latest alarm code Page 100
SD6699 SD6739 SD6779 SD6819 A/D conversion latest error code Page 100
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
84 2.13 List of Special Registers
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 3rd FX5-4AD-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SD7000 Module Information Page 87 2
SD7020 SD7060 SD7100 SD7140 Digital output value Page 87
SD7021 SD7061 SD7101 SD7141 Digital operation value Page 87
SD7022 SD7062 SD7102 SD7142 Analog input value monitor Page 88
SD7023 SD7063 SD7103 SD7143 Average processing specify Page 88
SD7024 SD7064 SD7104 SD7144 Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting Page 89
SD7025 SD7065 SD7105 SD7145 Input range setting Page 89
SD7026 SD7066 SD7106 SD7146 Maximum value Page 90
SD7027 SD7067 SD7107 SD7147 Minimum value Page 90
SD7028 SD7068 SD7108 SD7148 Scaling upper limit value Page 90
SD7029 SD7069 SD7109 SD7149 Scaling lower limit value Page 91
SD7030 SD7070 SD7110 SD7150 Conversion value shift amount Page 91
SD7031 SD7071 SD7111 SD7151 Process alarm upper upper limit value Page 91
SD7032 SD7072 SD7112 SD7152 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 92
SD7033 SD7073 SD7113 SD7153 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 92
SD7034 SD7074 SD7114 SD7154 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 93
SD7035 SD7075 SD7115 SD7155 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 93
SD7036 SD7076 SD7116 SD7156 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 94
SD7037 SD7077 SD7117 SD7157 Rate alarm warning detection period setting Page 94
SD7042 SD7082 SD7122 SD7162 Convergence detection upper limit value Page 95
SD7043 SD7083 SD7123 SD7163 Convergence detection lower limit value Page 95
SD7044 SD7084 SD7124 SD7164 Detection time setting for convergence detection Page 96
SD7045 SD7085 SD7125 SD7165 Deviation detection CH1 Page 96
SD7046 SD7086 SD7126 SD7166 Deviation detection CH2 Page 97
SD7047 SD7087 SD7127 SD7167 Deviation value for deviation detection between channel Page 97
SD7048 SD7088 SD7128 SD7168 CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel Page 98
SD7049 SD7089 SD7129 SD7169 CH setting 2 for deviation detection between channel Page 98
SD7052 SD7092 SD7132 SD7172 Offset setting value Page 99
SD7053 SD7093 SD7133 SD7173 Gain setting value Page 99
SD7054 SD7094 SD7134 SD7174 Offset/gain writing enable code Page 99
SD7058 SD7098 SD7138 SD7178 A/D conversion latest alarm code Page 100
SD7059 SD7099 SD7139 SD7179 A/D conversion latest error code Page 100
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.13 List of Special Registers 85
4th analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 4th FX5-4AD-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SD7360 Module Information Page 87
SD7380 SD7420 SD7460 SD7500 Digital output value Page 87
SD7381 SD7421 SD7461 SD7501 Digital operation value Page 87
SD7382 SD7422 SD7462 SD7502 Analog input value monitor Page 88
SD7383 SD7423 SD7463 SD7503 Average processing specify Page 88
SD7384 SD7424 SD7464 SD7504 Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting Page 89
SD7385 SD7425 SD7465 SD7505 Input range setting Page 89
SD7386 SD7426 SD7466 SD7506 Maximum value Page 90
SD7387 SD7427 SD7467 SD7507 Minimum value Page 90
SD7388 SD7428 SD7468 SD7508 Scaling upper limit value Page 90
SD7389 SD7429 SD7469 SD7509 Scaling lower limit value Page 91
SD7390 SD7430 SD7470 SD7510 Conversion value shift amount Page 91
SD7391 SD7431 SD7471 SD7511 Process alarm upper upper limit value Page 91
SD7392 SD7432 SD7472 SD7512 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 92
SD7393 SD7433 SD7473 SD7513 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 92
SD7394 SD7434 SD7474 SD7514 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 93
SD7395 SD7435 SD7475 SD7515 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 93
SD7396 SD7436 SD7476 SD7516 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 94
SD7397 SD7437 SD7477 SD7517 Rate alarm warning detection period setting Page 94
SD7402 SD7442 SD7482 SD7522 Convergence detection upper limit value Page 95
SD7403 SD7443 SD7483 SD7523 Convergence detection lower limit value Page 95
SD7404 SD7444 SD7484 SD7524 Detection time setting for convergence detection Page 96
SD7405 SD7445 SD7485 SD7525 Deviation detection CH1 Page 96
SD7406 SD7446 SD7486 SD7526 Deviation detection CH2 Page 97
SD7407 SD7447 SD7487 SD7527 Deviation value for deviation detection between channel Page 97
SD7408 SD7448 SD7488 SD7528 CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel Page 98
SD7409 SD7449 SD7489 SD7529 CH setting 2 for deviation detection between channel Page 98
SD7412 SD7452 SD7492 SD7532 Offset setting value Page 99
SD7413 SD7453 SD7493 SD7533 Gain setting value Page 99
SD7414 SD7454 SD7494 SD7534 Offset/gain writing enable code Page 99
SD7418 SD7458 SD7498 SD7538 A/D conversion latest alarm code Page 100
SD7419 SD7459 SD7499 SD7539 A/D conversion latest error code Page 100
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
86 2.13 List of Special Registers
2.14 Detail of Special Registers
This section explains the details of special registers. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special registers
of the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
2
Module Information
Module information of FX5-4AD-ADP is stored.
Stored value R/W
6141H R
The value is updated in every averaging processing cycle when the averaging processing is executed, or in
every sampling cycle when the averaging processing is not executed.
The value equivalent to the digital output value is stored when the scaling function, shift function and digital
clipping function are not executed.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.14 Detail of Special Registers 87
Analog input value monitor
The input analog value is stored.
Range Default value R/W
-20480 to +20479 0 R
The unit of the analog value is "mV" when the voltage is input, or "A" when the current is input.
The averaging process specification setting range error (Error code: 1A0H) occurs when any value other
than the above values is set.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
88 2.14 Detail of Special Registers
Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting
Set the average time, average counts and moving average counts in the averaging processing for each channel.
The table below shows the available setting range.
Setting value Description Default value R/W
1 to 10000 (ms) Time average 0 R/W 2
4 to 32767 (times) Count average
2 to 64 (times) Moving average
The average time setting range error (Error code: 1A1H), average counts setting range error (Error code:
1A2H) or moving average count setting range error (Error code: 1A3H) occurs when any value other than
the above values is set. In this case, the A/D conversion processing is executed using the setting set before
the error occurs.
The range setting range error (Error code: 1A8H) occurs when any value other than the above values is set.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.14 Detail of Special Registers 89
Maximum value
The maximum value of the digital operation value is stored. When the "maximum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON,
the maximum value of the specified channel is updated to the "digital operation value".
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R
For details maximum value/minimum value hold function, refer to the following.
Page 41 Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Maximum value 1st adapter SD6306 SD6346 SD6386 SD6426
2nd adapter SD6666 SD6706 SD6746 SD6786
3rd adapter SD7026 SD7066 SD7106 SD7146
4th adapter SD7386 SD7426 SD7466 SD7506
Minimum value
The minimum value of the digital operation value is stored. When the "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON,
the minimum value of the specified channel is updated to the "digital operation value".
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R
For details maximum value/minimum value hold function, refer to the following.
Page 41 Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Minimum value 1st adapter SD6307 SD6347 SD6387 SD6427
2nd adapter SD6667 SD6707 SD6747 SD6787
3rd adapter SD7027 SD7067 SD7107 SD7147
4th adapter SD7387 SD7427 SD7467 SD7507
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
90 2.14 Detail of Special Registers
Scaling lower limit value
Set the lower limit value of the scaling conversion range.
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
The process alarm upperlower limit value setting range error (Error code: 1A4H) occurs when the condition
"Process alarm upper upper limit value Process alarm upper lower limit value Process alarm lower upper
limit value Process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.14 Detail of Special Registers 91
Process alarm upper lower limit value
Set the upper lower limit value of the warning output function (process alarm).
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
The process alarm upperlower limit value setting range error (Error code: 1A4H) occurs when the condition
"Process alarm upper upper limit value Process alarm upper lower limit value Process alarm lower upper
limit value Process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied.
The process alarm upperlower limit value setting range error (Error code: 1A4H) occurs when the condition
"Process alarm upper upper limit value Process alarm upper lower limit value Process alarm lower upper
limit value Process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
92 2.14 Detail of Special Registers
Process alarm lower lower limit value
Set the lower lower limit value of the warning output function (process alarm).
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
2
The process alarm upperlower limit value setting range error (Error code: 1A4H) occurs when the condition
"Process alarm upper upper limit value Process alarm upper lower limit value Process alarm lower upper
limit value Process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied.
• Set the rate alarm upper limit value in the unit "0.1 %".
• The rate alarm upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1A5H) occurs when
the condition "Rate alarm upper limit value > Rate alarm lower limit value" is not satisfied.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.14 Detail of Special Registers 93
Rate alarm lower limit value
Set the lower limit of the change rate of the digital output value for detecting rate alarms.
Range Default value R/W
-1000 to +1000 0 R/W
• Set the rate alarm lower limit value in the unit "0.1 %".
• The rate alarm upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1A5H) occurs when
the condition "Rate alarm upper limit value > Rate alarm lower limit value" is not satisfied.
The rate alarm warning detection period setting range error (Error code: 1A6H) occurs when any value other
than the above values is set.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
94 2.14 Detail of Special Registers
Convergence detection upper limit value
Set the upper limit of the digital output value used in the convergence detection function.
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
2
The convergence detection upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1ADH)
occurs when the condition "Convergence detection upper limit value > Convergence detection lower limit
value" is not satisfied.
The convergence detection upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1ADH)
occurs when the condition "Convergence detection upper limit value > Convergence detection lower limit
value" is not satisfied.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.14 Detail of Special Registers 95
Detection time setting for convergence detection
Set the convergence detection time used in the convergence detection function.
Range Default value R/W
1 to 10000 (ms) 1 R/W
• When a value outside the setting range is set, the convergence detection time setting range error occurs
(Error code: 1ACH).
• The setting value will be ignored when the convergence detection enable/disable setting is set to "disable".
■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4AD-ADP ■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4A-ADP
b15 to b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 to b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b15 to b10 b9 b8 b7 to b2 b1 b0
Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 50 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Deviation detection CH1 1st adapter SD6325 SD6365 SD6405 SD6445
2nd adapter SD6685 SD6725 SD6765 SD6805
3rd adapter SD7045 SD7085 SD7125 SD7165
4th adapter SD7405 SD7445 SD7485 SD7525
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
96 2.14 Detail of Special Registers
Deviation detection CH2
Check the status of the deviation between CH detection flag in the 3rd and 4th FX5-4AD-ADP, or FX5-4A-ADP used in the
deviation between CH detection function.
Only FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module is supported.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W 2
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R
1: ON Deviation detection
■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4AD-ADP ■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4A-ADP
b15 to b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 to b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b15 to b10 b9 b8 b7 to b2 b1 b0
Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 50 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Deviation detection CH2 1st adapter SD6326 SD6366 SD6406 SD6446
2nd adapter SD6686 SD6726 SD6766 SD6806
3rd adapter SD7046 SD7086 SD7126 SD7166
4th adapter SD7406 SD7446 SD7486 SD7526
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.14 Detail of Special Registers 97
CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel
Set the channels whose deviation will be checked in the 1st and 2nd FX5-4AD-ADP, or FX5-4A-ADP used in the deviation
detection between channel function.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF Non target 0 R/W
1: ON Target
■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4AD-ADP ■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4A-ADP
b15 to b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 to b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b15 to b10 b9 b8 b7 to b2 b1 b0
Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 50 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
CH setting 1 for deviation 1st adapter SD6328 SD6368 SD6408 SD6448
detection between channel
2nd adapter SD6688 SD6728 SD6768 SD6808
3rd adapter SD7048 SD7088 SD7128 SD7168
4th adapter SD7408 SD7448 SD7488 SD7528
■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4AD-ADP ■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4A-ADP
b15 to b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 to b4 b3 b2 b1 b0 b15 to b10 b9 b8 b7 to b2 b1 b0
Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 50 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
CH setting 2 for deviation 1st adapter SD6329 SD6369 SD6409 SD6449
detection between channel
2nd adapter SD6689 SD6729 SD6769 SD6809
3rd adapter SD7049 SD7089 SD7129 SD7169
4th adapter SD7409 SD7449 SD7489 SD7529
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
98 2.14 Detail of Special Registers
Offset setting value
Set the offset data used in the offset/gain setting function.
Range Default value R/W
Voltage: -10000 to +9000 0 R/W
Current: -20000 to +17000
2
For details offset/gain setting, refer to the following.
Page 52 Offset/gain Setting Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Offset setting value 1st adapter SD6332 SD6372 SD6412 SD6452
2nd adapter SD6692 SD6732 SD6772 SD6812
3rd adapter SD7052 SD7092 SD7132 SD7172
4th adapter SD7412 SD7452 SD7492 SD7532
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
2.14 Detail of Special Registers 99
A/D conversion latest alarm code
The latest alarm code detected in the FX5-4AD-ADP is stored.
Monitor value Default value R/W
0 R
Set the "A/D conversion alarm clear request" from OFF to ON to clear the alarm code.
Set the "error clear request" (SM50) of CPU module from OFF to ON to clear the error code.
2 FX5-4AD-ADP
100 2.14 Detail of Special Registers
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
This chapter describes the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP.
3.1 Specifications
This section describes the specifications.
3
Generic specifications
The items other than the following are equivalent to those of the CPU module.
For general specifications, refer to the following manual.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
Item Specification
Dielectric withstand voltage 500 V AC for one minute Between all external terminals and ground terminal of
CPU module
Insulation resistance 10 M or higher by 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.1 Specifications 101
Performance specifications
Performance specifications is shown below.
Item Specification
Centigrade () Fahrenheit ()
Number of analog input points 4 points (4 channels)
Usable resistance temperature detector*1 Pt100 (JIS C 1604-1997, JIS C 1604-2013)
Ni100 (DIN 43760 1987)
Temperature measuring range Pt100 -200 to +850 -328 to +1562
Ni100 -60 to +250 -76 to +482
Digital output value 16-bit signed binary
Pt100 -2000 to +8500 -3280 to +15620
Ni100 -600 to +2500 -760 to +4820
Accuracy Ambient temperature Pt100 0.8
255
Ni100 0.4
Ambient temperature Pt100 2.4
-20 to 55
Ni100 1.2
Resolution 0.1 0.1 to 0.2
Conversion speed Approx. 85 ms/channel*2
Isolation method Between input terminal and CPU module: Photocoupler
Between input channels: Non-isolation
Number of occupied I/O points 0 point (This number is not related to the maximum number of I/O points of the programmable
controller.)
Applicable CPU module • FX5S CPU module (From the first)
• FX5UJ CPU module (From the first)
• FX5U CPU module (Ver. 1.040 or later)
• FX5UC CPU module (Ver. 1.040 or later)
Applicable engineering tool • FX5S CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.080J or later)
• FX5UJ CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.060N or later)
• FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.030G or later)
Accuracy
Does not include the accuracy of the resistance temperature detector (including cable).
The accuracy specifications may not be satisfied temporarily when affected by noise.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
102 3.1 Specifications
3.2 List of functions
The following table lists the functions list.
List of Functions Description Reference
Temperature unit choice function Sets a temperature unit (Centigrade/Fahrenheit) for each FX5-4AD-PT-ADP. Page 105
Conversion enable/disable function Sets whether to enable or disable the temperature conversion for each channel. Page 105
Disabling the conversion on unused channels reduces the conversion cycles.
Temperature Sampling processing Executes the temperature conversion on analog input every END processing Page 106
conversion method and stores the result as a measured temperature value in the special registers. 3
Averaging Time average Executes temperature conversion for a set time, calculates the average of the
processing total value, and stores the result in special registers. The number of processing
times within the set time varies depending on the scan time.
Count average Executes temperature conversion for a set number of times, and calculates the
average of the total value excluding the maximum value and the minimum value
to store it in the special registers. The time taken to store the average value
obtained by the averaging processing in the special registers changes
depending on the scan time.
Moving Averages measured temperature values taken at every sampling cycle for a
average specified number of times, and stores the averaged value in the special
registers. Because the target range for averaging processing is moved in
response to every sampling processing, the latest measured temperature value
can be obtained.
Temperature resistance choice function Sets a resistance temperature detector type for each channel. Selecting the Page 108
resistance temperature detector type sets the input conversion characteristics.
Disconnection detection function Disconnection can be detected for each channel. Page 109
Alarm output Process alarm Outputs a alarm when a measured temperature value enters the preset alarm Page 111
function output range.
Rate alarm Outputs an alert when the change of a measured temperature value is equal to
or greater than the rate alarm upper limit value, or equal to or smaller than the
rate alarm lower limit value.
Event history function Collects errors from FX5-4AD-PT-ADP, and stores them as event information Page 116
into the CPU module.
Offset/gain setting function Corrects errors in measured temperature value. Page 117
Offset/gain initialization function Initializes the offset value and gain value stored in the built-in memory of the Page 121
FX5-4AD-PT-ADP.
Maximum value/minimum value hold function Stores the maximum and minimum values of measured temperature values to Page 122
the special registers for each channel.
Common function Explains the common functions such as changing the setting values while the Page 122
CPU module is operating.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.2 List of functions 103
3.3 Functions
This section describes the functions of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP and the setting procedures for those functions using GX
Works3.
This section describes the special relays and special registers for the 1st FX5-4AD-PT-ADP module.
For checking the special relays and special registers for the 2nd and later FX5-4AD-PT-ADP modules, refer to
the following:
Page 135 List of Special Relays, Page 147 List of Special Registers
Averaging function
Maximum value/minimum
Alarm output function (Process alarm) Alarm output function (Rate alarm)
value hold function
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
104 3.3 Functions
Temperature Unit Choice Function
Set whether to use centigrade or fahrenheit as the temperature unit. This setting is for all channels.
Setting procedure
Set temperature unit of the "Temperature unit setting".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Temperature unit selection function"
3
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the temperature unit choice function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Temperature unit setting SM6280 Page 139
Operation
The "measured temperature value", "maximum value", and "minimum value" are displayed in the temperature unit set by the
"temperature unit setting".
The temperature unit can be set only when the "conversion enable/disable setting" is "disable", and the set temperature unit
becomes valid after completion of the first temperature conversion.
Precautions
If the "temperature unit setting" has been changed while the alarm output function and the disconnection detection function
are operating, the setting values for each function are not re-calculated. If the setting values on which the temperature unit
has been changed become out of the setting ranges, a range error for each setting is detected. The error detection is
performed at the change timing of "conversion enable/disable setting" from "disable" to "enable".
Setting procedure
Set "Conversion enable/disable setting" to "conversion enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Conversion Enable/Disable Setting Function”
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the conversion enable/disable setting function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Conversion enable/disable setting SM6301 SM6341 SM6381 SM6421 Page 139
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.3 Functions 105
Operation
The analog input is temperature converted only in the channels for which the "conversion enable/disable setting" is set to
"enable", and values are stored in the "measured temperature value". Changing "conversion enable/disable setting" from
"enable" to "disable" clears the following.
• "Conversion completed flag”
• "Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit)"
• "Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)"
• "Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit)"
• "Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit)"
• "Disconnection detection flag"
• "Measured temperature value"
• "Maximum value"
• "Minimum value"
Sampling processing
Executes the temperature conversion on the analog input approx. 85 ms/channel, and stores the result in the "measured
temperature value" each time.
Temperature conversion is executed one channel at a time. The time required to convert one channel is
approx. 85 ms. Thus, if the conversion is incomplete during the END process, the “measured temperature
value” will not be updated until the conversion is completed. The “measured temperature value” is updated
during the END Process after the conversion is completed, and then conversion of the next channel will be
started within the same END process.
Averaging processing
The FX5-4AD-PT-ADP performs the averaging processing on measured temperature values for each channel and stores the
mean values to the "measured temperature value".
The following three types of averaging processing are provided.
• Time average
• Count average
• Moving average
■Time average
Temperature conversion is executed for a set time, the total value is averaged, and values are stored in the "measured
temperature value".
The number of times of processing within the set time varies depending on the number of channels for which temperature
conversion is enabled.
If the set time is shorter than the scan time, the averaging processing is not executed, but the sampling value
is output. However, only in the first output, the averaged value of the 1st sample and 2nd sample is output.
■Count average
Temperature conversion is executed for a set number of times, and the averaged value excluding the maximum value and
minimum value is stored in the "measured temperature value".
The time required to store the averaged value obtained by count average in the "measured temperature value" varies
depending on the scan time.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
106 3.3 Functions
The count average requires a total of at least two values excluding the maximum value and minimum value.
Set the number of times to "4" or larger value. Note that only in the first output, sampling values are output
until the conversion is executed for a set number of times.
■Moving average
FX5-4AD-PT-ADP averages measured temperature values taken at every sampling cycle for a specified number of times, and
stores the averaged value in the "measured temperature value".
Because the target range for averaging processing is moved in response to every sampling processing, the latest measured 3
temperature value is constantly obtained.
The following figure shows the moving average processing of when the set number of times to "4".
Temperature
input value ( °C) Sampling cycle
850 (3) (4)
(2)
(5)
(1) (6) (8) (9)
(7) (12)
(10) (11)
Setting procedure
■Sampling processing
Set "Average Processing Specification" to "Sampling Processing".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Temperature Conversion Method"
■Averaging processing
1. Set "Average Processing Specification" to "Time Average", "Count Average", or "Moving Average".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Temperature Conversion Method"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the temperature conversion method are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Measured temperature value SD6300 SD6340 SD6380 SD6420 Page 151
Average processing setting SD6303 SD6343 SD6383 SD6423 Page 152
Time average/count average/moving average SD6304 SD6344 SD6384 SD6424 Page 152
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.3 Functions 107
Temperature Resistance Choice Function
This function sets a resistance temperature detector type for each channel.
Selecting the resistance temperature detector type sets the input conversion characteristics.
Setting procedure
Set "Resistance temperature detector type setting" to a desired resistance temperature detector.
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Resistance temperature detector type selection function"
Item Temperature unit Temperature input range Input characteristic (measured
temperature value)
Pt100 Centigrade () -200 to +850 -2000 to +8500
Fahrenheit () -328 to +1562 -3280 to +15620
Ni100 Centigrade () -60 to +250 -600 to +2500
Fahrenheit () -76 to +482 -760 to +4820
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the temperature resistance choice function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Setting RTD type SD6305 SD6345 SD6385 SD6425 Page 153
Operation
A resistance temperature detector is switched when the "conversion enable/disable setting" is "disable" and "setting RTD
type" has been changed.
When the resistance temperature detector is switched, the following special devices are initialized:
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Conversion completed flag SM6300 SM6340 SM6380 SM6420 Page 139
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) SM6311 SM6351 SM6391 SM6431 Page 141
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) SM6312 SM6352 SM6392 SM6432 Page 141
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) SM6315 SM6355 SM6395 SM6435 Page 142
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) SM6316 SM6356 SM6396 SM6436 Page 142
Disconnection detection flag SM6318 SM6358 SM6398 SM6438 Page 143
Offset gain setting flag SM6331 SM6371 SM6411 SM6451 Page 144
Measured temperature value SD6300 SD6340 SD6380 SD6420 Page 151
Maximum value SD6306 SD6346 SD6386 SD6426 Page 153
Minimum value SD6307 SD6347 SD6387 SD6427 Page 153
Offset temperature setting value*1 SD6327 SD6367 SD6407 SD6447 Page 158
Gain temperature setting value*1 SD6328 SD6368 SD6408 SD6448 Page 159
Resistance offset value (L)*1 SD6330 SD6370 SD6410 SD6450 Page 160
Resistance offset value (H)*1 SD6331 SD6371 SD6411 SD6451
Resistance gain value (L)*1 SD6332 SD6372 SD6412 SD6452 Page 160
Resistance gain value (H)*1 SD6333 SD6373 SD6413 SD6453
Input offset value (L)*1 SD6334 SD6374 SD6414 SD6454 Page 160
Input offset value (H)*1 SD6335 SD6375 SD6415 SD6455
Input gain value (L)*1 SD6336 SD6376 SD6416 SD6456 Page 161
Input gain value (H)*1 SD6337 SD6377 SD6417 SD6457
*1 When the thermocouple after change is equivalent to the thermocouple set by the offset/gain setting function, the values (user range
setting) set by the offset/gain setting function are reflected. In any other case, they are initialized to the initial value.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
108 3.3 Functions
Disconnection Detection Function
Simple disconnection detection is performed.
Precautions
The disconnection detection function operates according to the user environment, and thus the detection value varies
depending on the difference of wiring resistance.
Setting procedure 3
1. Set "Disconnection detection enable/disable setting" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Disconnection detection function"
2. Set "Enable/Disable setting for disconnection detection automatic clear" to "Enable" or "Disable".
3. Using "Conversion setting for disconnection detection", set what value is to be stored in "Measured temperature value" at
the time of the disconnection detection.
Item Setting range
Conversion setting for disconnection detection • Upscale
• Downscale
• Any value
• Value before disconnection
When "Conversion setting for disconnection detection" is set to "Upscale" (upper limit value + 5% of measurement range) or
"Downscale" (lower limit value - 5% of measurement range), the following values are stored in the "measured temperature
value".
Resistance temperature Temperature unit Downscale Upscale
detector
Pt100 Centigrade () -2525 9025
Fahrenheit () -4225 16565
Ni100 Centigrade () -755 2655
Fahrenheit () -1039 5099
4. “When "Conversion setting for disconnection detection” is set to "Any value", set "Conversion setting for disconnection
detection".
Item Setting range
Conversion setting function for disconnection detection -3276.8 to 3276.7*1
*1 If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (), set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the disconnection detection function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Disconnection detection flag SM6318 SM6358 SM6398 SM6438 Page 143
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting SM6319 SM6359 SM6399 SM6439 Page 143
Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable setting SM6320 SM6360 SM6400 SM6440 Page 144
Conversion setting for disconnection detection SD6318 SD6358 SD6398 SD6438 Page 157
Conversion setting value for disconnection detection SD6319 SD6359 SD6399 SD6439 Page 158
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.3 Functions 109
Operation
■Operations at disconnection
When an analog input value (temperature) reaches the disconnection detection condition in a channel where "conversion
enable/disable setting" is set to "enable" and "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is set to "enable", it is regarded
as disconnected. An alarm occurs, and "conversion alarm flag" and "disconnection detection flag" turn on accordingly. (Alarm
code: 0A0H)
If disconnection is detected, the temperature conversion is interrupted, and a value (upscale, downscale, any value, or value
immediately before disconnection) is stored in the "measured temperature value" according to the setting of "conversion
setting for disconnection detection".
Precautions
While the disconnection detection function is operating, the alarm output function (process alarm), alarm output function (rate
alarm), maximum value/minimum value hold function do not operate. In addition, when "conversion enable/disable setting" is
"enable", the data related to the disconnection detection function cannot be changed.
Detection cycle
Disconnection detection is executed every sampling cycle.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
110 3.3 Functions
Alarm Output Function
This section describes process alarms and rate alarms used for the alarm output function.
Process alarm
This function outputs a alarm when a measured temperature value enters the preset alarm output range.
Measured temperature value Warning output range
Out of warning output range
Included to warning output range
3
Warning
Warning
Upper upper limit value
Warning cleared
Lower upper limit value
CH2 Measured
temperature value
Lower lower limit value
Warning
Time
ON
CH1 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) OFF
ON
CH1 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) OFF
ON
CH2 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) OFF
■Operation
If a measured temperature value satisfies the following conditions where a warning is output, a warning output flag
corresponding to "conversion alarm flag" turns on.
• The value is equal to or greater than the process alarm upper upper limit value: "Warning output flag (process alarm upper
limit)" turns on. (Alarm code: 080H)
• The value is equal to or smaller than the process alarm lower lower limit value: "Warning output flag (process alarm lower
limit)" turns on. (Alarm code: 081H)
After a warning was output, if a measured temperature value becomes out of the conditions where a warning is output, the
corresponding warning output flag turns off.
• The value is smaller than the process alarm upper lower limit value: "Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit)" turns
off.
• The value is greater than the process alarm lower upper limit value: "Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turns
off.
In addition, when the "warning output setting (process alarm)" is changed to be disabled, "warning output flag (process alarm
upper limit)" and "warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turn off. "Conversion alarm flag" and the alarm code stored
in "conversion latest alarm code", however, are not cleared.
To clear "conversion alarm flag" and the alarm code stored in "conversion latest alarm code", turn on and off "conversion
alarm clear request" after all of "warning output flag (process alarm upper limit)" and "warning output flag (process alarm lower
limit)" turn off.
Precautions
When "conversion enable/disable setting" is "enable", the data related to the alarm output function (process alarm) cannot be
changed.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.3 Functions 111
■Detection cycle
The process alarm detection is performed every sampling cycle.
■Setting procedure
1. Set "Warning output setting (Process alarm)" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Warning output function (Process alarm)"
2. Set values for "Process Alarm Upper Upper Limit Value", "Process Alarm Upper Lower Limit Value", "Process Alarm
Lower Upper Limit Value", and "Process Alarm Lower Lower Limit Value".
Item Setting RTD type Setting range
Resistance Temperature unit Temperature input
temperature range
detector
Process Alarm Upper Upper Limit Value Pt100 Centigrade () -200 to +850 -2000 to +8500
Process Alarm Upper Lower Limit Value
Fahrenheit () -328 to +1562 -3280 to +15620*1
Process Aarm Lower Upper Limit Value
Process Alarm Lower Lower Limit Value Ni100 Centigrade () -60 to +250 -600 to +2500
Fahrenheit () -76 to +482 -760 to +4820*1
Set values within the range satisfying the condition "Process Alarm Upper Upper Limit Value ≥ Process Alarm
Upper Lower Limit Value ≥Process Alarm Lower Upper Limit Value ≥ Process Alarm Lower Lower Limit
Lalue".
When not satisfying the above conditions, a process alarm upper lower limit value setting range error occurs.
(Error code: 1A4H)
■Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the process alarm are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) SM6311 SM6351 SM6391 SM6431 Page 141
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) SM6312 SM6352 SM6392 SM6432 Page 141
Warning output setting (process alarm) SM6313 SM6353 SM6393 SM6433 Page 142
Process alarm upper upper limit value SD6311 SD6351 SD6391 SD6431 Page 154
Process alarm upper lower limit value SD6312 SD6352 SD6392 SD6432 Page 154
Process alarm lower upper limit value SD6313 SD6353 SD6393 SD6433 Page 155
Process alarm lower lower limit value SD6314 SD6354 SD6394 SD6434 Page 155
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
112 3.3 Functions
Rate alarm
This function outputs an alert when the change of a measured temperature value is equal to or greater than the rate alarm
upper limit value, or equal to or smaller than the rate alarm lower limit value.
CH2 Measured 3
temperature
value
Time
Change of measured temperature value
■Operation
The measured temperature value is monitored every rate alarm warning detection period. When the change from the previous
value is equal to or greater than the rate alarm upper limit value, or equal to or smaller than the rate alarm lower limit value, a
warning output flag corresponding to "conversion alarm flag" turns on.
• The value is equal to or greater than the rate alarm upper limit value: "Warning output flag (rate alarm upper)" turns on.
(Alarm code: 082H)
• The value is equal to or smaller than the rate alarm lower limit value: "Warning output flag (rate alarm lower)" turns on.
(Alarm code: 083H)
After a warning is output, if the measured temperature value becomes out of the conditions where a warning is output, the
corresponding warning output flag turns off.
• The value is smaller than the rate alarm upper limit value: "Warning output flag (rate alarm upper)" turns off.
• The value is greater than the rate alarm lower limit value: "Warning output flag (rate alarm lower)" turns off.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.3 Functions 113
In addition, when the "warning output setting (rate alarm)" is changed to be disabled, "warning output flag (rate alarm upper)"
and "warning output flag (rate alarm lower)" turn off. "Conversion alarm flag" and the alarm code stored in "conversion latest
alarm code", however, are not cleared.
To clear "conversion alarm flag" and the alarm code stored in "conversion latest alarm code", turn on and off "conversion
alarm clear request" after all of "warning output flag (rate alarm upper)" and "warning output flag (rate alarm lower)" turn off.
Precautions
When "conversion enable/disable setting" is "enable", the data related to the alarm output function (rate alarm) cannot be
changed.
■Detection cycle
Set the rate alarm warning detection period in "rate alarm detection cycle setting".
Ex.
Judgment with the following conditions (for Pt100 (-200 to +850)
• Rate alarm detection cycle setting: 150 (ms)
• Rate alarm upper limit value: 5000 (500.0)
• Rate alarm lower limit value: 1000 (100.0)
A measured temperature value of this time is compared to the previous value (measured temperature value 150ms before),
every rate alarm alert detection cycle of 150ms. From the comparison, whether the increase in the measured temperature
value is 5000 (500.0) or more, or 1000 (100.0) or less is judged.
Ex.
To monitor that an increase rate of a measured temperature value (Temperature unit: Centigrade) is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change of the measured temperature value (°C ) (2) Rate alarm lower value
+30°C (1)
+20°C (2)
0 Time
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
114 3.3 Functions
Ex.
To monitor that a decrease rate of a measured temperature value (Temperature unit: Fahrenheit) is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change of the measured temperature value (¶) (2) Rate alarm lower value
0 Time
3
-20¶ (1)
-30¶ (2)
Ex.
To monitor that a change rate of a measured temperature value (Temperature unit: Centigrade) is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change of the measured temperature value (°C ) (2) Rate alarm lower value
+10°C (1)
0 Time
-10°C (2)
■Setting procedure
1. Set "Warning output function (Rate alarm)" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Warning output function (Rate alarm)"
• When a value outside the setting range is set, the rate alarm warning detection period setting range error
occurs. (Error code: 1A6H)
• The rate alarm warning detection period is obtained by Set value + 1 scan time.
3. Set values for "Rate alarm upper limit value" and "Rate alarm lower limit value".
Item Setting range
Rate alarm upper limit value -3276.8 to 3276.7*1
Rate alarm lower limit value
*1 If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (), set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).
Set values within the range satisfying the condition "Rate alarm upper limit value > Rate alarm lower limit
value".
When not satisfying the above conditions, a rate alarm upper/lower limit setting value inversion error occurs.
(Error code: 1A5H)
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.3 Functions 115
■Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the rate alarm are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) SM6315 SM6355 SM6395 SM6435 Page 142
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) SM6316 SM6356 SM6396 SM6436 Page 142
Warning output setting (rate alarm) SM6317 SM6357 SM6397 SM6437 Page 143
Rate alarm upper limit value SD6315 SD6355 SD6395 SD6435 Page 156
Rate alarm lower limit value SD6316 SD6356 SD6396 SD6435 Page 156
Rate alarm detection cycle setting SD6317 SD6357 SD6397 SD6437 Page 157
Setting procedure
The event history function can be set from the event history setting window of GX Works3. For the setting procedure, refer to
the following.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5 User's Manual (Application)
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
116 3.3 Functions
Offset/gain Setting Function
This function sets any analog (temperature) value to the offset/gain value without regard to the setting prepared in advance.
(user range setting) The function corrects error of the temperature conversion caused by noise or other factors. Note that the
resolution is not changed. The offset setting value and gain setting value are saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-PT-
ADP.
For changing the offset/gain data, set an analog value to the "offset temperature setting value" or "gain temperature setting
value".
The table below shows the available setting range. 3
Item Description Setting range
Unit/RTD Pt100 Ni100
Offset temperature Temperature setting value corresponding to the input offset Centigrade () -200.0 to +850.0 -60.0 to +250.0
setting value value
Fahrenheit () -328.0 to +1562.0 -76.0 to +482.0
Gain temperature Temperature setting value corresponding to the input gain Centigrade () -200.0 to +850.0 -60.0 to +250.0
setting value value
Fahrenheit () -328.0 to +1562.0 -76.0 to +482.0
When the offset temperature setting value and the gain temperature setting value do not satisfy the following
condition, the offset/gain temperature setting value error occurs. (Error code: 1D1H)
• When the temperature unit is centigrade: Gain temperature setting value - offset temperature setting value
> 0.1
• When the temperature unit is fahrenheit: Gain temperature setting value - offset temperature setting value >
0.3
If the "offset temperature setting value" and the "gain temperature setting value" are set using this function, the following
values are also stored.
Item Description Setting range
Input offset value The resistance value obtained through the temperature conversion (averaging processing) where 0 to 450000 (m)
the measured temperature value becomes the lower limit value (offset reference value)
Input gain value The resistance value obtained through the temperature conversion (averaging processing) where
the measured temperature value becomes the upper limit value (gain reference value)
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.3 Functions 117
Setting procedure
Access to the offset/gain setting window in the GX Works3 to set the offset and gain values.
The setting procedure for the offset/gain setting of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP is as follows:
[Tool] [Module Tool List]
1. In "Analog Adapter", select " Offset/gain setting" and
click [OK] button.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
118 3.3 Functions
5. Apply the offset temperature to the terminal of the
corresponding channel, and click [Yes] button.
3
6. Check that "Offset Status" has changed to "Changed",
and click [Gain Setting] button.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.3 Functions 119
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the offset/gain setting function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Offset gain setting flag SM6331 SM6371 SM6411 SM6451 Page 144
Read offset/gain SM6332 SM6372 SM6412 SM6452 Page 144
Write offset/gain SM6333 SM6373 SM6413 SM6453 Page 145
Offset temperature setting value SD6327 SD6367 SD6407 SD6447 Page 158
Gain temperature setting value SD6328 SD6368 SD6408 SD6448 Page 159
Offset/gain code SD6329 SD6369 SD6409 SD6449 Page 159
Input offset value (L) SD6334 SD6374 SD6414 SD6454 Page 160
Input offset value (H) SD6335 SD6375 SD6415 SD6455
Input gain value (L) SD6336 SD6376 SD6416 SD6456 Page 161
Input gain value (H) SD6337 SD6377 SD6417 SD6457
Operation
■Offset/gain writing
For changing the offset/gain data, set "E215H" to the "offset/gain writing enable code" and set the "offset/gain writing" from
OFF to ON to write the "setting RTD type", "offset temperature setting value", "gain temperature setting value", "input offset
value" and "input gain value" to the built-in memory of the FX5- 4AD-PT-ADP. This enables the user range setting change for
each channel, and the latest contents become valid.
When writing is completed, the "write offset/gain" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain code" is cleared to 0.
When the "setting RTD type" is changed, the initial value becomes valid.
For returning the offset/gain data to the initial value, use the offset/gain initialization function. (Page 121 Offset/gain
Initialization Function)
• The offset/gain value is written when the "offset/gain code" is set to "E215H".
• The offset/gain value can be written only while temperature conversion is disabled.
• The "conversion enable/disable setting" cannot be changed to "enable" while the offset/gain value is being
written.
■Offset/gain reading
For reading the offset/gain data saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP, set the "read offset/gain" from OFF to
ON to read the "setting RTD type", "offset temperature setting value", "gain temperature setting value", "input offset value"
and "input gain value".
When the resistance temperature detector type setting that is read is same as the "setting RTD type" stored in the built-in
memory of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP, the obtained values are stored in the "offset temperature setting value", "gain temperature
setting value", "input offset value", and "input gain value". If the setting RTD type is different, the initial value of the "setting
RTD type" selected during reading is valid and set to the "offset temperature setting value", "gain temperature setting value",
"input offset value" and "input gain value". In this case, the offset/gain RTD type mismatch alarm occurs (Alarmcode: 0C0H)
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
120 3.3 Functions
Offset/gain Initialization Function
This function initializes the offset value and gain value saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP.
This function can be set only with special devices.
Setting procedure
1. Set "E215H" to the "offset/gain code".
Setting value Description Default value
Other than E215H Offset/gain writing disable 0 3
E215H Offset/gain writing enable
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the offset/gain initialization function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Initialize offset/gain SM6334 SM6374 SM6414 SM6454 Page 145
Offset/gain code SD6329 SD6369 SD6409 SD6449 Page 159
Operation
Set "E215H" to the "offset/gain code" and set the "initialize offset/gain" from OFF to ON to initialize the offset temperature
setting value, gain temperature setting value, input offset value and input gain value saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-
4AD-PT-ADP. When initialization is completed, the "initialize offset/gain" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain code"
is cleared to 0.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.3 Functions 121
Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function
This function stores the maximum value and minimum value of the measured temperature value to the special registers for
each channel.
This function can be set only with special devices.
Setting procedure
When the "maximum value reset request" or "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON, the maximum value or
minimum value is pdated to the measured temperature value.
Setting value Description Default value
0: OFF With no maximum value or minimum value reset request 0: OFF
1: ON With maximum value or minimum value reset request
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the maximum value/minimum value hold function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag SM6305 SM6345 SM6385 SM6425 Page 140
Maximum value reset request SM6306 SM6346 SM6386 SM6426 Page 140
Minimum value reset request SM6307 SM6347 SM6387 SM6427 Page 141
Maximum value SD6306 SD6346 SD6386 SD6426 Page 153
Minimum value SD6307 SD6347 SD6387 SD6427 Page 153
Operation
When the "maximum value reset request" or "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON, the maximum value or
minimum value of the specified channel is updated to the "measured temperature value" every sampling cycle. In addition, the
"maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag" turns ON.
When the temperature resistance choice is changed, the "maximum value" and "minimum value" are cleared (to "0").
Common Function
Precautions
• If the value of the special relay or special device has been changed while the temperature conversion is enabled, an alarm
occurs and, at the END processing, the value is overwritten with the value used for the current operation. (Alarm code:
0F0H)
• When the temperature conversion method is count average or moving average, if the temperature conversion is set to be
disabled, the values of special relay or special device related to average counts and averaging process setting are
changed, and the temperature conversion is set to be enabled again, the number of sampling times is cleared and the
sampling is performed from 0 time.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
122 3.3 Functions
Starting/stopping the analog function in accordance with the CPU module status
This paragraph shows the analog operation in accordance with the CPU module status.
■RUN
The FX5-4AD-PT-ADP operates in accordance with its parameters.
■PAUSE
The FX5-4AD-PT-ADP operates in accordance with its parameters.
■STOP 3
The FX5-4AD-PT-ADP continues temperature conversion.
*1 The alarm clear request is required when "disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable setting" is set to "disable".
: Requires the alarm clear request.
: Does not require the alarm clear request.
• The "conversion alarm clear requestt" is required for flags which do not turn OFF automatically and flags
which cause alarms.
• The "conversion alarm clear request" is not turned off automatically. To perform an alarm clear again, it is
necessary to turn it OFF once.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.3 Functions 123
3.4 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
The procedure to execute FX5-4AD-PT-ADP is described below.
Precautions
Do not write to the special relay/special register in the user interrupt program.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
124 3.4 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.5 System Configuration
This section describes the system configuration including analog adapters.
Up to four analog adapters can be connected to an FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module.*1
Up to two analog adapters can be connected to an FX5UJ CPU module.
The connection position of the analog adapter connected to each CPU module are counted as the first module, the second
module, and so on in order of proximity to the CPU module.
However, communication adapters are not counted towards the number of analog adapters.
■FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module (The figure shows the FX5U CPU module.) 3
Analog adapter-4
Analog adapter-3
Analog adapter-2
Analog adapter-1
Communication adapter
Analog adapter-2
Analog adapter-1
Communication adapter
*1 When the FX5-4A-ADP with the serial number 223**** or earlier is used, the maximum number of connectable modules is two.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.5 System Configuration 125
3.6 Wiring
This section describes the wiring.
Suitable wiring
Number of wires connected per Wire size Tightening torque
terminal Solid wire, Stranded wire Wire ferrule with insulation
sleeve
One wire 0.3 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG22 to 20) 0.3 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG22 to 20) 0.20 Nm
Two wires 0.3mm2 (AWG22)
Precautions
Do not tighten terminal screws with torque exceeding the specified range. Failure to do so may cause equipment failures or
malfunctions.
9 mm
8 mm
2.6 mm 14 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model Crimp tool
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG AI 0.5-8 WH CRIMPFOX 6
CRIMPFOX 6T-F
■Tool
For tightening terminals, use a small screwdriver with a straight tip that is not widened toward the end as shown in
the right figure.
■Precautions
With straight tip
When a precision screwdriver with a small grip is used, the specified tightening torque cannot be obtained. Use
the following screwdriver or equivalent product (grip diameter: 25 mm) to obtain the tightening torque specified
above.
0.4 mm 2.5 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG SZS 0.42.5
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
126 3.6 Wiring
Terminal layout
The following table shows the terminal layout.
Terminal block Signal name Function
L1+ CH1 Resistance temperature detector + input
Terminal
layout L1- Resistance temperature detector - input
L1+ I1- Resistance temperature detector common input
L1-
L2+ CH2 Resistance temperature detector + input
I1-
L2- Resistance temperature detector - input
L2+
L2- I2 Resistance temperature detector common input 3
I2- L3+ CH3 Resistance temperature detector + input
L3+ L3- Resistance temperature detector - input
L3-
I3 Resistance temperature detector common input
I3-
L4+ CH4 Resistance temperature detector + input
L4+
L4- L4- Resistance temperature detector - input
I4- I4 Resistance temperature detector common input
•
• Do not wire this terminal.
FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
Terminal
Pt100, Ni100 Shielded wire block
L
+
L
‒
I
‒
Grounding
(Ground resistance: 100 Ω or less)
:
represents the channel number.
• Only 3 wire Pt100 and Ni100 resistance temperature detectors can be used.
• Separate the cable of the resistance thermometer detector from other power cables or areas easily affected
by inductive noise (from commercial power, etc.).
Grounding
Perform the following.
• Perform class D grounding (Grounding resistance: 100 or less).
• Ground the PLC independently when possible.
If the PLC cannot be grounded independently, perform the "Shared grounding" shown below.
For the details, refer to the following manual.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.6 Wiring 127
3.7 Parameter Setting
Set the parameters of each channel.
Setting parameters here eliminates the need to program them.
Parameters are enabled when the CPU module is powered ON or after a reset. In addition, operations
different from the parameter settings are possible by transferring values to special relays and special registers
while changing these values in the program.
Refer to Page 135 List of Special Relays or Page 147 List of Special Registers for details on the
special relays and special registers.
Basic settings
Setting procedure
Open "Basic Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
Temperature unit setting Set whether to use 'Celsius' or 'Fahrenheit' as the temperature • Celsius Celsius
unit. • Fahrenheit
Conversion enable/disable setting Set whether to use 'Enable' or 'Disablet' to output the converted • Disable Disable
for each channel. • Enable
Average Processing Specification Execute whether to set "average process" or "sampling • Sampling Processing Sampling
processing". • Time Average Processing
• Count Average
• Moving Average
Time Average Counts Average Set average tine, average counts, moving average counts for Set range setting for each channel.
Moving Average each channel.
Resistance temperature detector Set the resistance temperature detector type to connect for each ■Celsius
type setting channel. • Pt100 (-200 to 850 )
• Ni100 (-60 to 250 )
■Fahrenheit
• Pt100 (-328 to 1562 )
• Ni100 (-76 to 482 )
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
128 3.7 Parameter Setting
Application settings
Setting procedure
Open "Application Settings" of the GX Works3.
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
Warning output setting (Process Set whether to "enable" or "disable" process alarm warning. • Disable Disable
alarm) • Enable
Process Alarm Upper Upper Limit Set upper upper limit value of measured temperature value -3276.8 to +3276.7
Value
Process Alarm Upper Lower Limit Set upper lower limit value of measured temperature value. -3276.8 to +3276.7
Value
Process Alarm Lower Upper Limit Set lower upper limit value of measured temperature value. -3276.8 to +3276.7
Value
Process Alarm Lower Lower Limit Set lower lower limit value of measured temperature value. -3276.8 to +3276.7
Value
Warning output setting (rate Set whether to "enable" or "disable" the rate alarm warning. • Disable Disable
alarm) • Enable
Rate alarm warning detection Set the value for the sampling cycle to detect the rate alarm 85 to 10000
period setting warning.
Rate alarm upper limit value Set the upper limit value of the measured temperature value. -3276.8 to +3276.7
Rate alarm lower limit value Set the lower limit value of the measured temperature value. -3276.8 to +3276.7
Disconnection detection enable/ Set whether to "Enable" or "Disable" disconnection detection. • Enable Enable
disable setting • Disable
Conversion setting for In disconnection detection function, set the value to be converted • Upscale Downscale
disconnection detection detecting for each channel. • Downscale
• Any value
• Value before disconnection
Conversion setting function for Set the value to convert when 'Any value' is selected for -3276.8 to +3276.7
disconnection detection conversion setting function for disconnection detection.
Enable/Disable setting for Set whether to 'Enable' or 'Disable' the auto-clear of the • Enable Enable
disconnection detection automatic disconnection detection for disconnection detection function. • Disable
clear
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.7 Parameter Setting 129
2. Click the item to be changed to enter the setting value.
• Item where a value is selected from the pull-down list
Click [] button of the item to be set, and from the pull-down list that appears, select the value.
• Item where a value is entered into the text box
Double-click the item to be set to enter the numeric value.
3.8 Troubleshooting
This section describes errors that may occur in the use of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP and those troubleshooting.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
130 3.8 Troubleshooting
Error history, alarm history can be checked with the event history window of the GX Works3.
[Diagnostics] [Module Diagnostics (CPU Diagnostics)] [Event History] button
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.8 Troubleshooting 131
Troubleshooting by Symptom
When a value is not converted into the expected digital output value
Check item Action
Check whether the setting RTD type is correct. Check the setting RTD type in the parameter setting of GX Works3. If the contents of
setting are wrong, set the RTD type again.
Check whether the offset/gain setting is correct. Check whether the offset/gain is set correctly.
Check whether temperature conversion is executed correctly.
When temperature conversion is executed correctly, set the offset/gain again.
Whether the temperature conversion method is set correctly. Check the temperature conversion method in the parameter setting of GX Works3. If the
contents of setting are wrong, set the temperature conversion method again.
If digital output values cannot be read even after the above actions are taken, the possible cause is a failure of
the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP. Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
132 3.8 Troubleshooting
3.9 List of Error Code
The following table lists the error codes that may be stored.
: This symbol indicates the number of the channel where a error has occurred. (1: CH1 to 4: CH4)
Error code Error name Description and cause Action
0000H There is no error.
1A0H Averaging process specification A value other than 0 to 3 was set in CH Reset CH the average processing setting to 0
setting range error average processing setting. to 3.
1A1H Average time setting range error When the time average is set to CH average Reset CH time average/count average/ 3
processing setting, a value other than 340 to moving average setting to the following value.
10000 was set to CH time average/count 340 to 10000
average/moving average settings.
1A2H Average count setting range error Averaging process specification, a value other Reset CH time average/count average/
When the count average is set to than 4 to 4095 was set to CH time average/ moving average setting to the following value.
CH count average/moving average settings. 4 to 4095
1A3H Moving average count setting When the moving average is set to CH Reset CH moving average process setting to
range error average processing setting, the following value the following value.
was set to CH moving average count setting. 2 to 64
Value other than 2 to 64
1A4H Process alarm upper-lower limit The value not meeting the following conditions Reset CH process alarm upper-upper limit
value setting range error was set to CH process alarm upper-upper value to CH process alarm lower-lower limit
limit value to CH process alarm lower-lower value to the value meeting the following
limit value. conditions.
Upper-upper limit valueUpper-lower limit Upper-upper limit valueUpper-lower limit
valueLower-upper limit valueLower-lower valueLower-upper limit valueLower-lower
limit value limit value
1A5H Rate alarm upper limit value/lower Lower limit valueupper limit value was set to Reset CH rate alarm upper limit value and
limit value setting inversion error CH rate alarm upper limit value and CH rate CH rate alarm lower limit value to lower limit
alarm lower limit value. value<upper limit value.
1A6H Rate alarm warning detection A value other than 85 to 10000 was set to CH Reset the CH rate alarm warning detection
period setting range error rate alarm warning detection period setting. period setting to the value within 85 to 10000.
1A8H Resistance temperature detector A value outside the range was set to the CH Reset the CH setting RTD type to the
type error setting RTD type. following value.
0 to 1
1ABH Conversion setting range error A value outside the range was set to CH Set CH conversion setting for disconnection
with disconnection detection conversion setting for disconnection detection. detection to the following value.
enabled 0 to 3
1AFH Offset/Gain setting write error During CH write offset/gain or CH initialize Set CH conversion enable/disable setting to
offset/gain, CH conversion enable/disable conversion disable and write CH offset/gain
setting was set to conversion enable. setting or initialize CH offset/gain setting.
1D0H Offset/Gain input value error At the temperature conversion, the input offset At the temperature conversion, correct values
value and input gain value do not satisfy the so that the input offset value and input gain
following condition. value satisfy the following condition.
• Centigrade: Input gain value - input offset • Centigrade: Input gain value - input offset
value>0.1 value> 0.1
• Fahrenheit: Input gain value - input offset • Fahrenheit: Input gain value - input offset
value>0.3 value> 0.3
1D1H Offset/Gain temperature setting The set offset/gain temperature setting values Correct values so that the offset/gain
value error are outside the ranges. Or the set offset/gain temperature setting values satisfy the following
temperature setting values do not satisfy the condition.
following condition. • Centigrade: Gain temperature setting value -
• Centigrade: Gain temperature setting value - offset temperature setting value>0.1
offset temperature setting value>0.1 • Fahrenheit: Gain temperature setting value -
• Fahrenheit: Gain temperature setting value - offset temperature setting value>0.3
offset temperature setting value>0.3
3080H Analog ADP Hardware error Hardware error of analog ADP was detected. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility of hardware error of the analog ADP.
Consult the nearest Mitsubishi Electric
representative.
3081H Analog ADP Power failure The power is not supplied normally. Confirm if the power is supplied properly.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.9 List of Error Code 133
Error code Error name Description and cause Action
3082H Analog ADP Memory Error Read error or damaged EEPROM. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility of damaged EEPROM. Consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
3083H Analog ADP Memory Error There is some offset/gain data defect or setting After offset/gain initialization of the analog ADP
defect in EEPROM. is finished, set the data by offset/gain settings
again.
3084H Analog ADP Communication error Communication error occurred between the Confirm if ADP is connected properly to the
analog ADP and the CPU module. CPU module. If not improved, consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
134 3.10 List of Alarm Code
3.11 List of Special Relays
The special relays are shown below.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.11 List of Special Relays 135
2nd analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 2nd FX5-4AD-PT-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SM6640 Temperature unit selection Page 139
SM6660 SM6700 SM6740 SM6780 Conversion completed flag Page 139
SM6661 SM6701 SM6741 SM6781 Conversion enable/disable setting Page 139
SM6665 SM6705 SM6745 SM6785 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 140
SM6666 SM6706 SM6746 SM6786 Maximum value reset request Page 140
SM6667 SM6707 SM6747 SM6787 Minimum value reset request Page 141
SM6671 SM6711 SM6751 SM6791 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) Page 141
SM6672 SM6712 SM6752 SM6792 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) Page 141
SM6673 SM6713 SM6753 SM6793 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 142
SM6675 SM6715 SM6755 SM6795 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) Page 142
SM6676 SM6716 SM6756 SM6796 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) Page 142
SM6677 SM6717 SM6757 SM6797 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 143
SM6678 SM6718 SM6758 SM6798 Disconnection detection flag Page 143
SM6679 SM6719 SM6759 SM6799 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 143
SM6680 SM6720 SM6760 SM6800 Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable Page 144
setting
SM6691 SM6731 SM6771 SM6811 Offset/gain setting flag Page 144
SM6692 SM6732 SM6772 SM6812 Read offset/gain Page 144
SM6693 SM6733 SM6773 SM6813 Write offset/gain Page 145
SM6694 SM6734 SM6774 SM6814 Initialize offset/gain Page 145
SM6697 SM6737 SM6777 SM6817 Conversion alarm clear request Page 145
SM6698 SM6738 SM6778 SM6818 Conversion alarm flag Page 146
SM6699 SM6739 SM6779 SM6819 Conversion error flag Page 146
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
136 3.11 List of Special Relays
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 3rd FX5-4AD-PT-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SM7000 Temperature unit selection Page 139
SM7020 SM7060 SM7100 SM7140 Conversion completed flag Page 139
SM7021 SM7061 SM7101 SM7141 Conversion enable/disable setting Page 139
SM7025 SM7065 SM7105 SM7145 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 140
3
SM7026 SM7066 SM7106 SM7146 Maximum value reset request Page 140
SM7027 SM7067 SM7107 SM7147 Minimum value reset request Page 141
SM7031 SM7071 SM7111 SM7151 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) Page 141
SM7032 SM7072 SM7112 SM7152 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) Page 141
SM7033 SM7073 SM7113 SM7153 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 142
SM7035 SM7075 SM7115 SM7155 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) Page 142
SM7036 SM7076 SM7116 SM7156 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) Page 142
SM7037 SM7077 SM7117 SM7157 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 143
SM7038 SM7078 SM7118 SM7158 Disconnection detection flag Page 143
SM7039 SM7079 SM7119 SM7159 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 143
SM7040 SM7080 SM7120 SM7160 Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable Page 144
setting
SM7051 SM7091 SM7131 SM7171 Offset/gain setting flag Page 144
SM7052 SM7092 SM7132 SM7172 Read offset/gain Page 144
SM7053 SM7093 SM7133 SM7173 Write offset/gain Page 145
SM7054 SM7094 SM7134 SM7174 Initialize offset/gain Page 145
SM7057 SM7097 SM7137 SM7177 Conversion alarm clear request Page 145
SM7058 SM7098 SM7138 SM7178 Conversion alarm flag Page 146
SM7059 SM7099 SM7139 SM7179 Conversion error flag Page 146
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.11 List of Special Relays 137
4th analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 4th FX5-4AD-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SM7360 Temperature unit selection Page 139
SM7380 SM7420 SM7460 SM7500 Conversion completed flag Page 139
SM7381 SM7421 SM7461 SM7501 Conversion enable/disable setting Page 139
SM7385 SM7425 SM7465 SM7505 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 140
SM7386 SM7426 SM7466 SM7506 Maximum value reset request Page 140
SM7387 SM7427 SM7467 SM7507 Minimum value reset request Page 141
SM7391 SM7431 SM7471 SM7511 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) Page 141
SM7392 SM7432 SM7472 SM7512 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) Page 141
SM7393 SM7433 SM7473 SM7513 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 142
SM7395 SM7435 SM7475 SM7515 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) Page 142
SM7396 SM7436 SM7476 SM7516 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) Page 142
SM7397 SM7437 SM7477 SM7517 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 143
SM7398 SM7438 SM7478 SM7518 Disconnection detection flag Page 143
SM7399 SM7439 SM7479 SM7519 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 143
SM7400 SM7440 SM7480 SM7520 Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable Page 144
setting
SM7411 SM7451 SM7491 SM7531 Offset/gain setting flag Page 144
SM7412 SM7452 SM7492 SM7532 Read offset/gain Page 144
SM7413 SM7453 SM7493 SM7533 Write offset/gain Page 145
SM7414 SM7454 SM7494 SM7534 Initialize offset/gain Page 145
SM7417 SM7457 SM7497 SM7537 Conversion alarm clear request Page 145
SM7418 SM7458 SM7498 SM7538 Conversion alarm flag Page 146
SM7419 SM7459 SM7499 SM7539 Conversion error flag Page 146
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
138 3.11 List of Special Relays
3.12 Detail of Special Relays
This section explains the details of special relays. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special relays of
the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.12 Detail of Special Relays 139
Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag
This flag monitors the "maximum value/minimum value" reset status.
When the "maximum value reset request" or "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON and then the value stored
in the "maximum value" or "minimum value" is reset, the "maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag" turns ON.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Reset is not completed 0: OFF R
1: ON Reset is completed
Maximum value
Minimum value
ON
Maximum value reset request
OFF
ON
Minimum value reset request
OFF
For the timing of turning the signal on and off, refer to the following.
Page 140 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag
Name Connection Special relay
part CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Maximum value reset request 1st adapter SM6306 SM6346 SM6386 SM6426
2nd adapter SM6666 SM6706 SM6746 SM6786
3rd adapter SM7026 SM7066 SM7106 SM7146
4th adapter SM7386 SM7426 SM7466 SM7506
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
140 3.12 Detail of Special Relays
Minimum value reset request
When the "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON, the minimum value is updated to the "measured temperature
value".
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF No minimum value reset request 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Maximum value reset request
For the timing of turning the signal on and off, refer to the following. 3
Page 140 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag
Name Connection Special relay
part CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Minimum value reset request 1st adapter SM6307 SM6347 SM6387 SM6427
2nd adapter SM6667 SM6707 SM6747 SM6787
3rd adapter SM7027 SM7067 SM7107 SM7147
4th adapter SM7387 SM7427 SM7467 SM7507
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.12 Detail of Special Relays 141
Warning output setting (Process alarm)
Set whether to enable or disable the alarm output of process alarm.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Warning output of process alarm enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Warning output of process alarm disable
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
142 3.12 Detail of Special Relays
Warning output setting (rate alarm)
Set whether to enable or disable the alarm output of rate alarm.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Warning output of rate alarm enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Warning output of rate alarm disable
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.12 Detail of Special Relays 143
Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable setting
Set whether to enable or disable the disconnection detection automatic clear.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Disconnection recovery detection enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Disconnection recovery detection disable
Read offset/gain
An offset/gain setting value is read.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Offset/gain reading is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain reading is performed.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
144 3.12 Detail of Special Relays
Write offset/gain
An offset/gain setting value is written in.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Offset/gain writing is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain writing is performed.
Initialize offset/gain
An offset/gain setting value is initialized.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Offset/gain initialization is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain initialization is performed.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.12 Detail of Special Relays 145
Conversion alarm flag
"Conversion alarm flag" turns on when an alarm occurs.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Conversion alarm occur
To turn OFF the "conversion alarm flag" and clear the "conversion latest alarm code", set the "conversion alarm clear request"
from OFF to ON.
Conversion latest alarm
0 Alarm occur 0
code
ON
Conversion alarm flag
OFF
To turn OFF the "conversion error flag", set the "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module from OFF to ON.
ON
Conversion error flag
OFF
ON
Error clear request (SM50)
OFF
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
146 3.12 Detail of Special Relays
3.13 List of Special Registers
The special registers are shown below.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.13 List of Special Registers 147
2nd analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 2nd FX5-4AD-PT-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SD6640 Module Information Page 151
SD6660 SD6700 SD6740 SD6780 Measured temperature value Page 151
SD6663 SD6703 SD6743 SD6783 Average processing setting Page 152
SD6664 SD6704 SD6744 SD6784 Time average/count average/moving average Page 152
SD6665 SD6705 SD6745 SD6785 Setting RTD type Page 153
SD6666 SD6706 SD6746 SD6786 Maximum value Page 153
SD6667 SD6707 SD6747 SD6787 Minimum value Page 153
SD6671 SD6711 SD6751 SD6791 Process alarm upper upper limit value Page 154
SD6672 SD6712 SD6752 SD6792 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 154
SD6673 SD6713 SD6753 SD6793 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 155
SD6674 SD6714 SD6754 SD6794 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 155
SD6675 SD6715 SD6755 SD6795 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 156
SD6676 SD6716 SD6756 SD6796 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 156
SD6677 SD6717 SD6757 SD6797 Rate alarm detection cycle setting Page 157
SD6678 SD6718 SD6758 SD6798 Conversion setting for disconnection detection Page 157
SD6679 SD6719 SD6759 SD6799 Conversion setting value for disconnection detection Page 158
SD6687 SD6727 SD6767 SD6807 Offset temperature setting value Page 158
SD6688 SD6728 SD6768 SD6808 Gain temperature setting value Page 159
SD6689 SD6729 SD6769 SD6809 Offset/gain code Page 159
SD6690 SD6730 SD6770 SD6810 Resistance offset value (L) Page 160
SD6691 SD6731 SD6771 SD6811 Resistance offset value (H)
SD6692 SD6732 SD6772 SD6812 Resistance gain value (L) Page 160
SD6693 SD6733 SD6773 SD6813 Resistance gain value (H)
SD6694 SD6734 SD6774 SD6814 Input offset value (L) Page 160
SD6695 SD6735 SD6775 SD6815 Input offset value (H)
SD6696 SD6736 SD6776 SD6816 Input gain value (L) Page 161
SD6697 SD6737 SD6777 SD6817 Input gain value (H)
SD6698 SD6738 SD6778 SD6818 Conversion latest alarm code Page 161
SD6699 SD6739 SD6779 SD6819 Conversion latest error code Page 162
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
148 3.13 List of Special Registers
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 3rd FX5-4AD-PT-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SD7000 Module Information Page 151
SD7020 SD7060 SD7100 SD7140 Measured temperature value Page 151
SD7023 SD7063 SD7103 SD7143 Average processing setting Page 152
SD7024 SD7064 SD7104 SD7144 Time average/count average/moving average Page 152
3
SD7025 SD7065 SD7105 SD7145 Setting RTD type Page 153
SD7026 SD7066 SD7106 SD7146 Maximum value Page 153
SD7027 SD7067 SD7107 SD7147 Minimum value Page 153
SD7031 SD7071 SD7111 SD7151 Process alarm upper upper limit value Page 154
SD7032 SD7072 SD7112 SD7152 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 154
SD7033 SD7073 SD7113 SD7153 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 155
SD7034 SD7074 SD7114 SD7154 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 155
SD7035 SD7075 SD7115 SD7155 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 156
SD7036 SD7076 SD7116 SD7156 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 156
SD7037 SD7077 SD7117 SD7157 Rate alarm detection cycle setting Page 157
SD7038 SD7078 SD7118 SD7158 Conversion setting for disconnection detection Page 157
SD7039 SD7079 SD7119 SD7159 Conversion setting value for disconnection detection Page 158
SD7047 SD7087 SD7127 SD7167 Offset temperature setting value Page 158
SD7048 SD7088 SD7128 SD7168 Gain temperature setting value Page 159
SD7049 SD7089 SD7129 SD7169 Offset/gain code Page 159
SD7050 SD7090 SD7130 SD7170 Resistance offset value (L) Page 160
SD7051 SD7091 SD7131 SD7171 Resistance offset value (H)
SD7052 SD7092 SD7132 SD7172 Resistance gain value (L) Page 160
SD7053 SD7093 SD7133 SD7173 Resistance gain value (H)
SD7054 SD7094 SD7134 SD7174 Input offset value (L) Page 160
SD7055 SD7095 SD7135 SD7175 Input offset value (H)
SD7056 SD7096 SD7136 SD7176 Input gain value (L) Page 161
SD7057 SD7097 SD7137 SD7177 Input gain value (H)
SD7058 SD7098 SD7138 SD7178 Conversion latest alarm code Page 161
SD7059 SD7099 SD7139 SD7179 Conversion latest error code Page 162
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.13 List of Special Registers 149
4th analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 4th FX5-4AD-PT-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SD7360 Module Information Page 151
SD7380 SD7420 SD7460 SD7500 Measured temperature value Page 151
SD7383 SD7423 SD7463 SD7503 Average processing setting Page 152
SD7384 SD7424 SD7464 SD7504 Time average/count average/moving average Page 152
SD7385 SD7425 SD7465 SD7505 Setting RTD type Page 153
SD7386 SD7426 SD7466 SD7506 Maximum value Page 153
SD7387 SD7427 SD7467 SD7507 Minimum value Page 153
SD7391 SD7431 SD7471 SD7511 Process alarm upper upper limit value Page 154
SD7392 SD7432 SD7472 SD7512 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 154
SD7393 SD7433 SD7473 SD7513 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 155
SD7394 SD7434 SD7474 SD7514 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 155
SD7395 SD7435 SD7475 SD7515 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 156
SD7396 SD7436 SD7476 SD7516 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 156
SD7397 SD7437 SD7477 SD7517 Rate alarm detection cycle setting Page 157
SD7398 SD7438 SD7478 SD7518 Conversion setting for disconnection detection Page 157
SD7399 SD7439 SD7479 SD7519 Conversion setting value for disconnection detection Page 158
SD7407 SD7447 SD7487 SD7527 Offset temperature setting value Page 158
SD7408 SD7448 SD7488 SD7528 Gain temperature setting value Page 159
SD7409 SD7449 SD7489 SD7529 Offset/gain code Page 159
SD7410 SD7450 SD7490 SD7530 Resistance offset value (L) Page 160
SD7411 SD7451 SD7491 SD7531 Resistance offset value (H)
SD7412 SD7452 SD7492 SD7532 Resistance gain value (L) Page 160
SD7413 SD7453 SD7493 SD7533 Resistance gain value (H)
SD7414 SD7454 SD7494 SD7534 Input offset value (L) Page 160
SD7415 SD7455 SD7495 SD7535 Input offset value (H)
SD7416 SD7456 SD7496 SD7536 Input gain value (L) Page 161
SD7417 SD7457 SD7497 SD7537 Input gain value (H)
SD7418 SD7458 SD7498 SD7538 Conversion latest alarm code Page 161
SD7419 SD7459 SD7499 SD7539 Conversion latest error code Page 162
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
150 3.13 List of Special Registers
3.14 Detail of Special Registers
This section explains the details of special registers. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special registers
of the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
Module Information
Module information of FX5-4AD-PT-ADP is stored. 3
Stored value R/W
61A1H R
The value is updated in every averaging processing cycle when the averaging processing is executed, or in
every sampling cycle when the averaging processing is not executed.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.14 Detail of Special Registers 151
Average processing setting
Set which one between the sampling processing and the averaging processing is to be selected.
The averaging processing is classified into "time average", "count average" and "moving average".
Setting value Description Default R/W
value
0 Sampling processing 0 R/W
1 Time average
2 Count average
3 Moving average
If a value other than the above is set, the averaging process specification setting range error (Error code:
1A0H) occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
If a value other than the above is set, the average time setting range error (Error code: 1A1H), average
count setting range error (Error code: 1A2H) or moving average count setting range error (Error code:
1A3H) occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
152 3.14 Detail of Special Registers
Setting RTD type
Set the RTD type.
Setting value Description Default R/W
value
0 Pt100 0 R/W
1 Ni100
If a value other than the above is set, the resistance temperature detector type error (Error code: 1A8H)
3
occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
Maximum value
The maximum value of the measured temperature value is stored. When the "maximum value reset request" is set from OFF
to ON, the maximum value of the specified channel is updated to the "measured temperature value".
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 0 R
For details maximum value/minimum value hold function, refer to the following.
Page 122 Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function
Name Connection Special register
part CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Maximum value 1st adapter SD6306 SD6346 SD6386 SD6426
2nd adapter SD6666 SD6706 SD6746 SD6786
3rd adapter SD7026 SD7066 SD7106 SD7146
4th adapter SD7386 SD7426 SD7466 SD7506
Minimum value
The minimum value of the digital operation value is stored. When the "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON,
the minimum value of the specified channel is updated to the "measured temperature value".
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 0 R
For details maximum value/minimum value hold function, refer to the following.
Page 122 Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function
Name Connection Special register
part CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Minimum value 1st adapter SD6307 SD6347 SD6387 SD6427
2nd adapter SD6667 SD6707 SD6747 SD6787
3rd adapter SD7027 SD7067 SD7107 SD7147
4th adapter SD7387 SD7427 SD7467 SD7507
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.14 Detail of Special Registers 153
Process alarm upper upper limit value
Set the upper upper limit value of the alarm output function (process alarm).
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 (If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (, set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).) 8500 R/W
• When changing this device, set process alarm upper upper limit value, process alarm upper lower limit
value, process alarm lower upper limit value, and process alarm lower lower limit value within the same
scan.
• If the condition "process alarm upper upper limit value process alarm upper lower limit value process
alarm lower upper limit value process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied, the process alarm
upper lower limit value setting range error occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
(Error code: 1A4H)
• When changing this device, set process alarm upper upper limit value, process alarm upper lower limit
value, process alarm lower upper limit value, and process alarm lower lower limit value within the same
scan.
• If the condition "process alarm upper upper limit value process alarm upper lower limit value process
alarm lower upper limit value process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied, the process alarm
upper lower limit value setting range error occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
(Error code: 1A4H)
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
154 3.14 Detail of Special Registers
Process alarm lower upper limit value
Set the lower upper limit value of the alarm output function (process alarm).
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 (If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (, set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).) -2000 R/W
• When changing this device, set process alarm upper upper limit value, process alarm upper lower limit
value, process alarm lower upper limit value, and process alarm lower lower limit value within the same
3
scan.
• If the condition "process alarm upper upper limit value process alarm upper lower limit value process
alarm lower upper limit value process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied, the process alarm
upper lower limit value setting range error occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
(Error code: 1A4H)
• When changing this device, set process alarm upper upper limit value, process alarm upper lower limit
value, process alarm lower upper limit value, and process alarm lower lower limit value within the same
scan.
• If the condition "process alarm upper upper limit value process alarm upper lower limit value process
alarm lower upper limit value process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied, the process alarm
upper lower limit value setting range error occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
(Error code: 1A4H)
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.14 Detail of Special Registers 155
Rate alarm upper limit value
Set the upper limit of the change amount of the measured temperature value for detecting rate alarms.
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 (If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (, set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).) 0 R/W
• When changing this device, set rate alarm upper limit value and rate alarm lower limit value within the same
scan.
• If the condition "rate alarm upper limit value rate alarm lower limit value is not satisfied, the rate alarm
upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1A5H) occurs and the temperature
conversion cannot be performed.
• When changing this device, set rate alarm upper limit value and rate alarm lower limit value within the same
scan.
• If the condition "rate alarm upper limit value rate alarm lower limit value is not satisfied, the rate alarm
upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1A5H) occurs and the temperature
conversion cannot be performed.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
156 3.14 Detail of Special Registers
Rate alarm detection cycle setting
Set the cycle for checking the change amount of the measured temperature value.
Range Default R/W
value
85 to 10000 (ms) 85 R/W
If a value other than the above is set, the rate alarm warning detection period setting range error (Error code:
1A6H) occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
3
For details alarm output function, refer to the following.
Page 113 Rate alarm
Name Connection Special register
part CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Rate alarm detection cycle setting 1st adapter SD6317 SD6357 SD6397 SD6437
2nd adapter SD6677 SD6717 SD6757 SD6797
3rd adapter SD7037 SD7077 SD7117 SD7157
4th adapter SD7397 SD7437 SD7477 SD7517
If a value other than the above is set, the conversion setting range error with disconnection detection enabled
(Error code: 1ABH) occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
When "upscale" (upper limit value + 5% of measurement range) or "downscale" (lower limit value - 5% of measurement
range) is selected, the following values are stored in the "measured temperature value".
RTD Temperature unit Downscale Upscale
Pt100 Centigrade () -2525 9025
Fahrenheit () -4225 16565
Ni100 Centigrade () -755 2655
Fahrenheit () -1039 5099
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.14 Detail of Special Registers 157
Conversion setting value for disconnection detection
Set the value that is to be stored in the "measured temperature value" when "conversion setting for disconnection detection"
is set to "any value".
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 (If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (, set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).) 0 R/W
The setting value is obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP when "offset/gain reading" is
set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP is turned on.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
158 3.14 Detail of Special Registers
Gain temperature setting value
Set the gain temperature setting value used in the offset/gain setting function.
Range Default R/W
value
Pt100 (Centigrade): -2000 to +8500 8460 R/W
Pt100 (Fahrenheit): -3280 to +15620*1
NI100 (Centigrade): -600 to +2500
NI100 (Fahrenheit): -760 to +4820*1
The setting value is obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP when "offset/gain reading" is
set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP is turned on.
Offset/gain code
Set the offset/gain writing enable code used for changing the offset/gain.
Range Default R/W
value
Offset/gain writing enable: E215H 0 R/W
Offset/gain writing disable: Other than E215H
When "offset/gain writing" is set from OFF to ON while the offset/gain writing is enabled, the "setting RTD
type", "offset temperature setting value", "gain temperature setting value", "input offset value" and "input gain
value" are written to the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.14 Detail of Special Registers 159
Resistance offset value
The resistance offset value calculated based on the "offset temperature setting value" and "setting RTD type" is stored.
When "offset/gain reading" is set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP is turned on,
the resistance offset value, which is calculated based on the "offset temperature setting value" and "setting
RTD type" obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP, is stored.
When "offset/gain reading" is set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP is turned on,
the resistance gain value, which is calculated based on the "gain temperature setting value" and "setting RTD
type" obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP, is stored.
The setting value is obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP when "offset/gain reading" is
set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP is turned on.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
160 3.14 Detail of Special Registers
Input gain value
Set the gain value used in the offset/gain setting function.
Range Default R/W
value
0 to 450000 (m) 388610 R/W
The setting value is obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP when "offset/gain reading" is
set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP is turned on. 3
For details offset/gain setting function, refer to the following.
Page 117 Offset/gain Setting Function
Name Connection Special register
part CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Input gain value 1st adapter SD6337, SD6336 SD6377, SD6376 SD6417, SD6416 SD6457, SD6456
2nd adapter SD6697, SD6696 SD6737, SD6736 SD6777, SD6776 SD6817, SD6816
3rd adapter SD7057, SD7056 SD7097, SD7096 SD7137, SD7136 SD7177, SD7176
4th adapter SD7417, SD7416 SD7457, SD7456 SD7497, SD7496 SD7537, SD7536
Set the "conversion alarm clear request" from OFF to ON to clear the alarm code.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
3.14 Detail of Special Registers 161
Conversion latest error code
The latest error code detected in the FX5-4AD-PT-ADP is stored.
Monitor value Default R/W
value
0 R
Set the "error clear request" (SM50) of CPU module from OFF to ON to clear the error code.
3 FX5-4AD-PT-ADP
162 3.14 Detail of Special Registers
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
This chapter describes the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP.
4.1 Specifications
This section describes the specifications.
Generic specifications
The items other than the following are equivalent to those of the CPU module.
For general specifications, refer to the following manual. 4
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
Item Specification
Dielectric withstand voltage 500 V AC for one minute Between all external terminals and ground terminal of
CPU module
Insulation resistance 10 M or higher by 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.1 Specifications 163
Performance specifications
Performance specifications is shown below.
Item Specification
Centigrade () Fahrenheit ()
Number of analog input points 4 points (4 channels)
Usable thermocouple K, J, T, B, R, S (JIS C 1602-1995)
Temperature measuring range K -200 to +1200 -328 to +2192
J -40 to +750 -40 to +1382
T -200 to +350 -328 to +662
B 600 to 1700 1112 to 3092
R 0 to 1600 32 to 2912
S 0 to 1600 32 to 2912
Digital output value 16-bit signed binary
K -2000 to +12000 -3280 to +21920
J -400 to +7500 -400 to +13820
T -2000 to +3500 -3280 to +6620
B 6000 to 17000 11120 to 30920
R 0 to 16000 320 to 29120
S 0 to 16000 320 to 29120
Accuracy*1 Ambient temperature K 3.7 (-100 to +1200) , 4.9 (-150 to -100)*2, 7.2 (-200 to -150)*2
*2
255
J 2.8
T 3.1 (0 to 350)*2, 4.1 (-100 to 0)*2, 5.0 (-150 to -100)*2, 6.7 (-200 to -150)*2
B 3.5
R 3.7
S 3.7
Ambient temperature K 6.5 (-100 to +1200)*2, 7.5 (-150 to -100)*2, 8.5 (-200 to -150)*2
-20 to 55
J 4.5
T 4.1 (0 to 350)*2, 5.1 (-100 to 0)*2, 6.0 (-150 to -100)*2, 7.7 (-200 to -150)*2
B 6.5
R 6.5
S 6.5
Resolution K, J, T 0.1 0.1 to 0.2
B, R, S 0.1 to 0.3 0.1 to 0.6
Conversion speed Approx. 85 ms/channel*3
Isolation method Between input terminal and CPU module: Photocoupler
Between input channels: Non-isolation
Number of occupied I/O points 0 point (This number is not related to the maximum number of I/O points of the programmable
controller.)
Applicable CPU module • FX5S CPU module (From the first)
• FX5UJ CPU module (From the first)
• FX5U CPU module (Ver. 1.040 or later)
• FX5UC CPU module (Ver. 1.040 or later)
Applicable engineering tool • FX5S CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.080J or later)
• FX5UJ CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.060N or later)
• FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.030G or later)
*1 To satisfy the accuracy, it is required to warm up (supply the power) for 45 min.
*2 The accuracy differs depending on the ranges of the measured temperature in ().
*3 For details of the conversion speed, refer to Page 167 Temperature Unit Choice Function.
Accuracy
Does not include the accuracy of the thermocouple and the compensating conductor.
The accuracy specifications may not be satisfied temporarily when affected by noise.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
164 4.1 Specifications
4.2 List of functions
The following table lists the functions list.
List of Functions Description Reference
Temperature unit choice function Sets a temperature unit (Centigrade/Fahrenheit) for each FX5-4AD-TC-ADP. Page 167
Conversion enable/disable function Sets whether to enable or disable the temperature conversion for each channel. Page 167
Disabling the conversion on unused channels reduces the conversion cycles.
Temperature Sampling processing Executes the temperature conversion on analog input every END processing Page 168
conversion method and stores the result as a measured temperature value in the special registers.
Averaging Time average Executes temperature conversion for a set time, calculates the average of the
processing total value, and stores the result in special registers. The number of processing
times within the set time varies depending on the scan time.
Count average Executes temperature conversion for a set number of times, and calculates the 4
average of the total value excluding the maximum value and the minimum value
to store it in the special registers. The time taken to store the average value
obtained by the averaging processing in the special registers changes
depending on the scan time.
Moving Averages measured temperature values taken at every sampling cycle for a
average specified number of times, and stores the averaged value in the special
registers. Because the target range for averaging processing is moved in
response to every sampling processing, the latest measured temperature value
can be obtained.
Thermocouple type choice function Sets a thermocouple type for each channel. Selecting the thermocouple type Page 170
sets the input conversion characteristics.
Disconnection detection function Detects disconnection of a thermocouple or a compensating lead wire for each Page 171
channel.
Alarm output Process alarm Outputs a alarm when a measured temperature value enters the preset alarm Page 173
function output range.
Rate alarm Outputs an alert when the change of a measured temperature value is equal to
or greater than the rate alarm upper limit value, or equal to or smaller than the
rate alarm lower limit value.
Event history function Collects errors from FX5-4AD-TC-ADP, and stores them as event information Page 178
into the CPU module.
Offset/gain setting function Corrects errors in measured temperature value. Page 179
Offset/gain initialization function Initializes the offset value and gain value stored in the built-in memory of the Page 183
FX5-4AD-TC-ADP.
Maximum value/minimum value hold function Stores the maximum and minimum values of measured temperature values to Page 184
the special registers for each channel.
Common function Explains the common functions such as changing the setting values while the Page 184
CPU module is operating.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.2 List of functions 165
4.3 Functions
This section describes the functions of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP and the setting procedures for those functions using GX
Works3.
This section describes the special relays and special registers for the 1st FX5-4AD-TC-ADP module.
For checking the special relays and special registers for the 2nd and later FX5-4AD-TC-ADP modules, refer to
the following:
Page 198 List of Special Relays, Page 210 List of Special Registers
Averaging function
Maximum value/minimum
Alarm output function (Process alarm) Alarm output function (Rate alarm)
value hold function
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
166 4.3 Functions
Temperature Unit Choice Function
Set whether to use centigrade or fahrenheit as the temperature unit. This setting is for all channels.
Setting procedure
Set temperature unit of the "Temperature unit setting".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Temperature unit selection function"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the temperature unit choice function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
4
Temperature unit setting SM6280 Page 202
Operation
The "measured temperature value", "maximum value", and "minimum value" are displayed in the temperature unit set by the
"temperature unit setting".
The temperature unit can be set only when the "conversion enable/disable setting" is "disable", and the set temperature unit
becomes valid after completion of the first temperature conversion.
Precautions
If the "temperature unit setting" has been changed while the alarm output function and the disconnection detection function
are operating, the setting values for each function are not re-calculated. If the setting values on which the temperature unit
has been changed become out of the setting ranges, a range error for each setting is detected. The error detection is
performed at the change timing of "conversion enable/disable setting" from "disable" to "enable".
Setting procedure
Set "Conversion enable/disable setting" to "conversion enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Conversion Enable/Disable Setting Function"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the conversion enable/disable setting function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Conversion enable/disable setting SM6301 SM6341 SM6381 SM6421 Page 202
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.3 Functions 167
Operation
The analog input is temperature converted only in the channels for which the "conversion enable/disable setting" is set to
"enable", and values are stored in the "measured temperature value". Changing "conversion enable/disable setting" from
"enable" to "disable" clears the following.
• "Conversion completed flag"
• "Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit)"
• "Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)"
• "Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit)"
• "Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit)"
• "Disconnection detection flag"
• "Measured temperature value
• "Maximum value"
• "Minimum value"
Sampling processing
Executes the temperature conversion on the analog input approx. 85 ms/channel, and stores the result in the "measured
temperature value" each time.
Temperature conversion is executed one channel at a time. The time required to convert one channel is
approx. 85 ms. Thus, if the conversion is incomplete during the END process, the “measured temperature
value” will not be updated until the conversion is completed. The “measured temperature value” is updated
during the END Process after the conversion is completed, and then conversion of the next channel will be
started within the same END process.
Averaging processing
The FX5-4AD-TC-ADP performs the averaging processing on measured temperature values for each channel and stores the
mean values to the "measured temperature value".
The following three types of averaging processing are provided.
• Time average
• Count average
• Moving average
■Time average
Temperature conversion is executed for a set time, the total value is averaged, and values are stored in the "measured
temperature value".
The number of times of processing within the set time varies depending on the number of channels for which temperature
conversion is enabled.
If the set time is shorter than the scan time, the averaging processing is not executed, but the sampling value
is output. However, only in the first output, the averaged value of the 1st sample and 2nd sample is output.
■Count average
Temperature conversion is executed for a set number of times, and the averaged value excluding the maximum value and
minimum value is stored in the "measured temperature value".
The time required to store the averaged value obtained by count average in the "measured temperature value" varies
depending on the scan time.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
168 4.3 Functions
The count average requires a total of at least two values excluding the maximum value and minimum value.
Set the number of times to "4" or larger value. Note that only in the first output, sampling values are output
until the conversion is executed for a set number of times.
■Moving average
FX5-4AD-TC-ADP averages measured temperature values taken at every sampling cycle for a specified number of times,
and stores the averaged value in the "measured temperature value".
Because the target range for averaging processing is moved in response to every sampling processing, the latest measured
temperature value is constantly obtained.
The following figure shows the moving average processing of when the set number of times to "4".
Temperature 4
input value ( °C) Sampling cycle
1700 (3) (4)
(2)
(5)
(1) (6) (8) (9)
(7) (12)
(10) (11)
Setting procedure
■Sampling processing
Set "Average Processing Specification" to "Sampling Processing".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Temperature Conversion Method"
■Averaging processing
1. Set "Average Processing Specification" to "Time Average", "Count Average", or "Moving Average".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Temperature Conversion Method"
2. Set a value for "Time Average Counts Average Moving Average".
Item Setting range
Time Average 340 to 10000 (ms)
Count Average 4 to 4095 (times)
Moving Average 2 to 64 (times)
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the temperature conversion method are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Measured temperature value SD6300 SD6340 SD6380 SD6420 Page 214
Average processing setting SD6303 SD6343 SD6383 SD6423 Page 215
Time average/count average/moving average SD6304 SD6344 SD6384 SD6424 Page 215
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.3 Functions 169
Thermocouple Type Choice Function
This function sets a thermocouple type for each channel.
Selecting the thermocouple type sets the input conversion characteristics.
Setting procedure
Set "Thermocouple type setting" to the desired thermocouple.
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Thermocouple type selection function"
Item Temperature unit Temperature input range Input characteristic (measured
temperature value)
K Centigrade () -270 to +1370 -2700 to +13700
Fahrenheit () -454 to +2498 -4540 to +24980
J Centigrade () -210 to +1130 -2100 to +11300
Fahrenheit () -346 to +2066 -3460 to +20660
T Centigrade () -270 to +400 -2700 to +4000
Fahrenheit () -454 to +752 -4540 to +7520
B Centigrade () 0 to 1710 0 to 17100
Fahrenheit () 32 to 3110 320 to 31100
R Centigrade () -50 to +1710 -500 to +17100
Fahrenheit () -58 to +3110 -580 to +31100
S Centigrade () -50 to +1710 -500 to +17100
Fahrenheit () -58 to +3110 -580 to +31100
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the temperature resistance choice function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Setting thermocouple type SD6305 SD6345 SD6385 SD6425 Page 216
Operation
Thermocouple type is switched when the "conversion enable/disable setting" is "disable" and "thermocouple type setting" has
been changed.
When the thermocouple type is switched, the following special devices are initialized:
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Conversion completed flag SM6300 SM6340 SM6380 SM6420 Page 202
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) SM6311 SM6351 SM6391 SM6431 Page 204
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) SM6312 SM6352 SM6392 SM6432 Page 204
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) SM6315 SM6355 SM6395 SM6435 Page 205
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) SM6316 SM6356 SM6396 SM6436 Page 205
Disconnection detection flag SM6318 SM6358 SM6398 SM6438 Page 206
Offset gain setting flag SM6331 SM6371 SM6411 SM6451 Page 207
Measured temperature value SD6300 SD6340 SD6380 SD6420 Page 214
Maximum value SD6306 SD6346 SD6386 SD6426 Page 216
Minimum value SD6307 SD6347 SD6387 SD6427 Page 217
Offset temperature setting value*1 SD6327 SD6367 SD6407 SD6447 Page 222
Gain temperature setting value*1 SD6328 SD6368 SD6408 SD6448 Page 223
Thermal EMF offset value (L)*1 SD6330 SD6370 SD6410 SD6450 Page 224
Thermal EMF offset value (H)*1 SD6331 SD6371 SD6411 SD6451
Thermal EMF gain value (L)*1 SD6332 SD6372 SD6412 SD6452 Page 224
Thermal EMF gain value (H)*1 SD6333 SD6373 SD6413 SD6453
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
170 4.3 Functions
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Input offset value (L)*1 SD6334 SD6374 SD6414 SD6454 Page 225
Input offset value (H)*1 SD6335 SD6375 SD6415 SD6455
*1
Input gain value (L) SD6336 SD6376 SD6416 SD6456 Page 225
Input gain value (H)*1 SD6337 SD6377 SD6417 SD6457
*1 When the thermocouple after change is equivalent to the thermocouple set by the offset/gain setting function, the values (user range
setting) set by the offset/gain setting function are reflected. In any other case, they are initialized to the initial value.
Precautions
4
The disconnection detection function operates according to the user environment, and thus the detection value varies
depending on the difference of wiring resistance.
Setting procedure
1. Set "Disconnection detection enable/disable setting" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Disconnection detection function"
2. Set "Enable/Disable setting for disconnection detection automatic clear" to "Enable" or "Disable".
3. Using "Conversion setting for disconnection detection", set what value is to be stored in "Measured temperature value" at
the time of the disconnection detection.
Item Setting range
Conversion setting for disconnection detection • Upscale
• Downscale
• Any value
• Value before disconnection
When "Conversion setting for disconnection detection" is set to "Upscale" (upper limit value + 5% of measurement range) or
"Downscale" (lower limit value - 5% of measurement range), the following values are stored in the "measured temperature
value".
Thermocouple Temperature unit Downscale Upscale
K Centigrade () -3520 14520
Fahrenheit () -6016 26456
J Centigrade () -2770 11970
Fahrenheit () -4666 21866
T Centigrade () -3035 4335
Fahrenheit () -5143 8123
B Centigrade () -855 17955
Fahrenheit () -1219 32639
R Centigrade () -1380 17980
Fahrenheit () -2164 32684
S Centigrade () -1380 17980
Fahrenheit () -2164 32684
4. “When "Conversion setting for disconnection detection” is set to "Any value", set "Conversion setting for disconnection
detection".
Item Setting range
Conversion setting function for disconnection detection -3276.8 to 3276.7*1
*1 If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (), set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.3 Functions 171
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the disconnection detection function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Disconnection detection flag SM6318 SM6358 SM6398 SM6438 Page 206
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting SM6319 SM6359 SM6399 SM6439 Page 206
Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable setting SM6320 SM6360 SM6400 SM6440 Page 207
Conversion setting for disconnection detection SD6318 SD6358 SD6398 SD6438 Page 221
Conversion setting value for disconnection detection SD6319 SD6359 SD6399 SD6439 Page 222
Operation
■Operations at disconnection
When an analog input value (temperature) reaches the disconnection detection condition in a channel where "conversion
enable/disable setting" is set to "enable" and "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is set to "enable", it is regarded
as disconnected. An alarm occurs, and "conversion alarm flag" and "disconnection detection flag" turn on accordingly. (Alarm
code: 0A0H)
If disconnection is detected, the temperature conversion is interrupted, and a value (upscale, downscale, any value, or value
immediately before disconnection) is stored in the "measured temperature value" according to the setting of "conversion
setting for disconnection detection".
Precautions
While the disconnection detection function is operating, the alarm output function (process alarm), alarm output function (rate
alarm), maximum value/minimum value hold function do not operate. In addition, when "conversion enable/disable setting" is
"enable", the data related to the disconnection detection function cannot be changed.
Detection cycle
Disconnection detection is executed every sampling cycle.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
172 4.3 Functions
Alarm Output Function
This section describes process alarms and rate alarms used for the alarm output function.
Process alarm
This function outputs a alarm when a measured temperature value enters the preset alarm output range.
Measured temperature value Warning output range
Out of warning output range
Included to warning output range
Warning
Warning
Upper upper limit value
4
Upper lower limit value
Warning cleared Warning cleared
CH1 Measured
temperature value
Warning cleared
Lower upper limit value
CH2 Measured
temperature value
Lower lower limit value
Warning
Time
ON
CH1 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) OFF
ON
CH1 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) OFF
ON
CH2 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) OFF
■Operation
If a measured temperature value satisfies the following conditions where a warning is output, a warning output flag
corresponding to "conversion alarm flag" turns on.
• The value is equal to or greater than the process alarm upper upper limit value: "Warning output flag (process alarm upper
limit)" turns on. (Alarm code: 080H)
• The value is equal to or smaller than the process alarm lower lower limit value: "Warning output flag (process alarm lower
limit)" turns on. (Alarm code: 081H)
After a warning was output, if a measured temperature value becomes out of the conditions where a warning is output, the
corresponding warning output flag turns off.
• The value is smaller than the process alarm upper lower limit value: "Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit)" turns
off.
• The value is greater than the process alarm lower upper limit value: "Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turns
off.
In addition, when the "warning output setting (process alarm)" is changed to be disabled, "warning output flag (process alarm
upper limit)" and "warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turn off. "Conversion alarm flag" and the alarm code stored
in "conversion latest alarm code", however, are not cleared.
To clear "conversion alarm flag" and the alarm code stored in "conversion latest alarm code", turn on and off "conversion
alarm clear request" after all of "warning output flag (process alarm upper limit)" and "warning output flag (process alarm lower
limit)" turn off.
Precautions
When "conversion enable/disable setting" is "enable", the data related to the alarm output function (process alarm) cannot be
changed.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.3 Functions 173
■Detection cycle
The process alarm detection is performed every sampling cycle.
■Setting procedure
1. Set "Warning output setting (Process alarm)" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Warning output function (Process alarm)"
2. Set values for "Process Alarm Upper Upper Limit Value", "Process Alarm Upper Lower Limit Value", "Process Alarm
Lower Upper Limit Value", and "Process Alarm Lower Lower Limit Value".
Item Setting thermocouple type Setting range
Thermocouple Temperature unit Temperature input
range
Process Alarm Upper Upper Limit Value K Centigrade () -270 to +1370 -2700 to +13700
Process Alarm Upper Lower Limit Value
Fahrenheit () -454 to +2498 -4540 to +24980*1
Process Alarm Lower Upper Limit Value
Process Alarm Lower Lower Limit Value J Centigrade () -210 to +1130 -2100 to +11300
Fahrenheit () -346 to +2066 -3460 to +20660*1
T Centigrade () -270 to +400 -2700 to +4000
Fahrenheit () -454 to +752 -4540 to +7520*1
B Centigrade () 0 to 1710 0 to 17100
Fahrenheit () 32 to 3110 320 to 31100*1
R Centigrade () -50 to +1710 -500 to +17100
Fahrenheit () -58 to +3110 -580 to +31100*1
S Centigrade () -50 to +1710 -500 to +17100
Fahrenheit () -58 to +3110 -580 to +31100*1
Set values within the range satisfying the condition "Process Alarm Upper Upper Limit Value ≥ Process Alarm
Upper Lower Limit Value ≥Process Alarm Lower Upper Limit Value ≥ Process Alarm Lower Lower Limit
Value".
When not satisfying the above conditions, a process alarm upper lower limit value setting range error occurs.
(Error code: 1A4H)
■Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the process alarm are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) SM6311 SM6351 SM6391 SM6431 Page 204
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) SM6312 SM6352 SM6392 SM6432 Page 204
Warning output setting (process alarm) SM6313 SM6353 SM6393 SM6433 Page 205
Process alarm upper upper limit value SD6311 SD6351 SD6391 SD6431 Page 217
Process alarm upper lower limit value SD6312 SD6352 SD6392 SD6432 Page 218
Process alarm lower upper limit value SD6313 SD6353 SD6393 SD6433 Page 218
Process alarm lower lower limit value SD6314 SD6354 SD6394 SD6434 Page 219
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
174 4.3 Functions
Rate alarm
This function outputs an alert when the change of a measured temperature value is equal to or greater than the rate alarm
upper limit value, or equal to or smaller than the rate alarm lower limit value.
Measured temperature value
Rate alarm CH1 Measured
warning detection temperature
period value
CH2 Measured
temperature
value
4
Time
Change of measured temperature value
■Operation
The measured temperature value is monitored every rate alarm warning detection period. When the change from the previous
value is equal to or greater than the rate alarm upper limit value, or equal to or smaller than the rate alarm lower limit value, a
warning output flag corresponding to "conversion alarm flag" turns on.
• The value is equal to or greater than the rate alarm upper limit value: "Warning output flag (rate alarm upper)" turns on.
(Alarm code: 082H)
• The value is equal to or smaller than the rate alarm lower limit value: "Warning output flag (rate alarm lower)" turns on.
(Alarm code: 083H)
After a warning is output, if the measured temperature value becomes out of the conditions where a warning is output, the
corresponding warning output flag turns off.
• The value is smaller than the rate alarm upper limit value: "Warning output flag (rate alarm upper)" turns off.
• The value is greater than the rate alarm lower limit value: "Warning output flag (rate alarm lower)" turns off.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.3 Functions 175
In addition, when the "warning output setting (rate alarm)" is changed to be disabled, "warning output flag (rate alarm upper)"
and "warning output flag (rate alarm lower)" turn off. "Conversion alarm flag" and the alarm code stored in "conversion latest
alarm code", however, are not cleared.
To clear "conversion alarm flag" and the alarm code stored in "conversion latest alarm code", turn on and off "conversion
alarm clear request" after all of "warning output flag (rate alarm upper)" and "warning output flag (rate alarm lower)" turn off.
Precautions
When "conversion enable/disable setting" is "enable", the data related to the alarm output function (rate alarm) cannot be
changed.
■Detection cycle
Set the rate alarm warning detection period in "rate alarm detection cycle setting".
Ex.
Judgment with the following conditions (for thermocouple B (600 to 1700)
• Rate alarm detection cycle setting: 150 (ms)
• Rate alarm upper limit value: 10000 (1000.0)
• Rate alarm lower limit value: 7000 (700.0)
A measured temperature value of this time is compared to the previous value (measured temperature value 150 ms before),
every rate alarm alert detection cycle of 150ms. From the comparison, whether the increase in the measured temperature
value is 10000 (1000.0) or more, or 7000 (700.0) or less is judged.
Ex.
To monitor that an increase rate of a measured temperature value (Temperature unit: Centigrade) is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change of the measured temperature value (°C ) (2) Rate alarm lower value
+30°C (1)
+20°C (2)
0 Time
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
176 4.3 Functions
Ex.
To monitor that a decrease rate of a measured temperature value (Temperature unit: Fahrenheit) is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change of the measured temperature value (¶) (2) Rate alarm lower value
0 Time
-20¶ (1)
-30¶ (2)
4
Ex.
To monitor that a change rate of a measured temperature value (Temperature unit: Centigrade) is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change of the measured temperature value (°C ) (2) Rate alarm lower value
+10°C (1)
0 Time
-10°C (2)
■Setting procedure
1. Set "Warning output function (Rate alarm)" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Warning output function (Rate alarm)"
• When a value outside the setting range is set, the rate alarm warning detection period setting range error
occurs. (Error code: 1A6H)
• The rate alarm warning detection period is obtained by Set value + 1 scan time.
3. Set values for "Rate alarm upper limit value" and "Rate alarm lower limit value".
Item Setting range
Rate alarm upper limit value -3276.8 to 3276.7*1
Rate alarm lower limit value
*1 If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (), set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).
Set values within the range satisfying the condition "Rate alarm upper limit value > Rate alarm lower limit
value".
When not satisfying the above conditions, a rate alarm upper/lower limit setting value inversion error occurs.
(Error code: 1A5H)
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.3 Functions 177
■Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the rate alarm are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) SM6315 SM6355 SM6395 SM6435 Page 205
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) SM6316 SM6356 SM6396 SM6436 Page 205
Warning output setting (rate alarm) SM6317 SM6357 SM6397 SM6437 Page 206
Rate alarm upper limit value SD6315 SD6355 SD6395 SD6435 Page 219
Rate alarm lower limit value SD6316 SD6356 SD6396 SD6435 Page 220
Rate alarm detection cycle setting SD6317 SD6357 SD6397 SD6437 Page 220
Setting procedure
The event history function can be set from the event history setting window of GX Works3. For the setting procedure, refer to
the following.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5 User's Manual (Application)
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
178 4.3 Functions
Offset/gain Setting Function
This function sets any analog (temperature) value to the offset/gain value without regard to the setting prepared in advance.
(user range setting) The function corrects error of the temperature conversion caused by noise or other factors. Note that the
resolution is not changed. The offset setting value and gain setting value are saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-TC-
ADP.
For changing the offset/gain data, set an analog value to the "offset temperature setting value" or "gain temperature setting
value".
The table below shows the available setting range.
Item Description Setting range
Unit/ K J T B R S
Thermocouple 4
Offset temperature Temperature setting value Centigrade () -270.0 to -210.0 to -270.0 to 0 to -50.0 to -50.0 to
setting value corresponding to the input offset +1370.0 +1130.0 +400.0 710.0 +1710.0 +1710.0
value
Fahrenheit () -454.0 to -346.0 to -454.0 to 32.0 to -58.0 to -58.0 to
+2498.0 +2066.0 +752.0 3110.0 +3110.0 +3110.0
Gain temperature Temperature setting value Centigrade () -270.0 to -210.0 to -270.0 to 0 to -50.0 to -50.0 to
setting value corresponding to the input gain +1370.0 +1130.0 +400.0 710.0 +1710.0 +1710.0
value Fahrenheit () -454.0 to -346.0 to -454.0 to 32.0 to -58.0 to -58.0 to
+2498.0 +2066.0 +752.0 3110.0 +3110.0 +3110.0
When the offset temperature setting value and the gain temperature setting value do not satisfy the following
condition, the offset/gain temperature setting value error occurs. (Error code: 1D1H)
• When the temperature unit is centigrade: Gain temperature setting value - offset temperature setting value
> 0.1
• When the temperature unit is fahrenheit: Gain temperature setting value - offset temperature setting value >
0.3
If the "offset temperature setting value" and the "gain temperature setting value" are set using this function, the following
values are also stored.
Item Description Setting range
Input offset value The thermoelectromotive force value obtained through the temperature conversion (averaging 0 to 78125 (V)
processing) where the measured temperature value becomes the lower limit value (offset
reference value)
Input gain value The thermoelectromotive force value obtained through the temperature conversion (averaging
processing) where the measured temperature value becomes the upper limit value (gain reference
value)
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.3 Functions 179
Setting procedure
Access to the offset/gain setting window in the GX Works3 to set the offset and gain values.
The setting procedure for the offset/gain setting of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP is as follows:
[Tool] [Module Tool List]
1. In "Analog Adapter", select " Offset/gain setting" and
click [OK] button.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
180 4.3 Functions
5. Apply the offset temperature to the terminal of the
corresponding channel, and click [Yes] button.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.3 Functions 181
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the offset/gain setting function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Offset gain setting flag SM6331 SM6371 SM6411 SM6451 Page 207
Read offset/gain SM6332 SM6372 SM6412 SM6452 Page 207
Write offset/gain SM6333 SM6373 SM6413 SM6453 Page 208
Offset temperature setting value SD6327 SD6367 SD6407 SD6447 Page 222
Gain temperature setting value SD6328 SD6368 SD6408 SD6448 Page 223
Offset/gain code SD6329 SD6369 SD6409 SD6449 Page 223
Input offset value (L) SD6334 SD6374 SD6414 SD6454 Page 225
Input offset value (H) SD6335 SD6375 SD6415 SD6455
Input gain value (L) SD6336 SD6376 SD6416 SD6456 Page 225
Input gain value (H) SD6337 SD6377 SD6417 SD6457
Operation
■Offset/gain writing
For changing the offset/gain data, set "E21AH" to the "offset/gain writing enable code" and set the "offset/gain writing" from
OFF to ON to write the "setting thermocouple type", "offset temperature setting value", "gain temperature setting value", "input
offset value" and "input gain value" to the built-in memory of the FX5- 4AD-TC-ADP. This enables the user range setting
change for each channel, and the latest contents become valid.
When writing is completed, the "write offset/gain" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain code" is cleared to 0.
When the "setting thermocouple type" is changed, the initial value becomes valid.
For returning the offset/gain data to the initial value, use the offset/gain initialization function. (Page 183 Offset/gain
Initialization Function)
• The offset/gain value is written when the "offset/gain code" is set to "E21AH".
• The offset/gain value can be written only while temperature conversion is disabled.
• The "conversion enable/disable setting" cannot be changed to "enable" while the offset/gain value is being
written.
■Offset/gain reading
For reading the offset/gain data saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP, set the "read offset/gain" from OFF to
ON to read the "setting thermocouple type", "offset temperature setting value", "gain temperature setting value", "input offset
value" and "input gain value".
When the thermocouple type setting that is read is same as the "setting thermocouple type" stored in the built-in memory of
the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP, the obtained values are stored in the "offset temperature setting value", "gain temperature setting
value", "input offset value", and "input gain value". If the setting thermocouple type is different, the initial value of the "setting
thermocouple type" selected during reading is valid and set to the "offset temperature setting value", "gain temperature setting
value", "input offset value" and "input gain value". In this case, the offset/gain thermocouple type mismatch alarm occurs
(Alarmcode: 0C0H)
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
182 4.3 Functions
Offset/gain Initialization Function
This function initializes the offset value and gain value saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP.
This function can be set only with special devices.
Setting procedure
1. Set "E21AH" to the "offset/gain code".
Setting value Description Default value
Other than E21AH Offset/gain writing disable 0
E21AH Offset/gain writing enable
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the offset/gain initialization function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Initialize offset/gain SM6334 SM6374 SM6414 SM6454 Page 208
Offset/gain code SD6329 SD6369 SD6409 SD6449 Page 223
Operation
Set "E21AH" to the "offset/gain code" and set the "initialize offset/gain" from OFF to ON to initialize the offset temperature
setting value, gain temperature setting value, input offset value and input gain value saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-
4AD-TC-ADP. When initialization is completed, the "initialize offset/gain" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain code"
is cleared to 0.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.3 Functions 183
Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function
This function stores the maximum value and minimum value of the measured temperature value to the special registers for
each channel.
This function can be set only with special devices.
Setting procedure
When the "maximum value reset request" or "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON, the maximum value or
minimum value is pdated to the measured temperature value.
Setting value Description Default value
0: OFF With no maximum value or minimum value reset request 0: OFF
1: ON With maximum value or minimum value reset request
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the maximum value/minimum value hold function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag SM6305 SM6345 SM6385 SM6425 Page 203
Maximum value reset request SM6306 SM6346 SM6386 SM6426 Page 203
Minimum value reset request SM6307 SM6347 SM6387 SM6427 Page 204
Maximum value SD6306 SD6346 SD6386 SD6426 Page 216
Minimum value SD6307 SD6347 SD6387 SD6427 Page 217
Operation
When the "maximum value reset request" or "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON, the maximum value or
minimum value of the specified channel is updated to the "measured temperature value" every sampling cycle. In addition, the
"maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag" turns ON.
When the thermocouple choice is changed, the "maximum value" and "minimum value" are cleared (to "0").
Common Function
Precautions
• If the value of the special relay or special device has been changed while the temperature conversion is enabled, an alarm
occurs and, at the END processing, the value is overwritten with the value used for the current operation. (Alarm code:
0F0H)
• When the temperature conversion method is count average or moving average, if the temperature conversion is set to be
disabled, the values of special relay or special device related to average counts and averaging process setting are
changed, and the temperature conversion is set to be enabled again, the number of sampling times is cleared and the
sampling is performed from 0 time.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
184 4.3 Functions
Starting/stopping the analog function in accordance with the CPU module status
This paragraph shows the analog operation in accordance with the CPU module status.
■RUN
The FX5-4AD-TC-ADP operates in accordance with its parameters.
■PAUSE
The FX5-4AD-TC-ADP operates in accordance with its parameters.
■STOP
The FX5-4AD-TC-ADP continues temperature conversion.
*1 The alarm clear request is required when "disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable setting" is set to "disable".
: Requires the alarm clear request.
: Does not require the alarm clear request.
• The "conversion alarm clear requestt" is required for flags which do not turn OFF automatically and flags
which cause alarms.
• "The "conversion alarm clear request" is not turned off automatically. To perform an alarm clear again, it is
necessary to turn it OFF once.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.3 Functions 185
4.4 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
The procedure to execute FX5-4AD-TC-ADP is described below.
Precautions
Do not write to the special relay/special register in the user interrupt program.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
186 4.4 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.5 System Configuration
This section describes the system configuration including analog adapters.
Up to four analog adapters can be connected to an FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module.*1
Up to two analog adapters can be connected to an FX5UJ CPU module.
The connection position of the analog adapter connected to each CPU module are counted as the first module, the second
module, and so on in order of proximity to the CPU module.
However, communication adapters are not counted towards the number of analog adapters.
■FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module (The figure shows the FX5U CPU module.)
Analog adapter-4
Analog adapter-3
Analog adapter-2
Analog adapter-1
Communication adapter
4
Analog adapter-2
Analog adapter-1
Communication adapter
*1 When the FX5-4A-ADP with the serial number 223**** or earlier is used, the maximum number of connectable modules is two.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.5 System Configuration 187
4.6 Wiring
This section describes the wiring.
Suitable wiring
Number of wires connected per Wire size Tightening torque
terminal Solid wire, Stranded wire Wire ferrule with insulation
sleeve
One wire 0.3 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG22 to 20) 0.3 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG22 to 20) 0.20 Nm
Two wires 0.3mm2 (AWG22)
Precautions
Do not tighten terminal screws with torque exceeding the specified range. Failure to do so may cause equipment failures or
malfunctions.
9 mm
8 mm
2.6 mm 14 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model Crimp tool
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG AI 0.5-8 WH CRIMPFOX 6
CRIMPFOX 6T-F
■Tool
For tightening terminals, use a small screwdriver with a straight tip that is not widened toward the end as shown in
the right figure.
■Precautions
With straight tip
When a precision screwdriver with a small grip is used, the specified tightening torque cannot be obtained. Use
the following screwdriver or equivalent product (grip diameter: 25 mm) to obtain the tightening torque specified
above.
0.4 mm 2.5 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG SZS 0.42.5
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
188 4.6 Wiring
Terminal layout
The following table shows the terminal layout.
Terminal block Signal name Function
• CH1 Do not wire this terminal.
Terminal
layout L1+ Thermocouple + input
• L1- Thermocouple - input
L1+ • CH2 Do not wire this terminal.
L1-
L2+ Thermocouple + input
•
L2+ L2- Thermocouple - input
L2- • CH3 Do not wire this terminal.
• L3+ Thermocouple + input
L3+
L3-
L3- Thermocouple - input 4
•
• CH4 Do not wire this terminal.
Thermocouple type
There are 6 types of thermocouples: K, J, T, B, R, and S type.
Use insulated thermocouple types.
Wiring of thermocouple
The following figures show wiring of the thermocouple.
FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
Compensating lead wire Terminal
Thermocouple (Shielded wire) block
L
+
L
‒
Grounding
(Ground resistance: 100 Ω or less)
:
represents the channel number.
Separate the cable of the resistance thermometer detector from other power cables or areas easily affected
by inductive noise (from commercial power, etc.).
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.6 Wiring 189
Grounding
Perform the following.
• Perform class D grounding (Grounding resistance: 100 or less).
• Ground the PLC independently when possible.
If the PLC cannot be grounded independently, perform the "Shared grounding" shown below.
For the details, refer to the following manual.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
190 4.6 Wiring
4.7 Parameter Setting
Set the parameters of each channel.
Setting parameters here eliminates the need to program them.
Parameters are enabled when the CPU module is powered ON or after a reset. In addition, operations
different from the parameter settings are possible by transferring values to special relays and special registers
while changing these values in the program.
Refer to Page 198 List of Special Relays or Page 210 List of Special Registers for details on the
special relays and special registers.
4
Basic settings
Setting procedure
Open "Basic Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
Temperature unit setting Set whether to use 'Celsius' or 'Fahrenheit' as the temperature • Celsius Celsius
unit. • Fahrenheit
Conversion enable/disable setting Set whether to use 'Enable' or 'Disablet' to output the converted • Disable Disable
for each channel. • Enable
Average Processing Specification Execute whether to set "average process" or "sampling • Sampling Processing Sampling
processing". • Time Average Processing
• Count Average
• Moving Average
Time Average Counts Average Set average tine, average counts, moving average counts for Set range setting for each channel.
Moving Average each channel.
Thermocouple type setting Set the thermocouple type to connect for each channel. ■Celsius
• K (-270 to 1370 )
• J (-210 to 1130 )
• T (-270 to 400 )
• B (0 to 1710 )
• R (-50 to 1710 )
• S (-50 to 1710 )
■Fahrenheit
• K (-454 to 2498 )
• J (-346 to 2066 )
• T (-454 to 752 )
• B (32 to 3110 )
• R (-58 to 3110 )
• S (-58 to 3110 )
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.7 Parameter Setting 191
2. Click the item to be changed to enter the setting value.
• Item where a value is selected from the pull-down list
Click [] button of the item to be set, and from the pull-down list that appears, select the value.
• Item where a value is entered into the text box
Double-click the item to be set to enter the numeric value.
Application settings
Setting procedure
Open "Application Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
Warning output setting (Process Set whether to "enable" or "disable" process alarm warning. • Disable Disable
alarm) • Enable
Process Alarm Upper Upper Limit Set upper upper limit value of measured temperature value -3276.8 to +3276.7
Value
Process Alarm Upper Lower Limit Set upper lower limit value of measured temperature value. -3276.8 to +3276.7
Value
Process Alarm Lower Upper Limit Set lower upper limit value of measured temperature value. -3276.8 to +3276.7
Value
Process Alarm Lower Lower Limit Set lower lower limit value of measured temperature value. -3276.8 to +3276.7
Value
Warning output setting (rate Set whether to "enable" or "disable" the rate alarm warning. • Disable Disable
alarm) • Enable
Rate alarm warning detection Set the value for the sampling cycle to detect the rate alarm 85 to 10000
period setting warning.
Rate alarm upper limit value Set the upper limit value of the measured temperature value. -3276.8 to +3276.7
Rate alarm lower limit value Set the lower limit value of the measured temperature value. -3276.8 to +3276.7
Disconnection detection enable/ Set whether to "Enable" or "Disable" disconnection detection. • Enable Enable
disable setting • Disable
Conversion setting for In disconnection detection function, set the value to be converted • Upscale Downscale
disconnection detection detecting for each channel. • Downscale
• Any value
• Value before disconnection
Conversion setting function for Set the value to convert when 'Any value' is selected for -3276.8 to +3276.7
disconnection detection conversion setting function for disconnection detection.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
192 4.7 Parameter Setting
Item Description Setting range Default
Enable/Disable setting for Set whether to 'Enable' or 'Disable' the auto-clear of the • Enable Enable
disconnection detection automatic disconnection detection for disconnection detection function. • Disable
clear
4.8 Troubleshooting
This section describes errors that may occur in the use of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP and those troubleshooting. 4
Troubleshooting with the LEDs
Check the state of the LED to narrow down the possible causes of the trouble. This step is the first diagnostics.
A state of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP can be checked with the PWR LED. The following table shows the correspondence of LED
and a state of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP.
Name Description
PWR LED Indicates the power supply status of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP.
On: The power supply is supplied.
Off: The power supply is not supplied.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.8 Troubleshooting 193
Error history, alarm history can be checked with the event history window of the GX Works3.
[Diagnostics] [Module Diagnostics (CPU Diagnostics)] [Event History] button
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
194 4.8 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting by Symptom
When a value is not converted into the expected digital output value
Check item Action
Check whether the setting thermocouple type is correct. Check the setting thermocouple type in the parameter setting of GX Works3. If the
contents of setting are wrong, set the thermocouple type again.
Check whether the offset/gain setting is correct. Check whether the offset/gain is set correctly.
Check whether temperature conversion is executed correctly.
When temperature conversion is executed correctly, set the offset/gain again.
Whether the temperature conversion method is set correctly. Check the temperature conversion method in the parameter setting of GX Works3. If the
contents of setting are wrong, set the temperature conversion method again.
If digital output values cannot be read even after the above actions are taken, the possible cause is a failure of
the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP. Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.8 Troubleshooting 195
4.9 List of Error Code
The following table lists the error codes that may be stored.
: This symbol indicates the number of the channel where a error has occurred. (1: CH1 to 4: CH4)
Error code Error name Description and cause Action
0000H There is no error.
1A0H Averaging process specification A value other than 0 to 3 was set in CH Reset CH the average processing setting to 0
setting range error average processing setting. to 3.
1A1H Average time setting range error When the time average is set to CH average Reset CH time average/count average/
processing setting, a value other than 340 to moving average setting to the following value.
10000 was set to CH time average/count 340 to 10000
average/moving average settings.
1A2H Average count setting range error Averaging process specification, a value other Reset CH time average/count average/
When the count average is set to than 4 to 4095 was set to CH time average/ moving average setting to the following value.
CH count average/moving average settings. 4 to 4095
1A3H Moving average count setting When the moving average is set to CH Reset CH moving average process setting to
range error average processing setting, the following value the following value.
was set to CH moving average count setting. 2 to 64
Value other than 2 to 64
1A4H Process alarm upper-lower limit The value not meeting the following conditions Reset CH process alarm upper-upper limit
value setting range error was set to CH process alarm upper-upper value to CH process alarm lower-lower limit
limit value to CH process alarm lower-lower value to the value meeting the following
limit value. conditions.
Upper-upper limit valueUpper-lower limit Upper-upper limit valueUpper-lower limit
valueLower-upper limit valueLower-lower valueLower-upper limit valueLower-lower
limit value limit value
1A5H Rate alarm upper limit value/lower Lower limit valueupper limit value was set to Reset CH rate alarm upper limit value and
limit value setting inversion error CH rate alarm upper limit value and CH rate CH rate alarm lower limit value to lower limit
alarm lower limit value. value<upper limit value.
1A6H Rate alarm warning detection A value other than 85 to 10000 was set to CH Reset the CH rate alarm warning detection
period setting range error rate alarm warning detection period setting. period setting to the value within 85 to 10000.
1A8H Thermocouple type error A value outside the range was set to the CH Reset the CH setting thermocouple type to
setting thermocouple type. the following value.
0 to 1
1ABH Conversion setting range error A value outside the range was set to CH Set CH conversion setting for disconnection
with disconnection detection conversion setting for disconnection detection. detection to the following value.
enabled 0 to 3
1AFH Offset/Gain setting write error During CH write offset/gain or CH initialize Set CH conversion enable/disable setting to
offset/gain, CH conversion enable/disable conversion disable and write CH offset/gain
setting was set to conversion enable. setting or initialize CH offset/gain setting.
1D0H Offset/Gain input value error At the temperature conversion, the input offset At the temperature conversion, correct values
value and input gain value do not satisfy the so that the input offset value and input gain
following condition. value satisfy the following condition.
• Centigrade: Input gain value - input offset • Centigrade: Input gain value - input offset
value>0.1 value> 0.1
• Fahrenheit: Input gain value - input offset • Fahrenheit: Input gain value - input offset
value>0.3 value> 0.3
1D1H Offset/Gain temperature setting The set offset/gain temperature setting values Correct values so that the offset/gain
value error are outside the ranges. Or the set offset/gain temperature setting values satisfy the following
temperature setting values do not satisfy the condition.
following condition. • Centigrade: Gain temperature setting value -
• Centigrade: Gain temperature setting value - offset temperature setting value>0.1
offset temperature setting value>0.1 • Fahrenheit: Gain temperature setting value -
• Fahrenheit: Gain temperature setting value - offset temperature setting value>0.3
offset temperature setting value>0.3
3080H Analog ADP Hardware error Hardware error of analog ADP was detected. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility of hardware error of the analog ADP.
Consult the nearest Mitsubishi Electric
representative.
3081H Analog ADP Power failure The power is not supplied normally. Confirm if the power is supplied properly.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
196 4.9 List of Error Code
Error code Error name Description and cause Action
3082H Analog ADP Memory Error Read error or damaged EEPROM. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility of damaged EEPROM. Consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
3083H Analog ADP Memory Error There is some offset/gain data defect or setting After offset/gain initialization of the analog ADP
defect in EEPROM. is finished, set the data by offset/gain settings
again.
3084H Analog ADP Communication error Communication error occurred between the Confirm if ADP is connected properly to the
analog ADP and the CPU module. CPU module. If not improved, consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.10 List of Alarm Code 197
4.11 List of Special Relays
The special relays are shown below.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
198 4.11 List of Special Relays
2nd analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 2nd FX5-4AD-TC-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SM6640 Temperature unit selection Page 202
SM6660 SM6700 SM6740 SM6780 Conversion completed flag Page 202
SM6661 SM6701 SM6741 SM6781 Conversion enable/disable setting Page 202
SM6665 SM6705 SM6745 SM6785 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 203
SM6666 SM6706 SM6746 SM6786 Maximum value reset request Page 203
SM6667 SM6707 SM6747 SM6787 Minimum value reset request Page 204
SM6671
SM6672
SM6711
SM6712
SM6751
SM6752
SM6791
SM6792
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit)
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)
Page 204
Page 204
4
SM6673 SM6713 SM6753 SM6793 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 205
SM6675 SM6715 SM6755 SM6795 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) Page 205
SM6676 SM6716 SM6756 SM6796 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) Page 205
SM6677 SM6717 SM6757 SM6797 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 206
SM6678 SM6718 SM6758 SM6798 Disconnection detection flag Page 206
SM6679 SM6719 SM6759 SM6799 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 206
SM6680 SM6720 SM6760 SM6800 Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable Page 207
setting
SM6691 SM6731 SM6771 SM6811 Offset/gain setting flag Page 207
SM6692 SM6732 SM6772 SM6812 Read offset/gain Page 207
SM6693 SM6733 SM6773 SM6813 Write offset/gain Page 208
SM6694 SM6734 SM6774 SM6814 Initialize offset/gain Page 208
SM6697 SM6737 SM6777 SM6817 Conversion alarm clear request Page 208
SM6698 SM6738 SM6778 SM6818 Conversion alarm flag Page 209
SM6699 SM6739 SM6779 SM6819 Conversion error flag Page 209
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.11 List of Special Relays 199
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 3rd FX5-4AD-TC-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SM7000 Temperature unit selection Page 202
SM7020 SM7060 SM7100 SM7140 Conversion completed flag Page 202
SM7021 SM7061 SM7101 SM7141 Conversion enable/disable setting Page 202
SM7025 SM7065 SM7105 SM7145 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 203
SM7026 SM7066 SM7106 SM7146 Maximum value reset request Page 203
SM7027 SM7067 SM7107 SM7147 Minimum value reset request Page 204
SM7031 SM7071 SM7111 SM7151 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) Page 204
SM7032 SM7072 SM7112 SM7152 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) Page 204
SM7033 SM7073 SM7113 SM7153 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 205
SM7035 SM7075 SM7115 SM7155 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) Page 205
SM7036 SM7076 SM7116 SM7156 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) Page 205
SM7037 SM7077 SM7117 SM7157 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 206
SM7038 SM7078 SM7118 SM7158 Disconnection detection flag Page 206
SM7039 SM7079 SM7119 SM7159 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 206
SM7040 SM7080 SM7120 SM7160 Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable Page 207
setting
SM7051 SM7091 SM7131 SM7171 Offset/gain setting flag Page 207
SM7052 SM7092 SM7132 SM7172 Read offset/gain Page 207
SM7053 SM7093 SM7133 SM7173 Write offset/gain Page 208
SM7054 SM7094 SM7134 SM7174 Initialize offset/gain Page 208
SM7057 SM7097 SM7137 SM7177 Conversion alarm clear request Page 208
SM7058 SM7098 SM7138 SM7178 Conversion alarm flag Page 209
SM7059 SM7099 SM7139 SM7179 Conversion error flag Page 209
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
200 4.11 List of Special Relays
4th analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 4th FX5-4AD-TC-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SM7360 Temperature unit selection Page 202
SM7380 SM7420 SM7460 SM7500 Conversion completed flag Page 202
SM7381 SM7421 SM7461 SM7501 Conversion enable/disable setting Page 202
SM7385 SM7425 SM7465 SM7505 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 203
SM7386 SM7426 SM7466 SM7506 Maximum value reset request Page 203
SM7387 SM7427 SM7467 SM7507 Minimum value reset request Page 204
SM7391
SM7392
SM7431
SM7432
SM7471
SM7472
SM7511
SM7512
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit)
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)
Page 204
Page 204
4
SM7393 SM7433 SM7473 SM7513 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 205
SM7395 SM7435 SM7475 SM7515 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit) Page 205
SM7396 SM7436 SM7476 SM7516 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit) Page 205
SM7397 SM7437 SM7477 SM7517 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 206
SM7398 SM7438 SM7478 SM7518 Disconnection detection flag Page 206
SM7399 SM7439 SM7479 SM7519 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 206
SM7400 SM7440 SM7480 SM7520 Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable Page 207
setting
SM7411 SM7451 SM7491 SM7531 Offset/gain setting flag Page 207
SM7412 SM7452 SM7492 SM7532 Read offset/gain Page 207
SM7413 SM7453 SM7493 SM7533 Write offset/gain Page 208
SM7414 SM7454 SM7494 SM7534 Initialize offset/gain Page 208
SM7417 SM7457 SM7497 SM7537 Conversion alarm clear request Page 208
SM7418 SM7458 SM7498 SM7538 Conversion alarm flag Page 209
SM7419 SM7459 SM7499 SM7539 Conversion error flag Page 209
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.11 List of Special Relays 201
4.12 Detail of Special Relays
This section explains the details of special relays. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special relays of
the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
202 4.12 Detail of Special Relays
Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag
This flag monitors the "maximum value/minimum value" reset status.
When the "maximum value reset request" or "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON and then the value stored
in the "maximum value" or "minimum value" is reset, the "maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag" turns ON.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Reset is not completed 0: OFF R
1: ON Reset is completed
Maximum value
4
Minimum value
ON
Maximum value reset request
OFF
ON
Minimum value reset request
OFF
For the timing of turning the signal on and off, refer to the following.
Page 203 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag
Name Connection Special relay
part CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Maximum value reset request 1st adapter SM6306 SM6346 SM6386 SM6426
2nd adapter SM6666 SM6706 SM6746 SM6786
3rd adapter SM7026 SM7066 SM7106 SM7146
4th adapter SM7386 SM7426 SM7466 SM7506
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.12 Detail of Special Relays 203
Minimum value reset request
When the "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON, the minimum value is updated to the "measured temperature
value".
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF No minimum value reset request 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Maximum value reset request
For the timing of turning the signal on and off, refer to the following.
Page 203 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag
Name Connection Special relay
part CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Minimum value reset request 1st adapter SM6307 SM6347 SM6387 SM6427
2nd adapter SM6667 SM6707 SM6747 SM6787
3rd adapter SM7027 SM7067 SM7107 SM7147
4th adapter SM7387 SM7427 SM7467 SM7507
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
204 4.12 Detail of Special Relays
Warning output setting (process alarm)
Set whether to enable or disable the alarm output of process alarm.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Warning output of process alarm enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Warning output of process alarm disable
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.12 Detail of Special Relays 205
Warning output setting (rate alarm)
Set whether to enable or disable the alarm output of rate alarm.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Warning output of rate alarm enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Warning output of rate alarm disable
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
206 4.12 Detail of Special Relays
Disconnection detection automatic clear enable/disable setting
Set whether to enable or disable the disconnection detection automatic clear.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Disconnection recovery detection enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Disconnection recovery detection disable
Read offset/gain
An offset/gain setting value is read.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Offset/gain reading is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain reading is performed.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.12 Detail of Special Relays 207
Write offset/gain
An offset/gain setting value is written in.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Offset/gain writing is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain writing is performed.
Initialize offset/gain
An offset/gain setting value is initialized.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Offset/gain initialization is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain initialization is performed.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
208 4.12 Detail of Special Relays
Conversion alarm flag
"Conversion alarm flag" turns on when an alarm occurs.
Monitor value Display description Default R/W
value
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R
1: ON Conversion alarm occur
To turn OFF the "conversion alarm flag" and clear the "conversion latest alarm code", set the "conversion alarm clear request"
from OFF to ON.
Conversion latest alarm
0 Alarm occur 0
code
4
ON
Conversion alarm flag
OFF
To turn OFF the "conversion error flag", set the "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module from OFF to ON.
ON
Conversion error flag
OFF
ON
Error clear request (SM50)
OFF
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.12 Detail of Special Relays 209
4.13 List of Special Registers
The special registers are shown below.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
210 4.13 List of Special Registers
2nd analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 2nd FX5-4AD-TC-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SD6640 Module Information Page 214
SD6660 SD6700 SD6740 SD6780 Measured temperature value Page 214
SD6663 SD6703 SD6743 SD6783 Average processing setting Page 215
SD6664 SD6704 SD6744 SD6784 Time average/count average/moving average Page 215
SD6665 SD6705 SD6745 SD6785 Setting thermocouple type Page 216
SD6666 SD6706 SD6746 SD6786 Maximum value Page 216
SD6667
SD6671
SD6707
SD6711
SD6747
SD6751
SD6787
SD6791
Minimum value
Process alarm upper upper limit value
Page 217
Page 217
4
SD6672 SD6712 SD6752 SD6792 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 218
SD6673 SD6713 SD6753 SD6793 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 218
SD6674 SD6714 SD6754 SD6794 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 219
SD6675 SD6715 SD6755 SD6795 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 219
SD6676 SD6716 SD6756 SD6796 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 220
SD6677 SD6717 SD6757 SD6797 Rate alarm detection cycle setting Page 220
SD6678 SD6718 SD6758 SD6798 Conversion setting for disconnection detection Page 221
SD6679 SD6719 SD6759 SD6799 Conversion setting value for disconnection detection Page 222
SD6687 SD6727 SD6767 SD6807 Offset temperature setting value Page 222
SD6688 SD6728 SD6768 SD6808 Gain temperature setting value Page 223
SD6689 SD6729 SD6769 SD6809 Offset/gain code Page 223
SD6690 SD6730 SD6770 SD6810 Thermal EMF offset value (L) Page 224
SD6691 SD6731 SD6771 SD6811 Thermal EMF offset value (H)
SD6692 SD6732 SD6772 SD6812 Thermal EMF gain value (L) Page 224
SD6693 SD6733 SD6773 SD6813 Thermal EMF gain value (H)
SD6694 SD6734 SD6774 SD6814 Input offset value (L) Page 225
SD6695 SD6735 SD6775 SD6815 Input offset value (H)
SD6696 SD6736 SD6776 SD6816 Input gain value (L) Page 225
SD6697 SD6737 SD6777 SD6817 Input gain value (H)
SD6698 SD6738 SD6778 SD6818 Conversion latest alarm code Page 226
SD6699 SD6739 SD6779 SD6819 Conversion latest error code Page 226
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.13 List of Special Registers 211
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 3rd FX5-4AD-TC-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SD7000 Module Information Page 214
SD7020 SD7060 SD7100 SD7140 Measured temperature value Page 214
SD7023 SD7063 SD7103 SD7143 Average processing setting Page 215
SD7024 SD7064 SD7104 SD7144 Time average/count average/moving average Page 215
SD7025 SD7065 SD7105 SD7145 Setting thermocouple type Page 216
SD7026 SD7066 SD7106 SD7146 Maximum value Page 216
SD7027 SD7067 SD7107 SD7147 Minimum value Page 217
SD7031 SD7071 SD7111 SD7151 Process alarm upper upper limit value Page 217
SD7032 SD7072 SD7112 SD7152 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 218
SD7033 SD7073 SD7113 SD7153 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 218
SD7034 SD7074 SD7114 SD7154 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 219
SD7035 SD7075 SD7115 SD7155 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 219
SD7036 SD7076 SD7116 SD7156 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 220
SD7037 SD7077 SD7117 SD7157 Rate alarm detection cycle setting Page 220
SD7038 SD7078 SD7118 SD7158 Conversion setting for disconnection detection Page 221
SD7039 SD7079 SD7119 SD7159 Conversion setting value for disconnection detection Page 222
SD7047 SD7087 SD7127 SD7167 Offset temperature setting value Page 222
SD7048 SD7088 SD7128 SD7168 Gain temperature setting value Page 223
SD7049 SD7089 SD7129 SD7169 Offset/gain code Page 223
SD7050 SD7090 SD7130 SD7170 Thermal EMF offset value (L) Page 224
SD7051 SD7091 SD7131 SD7171 Thermal EMF offset value (H)
SD7052 SD7092 SD7132 SD7172 Thermal EMF gain value (L) Page 224
SD7053 SD7093 SD7133 SD7173 Thermal EMF gain value (H)
SD7054 SD7094 SD7134 SD7174 Input offset value (L) Page 225
SD7055 SD7095 SD7135 SD7175 Input offset value (H)
SD7056 SD7096 SD7136 SD7176 Input gain value (L) Page 225
SD7057 SD7097 SD7137 SD7177 Input gain value (H)
SD7058 SD7098 SD7138 SD7178 Conversion latest alarm code Page 226
SD7059 SD7099 SD7139 SD7179 Conversion latest error code Page 226
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
212 4.13 List of Special Registers
4th analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 4th FX5-4AD-TC-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SD7360 Module Information Page 214
SD7380 SD7420 SD7460 SD7500 Measured temperature value Page 214
SD7383 SD7423 SD7463 SD7503 Average processing setting Page 215
SD7384 SD7424 SD7464 SD7504 Time average/count average/moving average Page 215
SD7385 SD7425 SD7465 SD7505 Setting thermocouple type Page 216
SD7386 SD7426 SD7466 SD7506 Maximum value Page 216
SD7387
SD7391
SD7427
SD7431
SD7467
SD7471
SD7507
SD7511
Minimum value
Process alarm upper upper limit value
Page 217
Page 217
4
SD7392 SD7432 SD7472 SD7512 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 218
SD7393 SD7433 SD7473 SD7513 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 218
SD7394 SD7434 SD7474 SD7514 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 219
SD7395 SD7435 SD7475 SD7515 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 219
SD7396 SD7436 SD7476 SD7516 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 220
SD7397 SD7437 SD7477 SD7517 Rate alarm detection cycle setting Page 220
SD7398 SD7438 SD7478 SD7518 Conversion setting for disconnection detection Page 221
SD7399 SD7439 SD7479 SD7519 Conversion setting value for disconnection detection Page 222
SD7407 SD7447 SD7487 SD7527 Offset temperature setting value Page 222
SD7408 SD7448 SD7488 SD7528 Gain temperature setting value Page 223
SD7409 SD7449 SD7489 SD7529 Offset/gain code Page 223
SD7410 SD7450 SD7490 SD7530 Thermal EMF offset value (L) Page 224
SD7411 SD7451 SD7491 SD7531 Thermal EMF offset value (H)
SD7412 SD7452 SD7492 SD7532 Thermal EMF gain value (L) Page 224
SD7413 SD7453 SD7493 SD7533 Thermal EMF gain value (H)
SD7414 SD7454 SD7494 SD7534 Input offset value (L) Page 225
SD7415 SD7455 SD7495 SD7535 Input offset value (H)
SD7416 SD7456 SD7496 SD7536 Input gain value (L) Page 225
SD7417 SD7457 SD7497 SD7537 Input gain value (H)
SD7418 SD7458 SD7498 SD7538 Conversion latest alarm code Page 226
SD7419 SD7459 SD7499 SD7539 Conversion latest error code Page 226
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.13 List of Special Registers 213
4.14 Detail of Special Registers
This section explains the details of special registers. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special registers
of the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
Module Information
Module information of FX5-4AD-TC-ADP is stored.
Stored value R/W
61A0H R
The value is updated in every averaging processing cycle when the averaging processing is executed, or in
every sampling cycle when the averaging processing is not executed.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
214 4.14 Detail of Special Registers
Average processing setting
Set which one between the sampling processing and the averaging processing is to be selected.
The averaging processing is classified into "time average", "count average" and "moving average".
Setting value Description Default R/W
value
0 Sampling processing 0 R/W
1 Time average
2 Count average
3 Moving average
If a value other than the above is set, the averaging process specification setting range error (Error code:
4
1A0H) occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
If a value other than the above is set, the average time setting range error (Error code: 1A1H), average
count setting range error (Error code: 1A2H) or moving average count setting range error (Error code:
1A3H) occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.14 Detail of Special Registers 215
Setting thermocouple type
Set the thermocouple type.
Setting value Description Default R/W
value
0 K thermocouple 0 R/W
1 J thermocouple
2 T thermocouple
3 B thermocouple
4 R thermocouple
5 S thermocouple
If a value other than the above is set, the thermocouple type error (Error code: 1A8H) occurs and the
temperature conversion cannot be performed.
Maximum value
The maximum value of the measured temperature value is stored. When the "maximum value reset request" is set from OFF
to ON, the maximum value of the specified channel is updated to the "measured temperature value".
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 0 R
For details maximum value/minimum value hold function, refer to the following.
Page 184 Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function
Name Connection Special register
part CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Maximum value 1st adapter SD6306 SD6346 SD6386 SD6426
2nd adapter SD6666 SD6706 SD6746 SD6786
3rd adapter SD7026 SD7066 SD7106 SD7146
4th adapter SD7386 SD7426 SD7466 SD7506
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
216 4.14 Detail of Special Registers
Minimum value
The minimum value of the digital operation value is stored. When the "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON,
the minimum value of the specified channel is updated to the "measured temperature value".
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 0 R
For details maximum value/minimum value hold function, refer to the following.
Page 184 Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function
Name Connection Special register
part CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
Minimum value 1st adapter SD6307 SD6347 SD6387 SD6427
4
2nd adapter SD6667 SD6707 SD6747 SD6787
3rd adapter SD7027 SD7067 SD7107 SD7147
4th adapter SD7387 SD7427 SD7467 SD7507
• When changing this device, set process alarm upper upper limit value, process alarm upper lower limit
value, process alarm lower upper limit value, and process alarm lower lower limit value within the same
scan.
• If the condition "process alarm upper upper limit value process alarm upper lower limit value process
alarm lower upper limit value process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied, the process alarm
upper lower limit value setting range error occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
(Error code: 1A4H)
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.14 Detail of Special Registers 217
Process alarm upper lower limit value
Set the upper lower limit value of the alarm output function (process alarm).
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 (If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (, set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).) 12000 R/W
• When changing this device, set process alarm upper upper limit value, process alarm upper lower limit
value, process alarm lower upper limit value, and process alarm lower lower limit value within the same
scan.
• If the condition "process alarm upper upper limit value process alarm upper lower limit value process
alarm lower upper limit value process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied, the process alarm
upper lower limit value setting range error occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
(Error code: 1A4H)
• When changing this device, set process alarm upper upper limit value, process alarm upper lower limit
value, process alarm lower upper limit value, and process alarm lower lower limit value within the same
scan.
• If the condition "process alarm upper upper limit value process alarm upper lower limit value process
alarm lower upper limit value process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied, the process alarm
upper lower limit value setting range error occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
(Error code: 1A4H)
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
218 4.14 Detail of Special Registers
Process alarm lower lower limit value
Set the lower lower limit value of the alarm output function (process alarm).
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 (If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (, set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).) -2000 R/W
• When changing this device, set process alarm upper upper limit value, process alarm upper lower limit
value, process alarm lower upper limit value, and process alarm lower lower limit value within the same
scan.
• If the condition "process alarm upper upper limit value process alarm upper lower limit value process
alarm lower upper limit value process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied, the process alarm
4
upper lower limit value setting range error occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
(Error code: 1A4H)
• When changing this device, set rate alarm upper limit value and rate alarm lower limit value within the same
scan.
• If the condition "rate alarm upper limit value rate alarm lower limit value is not satisfied, the rate alarm
upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1A5H) occurs and the temperature
conversion cannot be performed.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.14 Detail of Special Registers 219
Rate alarm lower limit value
Set the lower limit of the change amount of the measured temperature value for detecting rate alarms.
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 (If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (, set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).) 0 R/W
• When changing this device, set rate alarm upper limit value and rate alarm lower limit value within the same
scan.
• If the condition "rate alarm upper limit value rate alarm lower limit value is not satisfied, the rate alarm
upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1A5H) occurs and the temperature
conversion cannot be performed.
If a value other than the above is set, the rate alarm warning detection period setting range error (Error code:
1A6H) occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
220 4.14 Detail of Special Registers
Conversion setting for disconnection detection
Set the value that is to be stored in the "measured temperature value" when a disconnection is detected.
Setting value Description Default R/W
value
0 Upscale 1 R/W
1 Downscale
2 Any value
3 Value immediately before disconnection
If a value other than the above is set, the conversion setting range error with disconnection detection enabled
(Error code: 1ABH) occurs and the temperature conversion cannot be performed.
4
When "upscale" (upper limit value + 5% of measurement range) or "downscale" (lower limit value - 5% of measurement
range) is selected, the following values are stored in the "measured temperature value".
Thermocouple Temperature unit Downscale Upscale
K Centigrade () -3520 14520
Fahrenheit () -6016 26456
J Centigrade () -2770 11970
Fahrenheit () -4666 21866
T Centigrade () -3035 4335
Fahrenheit () -5143 8123
B Centigrade () -855 17955
Fahrenheit () -1219 32639
R Centigrade () -1380 17980
Fahrenheit () -2164 32684
S Centigrade () -1380 17980
Fahrenheit () -2164 32684
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.14 Detail of Special Registers 221
Conversion setting value for disconnection detection
Set the value that is to be stored in the "measured temperature value" when "conversion setting for disconnection detection"
is set to "any value".
Range Default R/W
value
-32768 to +32767 (If the temperature unit is Fahrenheit (, set the value in increments of 2 (0.2).) 0 R/W
The setting value is obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP when "offset/gain reading" is
set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP is turned on.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
222 4.14 Detail of Special Registers
Gain temperature setting value
Set the gain temperature setting value used in the offset/gain setting function.
Range Default R/W
value
K thermocouple (Centigrade): -2700 to +13700 11300 R/W
K thermocouple (Fahrenheit): -4540 to +24980*1
J thermocouple (Centigrade): -2100 to +11300
J thermocouple (Fahrenheit): -3460 to +20660*1
T thermocouple (Centigrade): -2700 to +4000
T thermocouple (Fahrenheit): -4540 to +7520*1
B thermocouple (Centigrade): 0 to 17100
B thermocouple (Fahrenheit): 320 to 31100*1
R thermocouple (Centigrade): -500 to +17100
R thermocouple (Fahrenheit): -580 to +31100*1 4
S thermocouple (Centigrade): -500 to +17100
S thermocouple (Fahrenheit): -580 to +31100*1
The setting value is obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP when "offset/gain reading" is
set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP is turned on.
Offset/gain code
Set the offset/gain writing enable code used for changing the offset/gain.
Range Default R/W
value
Offset/gain writing enable: E21AH 0 R/W
Offset/gain writing disable: Other than E21AH
When "offset/gain writing" is set from OFF to ON while the offset/gain writing is enabled, the "setting
thermocouple type", "offset temperature setting value", "gain temperature setting value", "input offset value"
and "input gain value" are written to the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.14 Detail of Special Registers 223
Thermal EMF offset value
The thermal EMF offset value calculated based on the "offset temperature setting value" and "setting thermocouple type" is
stored.
When "offset/gain reading" is set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP is turned on,
the thermal EMF offset value, which is calculated based on the offset temperature setting value and setting
thermocouple type obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP, is stored.
When "offset/gain reading" is set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP is turned on,
the thermal EMF gain value, which is calculated based on the gain temperature setting value and setting
thermocouple type obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP, is stored.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
224 4.14 Detail of Special Registers
Input offset value
Set the offset value used in the offset/gain setting function.
Range Default R/W
value
0 to 78125 (V) 2 R/W
The setting value is obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP when "offset/gain reading" is
set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP is turned on.
The setting value is obtained from the built-in memory of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP when "offset/gain reading" is
set from OFF to ON or the power supply of the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP is turned on.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
4.14 Detail of Special Registers 225
Conversion latest alarm code
The latest alarm code detected in the FX5-4AD-TC-ADP is stored.
Monitor value Default R/W
value
0 R
Set the "conversion alarm clear request" from OFF to ON to clear the alarm code.
Set the "error clear request" (SM50) of CPU module from OFF to ON to clear the error code.
4 FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
226 4.14 Detail of Special Registers
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
This chapter describes the FX5-4DA-ADP.
5.1 Specifications
This section describes the specifications.
Generic specifications
The items other than the following are equivalent to those of the CPU module.
For general specifications, refer to the following manual.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
Item Specification
Dielectric withstand voltage 500 V AC for one minute Between all external terminals and ground terminal
5
Insulation resistance 10 M or higher by 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.1 Specifications 227
Performance specifications
Performance specifications is shown below.
Item Specification
Number of analog output points 4 points (4 channels)
Digital input 14-bit binary value
Analog output voltage -10 to +10 V DC (external load resistance value 1k to 1 M)
Analog output current 0 to 20 mA DC (external load resistance value 0 to 500 )
Output characteristics, resolution*1 Analog output range Digital value Resolution
Voltage 0 to 10 V 0 to 16000 625 V
0 to 5 V 0 to 16000 312.5 V
1 to 5 V 0 to 16000 250 V
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000 1250 V
Current 0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000 1.25 A
4 to 20 mA 0 to 16000 1 A
Accuracy (accuracy for the full scale Ambient temperature 255: 0.1 % (Voltage 20 mV, Current 20 A)
of the analog output value) Ambient temperature -20 to 55*2: 0.2 % (Voltage 40 mV, Current 40 A)
Conversion speed • FX5S CPU module: Maximum 1100 s (The data will be updated at every scan time of the programmable controller.)
• FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: Maximum 950 s (The data will be updated at every scan time of the
programmable controller.)
Isolation method Between output terminal and programmable controller: Photocoupler
Between output channels: Non-isolation
Number of occupied I/O points 0 point (This number is not related to the maximum number of I/O points of the programmable controller.)
Applicable CPU module • FX5S CPU module (From the first)
• FX5UJ CPU module (From the first)
• FX5U CPU module (From the first)
• FX5UC CPU module (From the first)
Applicable engineering tool • FX5S CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.080J or later)
• FX5UJ CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.060N or later)
• FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.007H or later)
*1 For the output conversion characteristic, refer to the Page 229 Output conversion characteristics.
*2 The operating ambient temperature is 0 to 55 for products manufactured before June 2016.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
228 5.1 Specifications
Output conversion characteristics
A output conversion characteristic of D/A conversion is expressed by the slope of the straight line connecting the offset value
and the gain value at the time when a digital value written from the CPU module is converted to an analog output (voltage or
current).
*1 When value exceeds the range of the digital value, the digital value is fixed to the maximum or minimum.
5
Output range setting Digital value
Minimum Maximum
0 to 10 V -384 16383
0 to 5 V -384 16383
1 to 5 V -384 16383
-10 to +10 V -8192 8191
Set values within the practical range of the digital input and analog output at each output range. If the values
are out of the range, the resolution and accuracy may not fall within the range of the performance
specifications. (Do not use values in the dotted line region in the graph of voltage output characteristics.)
5
Practical analog
output range
Analog
output 0
voltage (V)
-0.24
-5
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.1 Specifications 229
■Voltage output characteristics graph (0 to 5 V)
15
10
5.12
5
Practical analog
Analog output range
output 0
voltage (V) -0.12
-5
10
5.096
5 Practical analog
Analog 1 output range
output 0.904
voltage (V) 0
-5
5
Analog
output Practical analog
0 output range
voltage (V)
-5
-10
-10.24
-15
-8192 -8000 0 8000 8191
Digital value
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
230 5.1 Specifications
Current output characteristic
The following shows the list of the analog output ranges and the graphs of each current output characteristic, at the current
output.
No. Output range setting Offset value Gain value Digital value*1 Resolution
(1) 0 to 20 mA 0 mA 20 mA 0 to 16000 1.25 A
(2) 4 to 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 0 to 16000 1 A
*1 When value exceeds the range of the digital value, the digital value is fixed to the maximum or minimum.
Set values within the practical range of the digital input and analog output at each output range. If the values 5
are out of the range, the resolution and accuracy may not fall within the range of the performance
specifications. (Do not use values in the dotted line region in the graph of current output characteristics.)
20.48
20
Analog Practical analog
output output range
0
current
-0.48
(mA)
-20
-40
-16000 -384 0 16000 16383
Digital value
20.38
20 Practical analog
Analog
4 output range
output
current 3.62
(mA) 0
-20
-40
-16000 -384 0 16000 16383
Digital value
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.1 Specifications 231
Accuracy
Accuracy of D/A conversion is determined by the accuracy for the full scale of analog output value.
An output characteristic change through changes of the offset/gain setting or the output range does not sacrifice the accuracy,
which is maintained within the described range of the performance specifications.
The following graph shows the fluctuation range of accuracy when the range of -10 to 10 V is selected.
The accuracy is 0.1 % (20 mV) at ambient temperature of 255; the accuracy is 0.2 % (40 mV) at ambient temperature
of -20 to 55 (except for the conditions under noise influence).
+10 V
Fluctuation range
Analog
0
output value
-10 V
-8000 0 +8000
Digital input value
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
232 5.2 List of functions
5.3 Functions
This section describes the functions of the FX5-4DA-ADP and the setting procedures for those functions using GX Works3.
This section describes the special relays and special registers for the 1st FX5-4DA-ADP module.
For checking the special relays and special registers for the 2nd and later FX5-4DA-ADP modules, refer to the
following:
Page 264 List of Special Relays, Page 272 List of Special Registers
Digital value
5
D/A conversion enable/disable
function
Shift function
Scaling function
Analog output
HOLD/CLEAR function
Disconnection detection
function
Digital value
Digital input values are stored.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.3 Functions 233
Digital operation value
These values are obtained by operating a digital value using the scaling function or shift function. When each function is not
used, the same value as the digital value is stored.
Setting procedure
Set the input range to be used in the "output range setting".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Range switching function"
Output range setting Digital input range
0 to 10 V 0 to 16000
0 to 5 V 0 to 16000
1 to 5 V 0 to 16000
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000
0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000
4 to 20 mA 0 to 16000
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the range switching function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Output range setting SD6305 SD6345 SD6385 SD6425 Page 276
Operation
The output range is switched when the "output range setting" is changed while the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" is
set to "disable".
When the output range is switched, the following special devices are initialized:
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Warning output upper limit value flag SM6311 SM6351 SM6391 SM6431 Page 267
Warning output lower limit value flag SM6312 SM6352 SM6392 SM6432 Page 267
Disconnection detection flag SM6318 SM6358 SM6398 SM6438 Page 268
Digital operation value SD6301 SD6341 SD6381 SD6421 Page 275
Analog output value monitor SD6302 SD6342 SD6382 SD6422 Page 275
Offset setting value*1 SD6332 SD6372 SD6412 SD6452 Page 278
Gain setting value*1 SD6333 SD6373 SD6413 SD6453 Page 278
*1 When the output range setting after change is equivalent to the output range setting set by the offset/gain setting function, the values set
by the offset/gain setting function are reflected. In any other case, they are initialized to the initial value.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
234 5.3 Functions
D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Function
The output range of the analog output can be switched for each channel.
Setting methods
Set "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" to "D/A conversion enable" or "D/A conversion disable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Setting"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the D/A conversion enable/disable function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
D/A conversion enable/disable setting SM6300 SM6340 SM6380 SM6420 Page 266
5
Operation
The digital value is D/A-converted only in the channels for which the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" is set to "enable".
The channels for which the "D/A output enable/disable setting" is set to "enable" output the converted analog value.
When the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" is changed from "enable" to "disable", the digital value is held as is, and the
digital operation value and analog output value monitor are cleared.
Setting methods
Set "D/A output enable/disable setting" to "D/A output enable" or "D/A output disable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "D/A Output Enable/Disable Setting"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the D/A output enable/disable setting function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
D/A output enable/disable setting SM6301 SM6341 SM6381 SM6421 Page 266
Operation
The channels for which the "D/A output enable/disable setting" is set to "enable" output the analog value D/A-converted from
the digital value.
The channels for which the "D/A output enable/disable setting" is set to "disable" output the offset value.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.3 Functions 235
Analog Output HOLD/CLEAR Function
Set whether to clear the output analog output value or to hold the previous value or setting value in accordance with the CPU
module operation status (RUN, STOP or STOP (by stop error)).
Operation
When the CPU module operation status becomes "RUN", "STOP" or "STOP (by stop error)", the FX5-4DA-ADP becomes the
analog output status shown in the table below in accordance with the combination of "HOLD/CLEAR setting" and "D/A output
enable/disable setting".
CPU module status D/A conversion D/A output enable/ Analog output HOLD/ Output status
enable/disable setting disable setting CLEAR setting
RUN Enabled Enabled All settings The value after a shift and scaling
Disabled All settings Offset value
Disabled Enabled All settings 0
Disabled All settings 0
STOP (RUNSTOP, Enabled Enabled CLEAR The value for which K0 was set to
PAUSESTOP, and Error the digital value is output.
occurs when RUN state cannot
Current Value (Hold) The value after a shift and scaling
operate)
Setting Value The value set as the HOLD setting
value is output.
Disabled All settings Offset value
Disabled Enabled All settings 0
Disabled All settings 0
PAUSE Enabled Enabled All settings The value after a shift and scaling
Disabled All settings Offset value
Disabled Enabled All settings 0
Disabled All settings 0
Setting methods
1. Set the "HOLD/CLEAR Setting" to "CLEAR", "Current Value (HOLD)" or "Setting Value".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Analog Output HOLD/CLEAR Setting" "HOLD/CLEAR Setting"
2. It is the above 1, and when "Setting Value" is chosen, a value is set to HOLD setting value.
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Analog Output HOLD/CLEAR Setting" "HOLD Setting Value"
Name Setting range
HOLD setting value -32768 to +32767
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the analog output HOLD/CLEAR function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
HOLD/CLEAR function setting SD6303 SD6343 SD6383 SD6423 Page 275
HOLD setting value SD6304 SD6344 SD6384 SD6424 Page 276
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
236 5.3 Functions
Analog Output Test when CPU Module is in STOP Status Function
Analog output tests can be carried out when the CPU module is in the STOP status.
The following functions are enabled during the analog output test.
• Scaling function (Page 238 Scaling Function)
• Shift function (Page 240 Shift Function)
• Warning output function (Page 241 Warning Output Function)
Operation
When the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" is set from OFF to ON and the "D/A output enable/disable setting" is set
from OFF to ON, the analog output test is started and analog output is given.
Analog input value
10 V
5
5V
Output stop
Time
RUN
CPU module
STOP
ON
D/A conversion
enable/disable setting OFF
ON
D/A output enable/disable setting
OFF
*1 *1
Setting methods
To perform an analog output test, configure the settings in the device test of the GX Works3 following the procedure shown
below.
1. Set the digital value corresponding to the analog value to be output to the "digital value".
2. Set the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" to OFF (Enable D/A conversion).
3. Set the "D/A output enable/disable setting" to OFF (Enable D/A output).
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the analog output test when CPU module is in STOP status function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
D/A conversion enable/disable setting SM6300 SM6340 SM6380 SM6420 Page 266
D/A output enable/disable setting SM6301 SM6341 SM6381 SM6421 Page 266
Digital value SD6300 SD6340 SD6380 SD6420 Page 274
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.3 Functions 237
Scaling Function
This function performs the scale conversion on digital values within a specified range between a scaling upper limit value and
a scaling lower limit value. The program for scale conversion can be omitted.
Operation
This function performs the scale conversion on digital values. The values are converted within a specified range between a
scaling upper limit value and scaling lower limit value. The value after the scale conversion is used for the D/A conversion. (In
the scale conversion, values after the decimal point are rounded off.)
Setting procedure
1. Set "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" to "D/A conversion enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
setting" "D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Setting"
2. Set "Scaling enable/disable setting" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Scaling Setting"
3. Set values for "Scaling upper limit value" and "Scaling lower limit value".
Item Setting range
Scaling upper limit value -32768 to +32767
Scaling lower limit value -32768 to +32767
• If the relation between the values is scaling lower limit value > scaling upper limit value, the scale
conversion can be performed according to a negative slope.
• Set the scaling with the condition "Scaling lower limit value Scaling upper limit value".
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the scaling function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Scaling enable/disable setting SM6308 SM6348 SM6388 SM6428 Page 267
Scaling upper limit value SD6308 SD6348 SD6388 SD6428 Page 276
Scaling lower limit value SD6309 SD6349 SD6389 SD6429 Page 277
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
238 5.3 Functions
Setting example
Ex.
When 5000 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 1000 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the output
range of 0 to 5 V
Analog output voltage (V)
Scaling upper limit value Digital value
: 5000 Digital operation value (After scaling)
5
4 Scaling
5
1
Scaling lower limit value
: 1000
0 Digital operation value
0 4000 8000 12000 16000
Digital value Digital operation value (after scaling) Output voltage (V)
1000 0 0
1800 3200 1
2600 6400 2
3400 9600 3
4200 12800 4
5000 16000 5
Ex.
When 1000 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 5000 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the output
range of 0 to 5 V
Analog output voltage (V)
Scaling lower limit value Digital value
: 5000 Digital operation value (After scaling)
5
4 Scaling
1
Scaling upper limit
value: 1000
0 Digital operation value
0 4000 8000 12000 16000
Digital value Digital operation value (after scaling) Output voltage (V)
1000 16000 0
1800 12800 1
2600 9600 2
3400 6400 3
4200 3200 4
5000 0 5
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.3 Functions 239
Shift Function
This function adds (shifts) the set input value shift amount to the digital value, and stores the result to the "digital operation
value". The change in the input value shift amount is reflected in the digital operation value on real-time basis. Therefore, fine
adjustment can be easily performed when the system starts.
Operation
The set "input value shift amount" is added to the digital value. The digital value obtained by the addition is stored in the
"digital operation value".
When the digital value after the addition exceeds the range of -32768 to +32767 as a result of the shift processing, the value
is fixed with the lower limit value (-32768) or the upper limit value (+32767).
When the scaling function is used together, the scaling processing is executed to the value after shifting.
Setting procedure
Set the shift amount to "Input value shift amount".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Shift Function"
Item Setting range
Input value shift amount -32768 to +32767
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the shift function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Input value shift amount SD6310 SD6350 SD6390 SD6430 Page 277
Setting example
Ex.
When the output range is 0 to 5V and the input value shift amount is +50
Analog output voltage (V)
Input value shift amount
5
Before
adjustment
After
0 adjustment
Digital value
-50 0 15950 16000
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
240 5.3 Functions
Warning Output Function
When the digital operation value to which the shift amount is added is above the warning output upper limit value or below the
warning output lower limit value, warning is output.
Digital value
Digital value
Digital operation value
Digital operation value
Excluded
8000 *2
Warning output
upper limit value 6000
4000
Warning output
lower limit value 2000
*1
Sampling
Warning output ON
upper limit value flag
OFF 5
Warning output ON
lower limit value flag
OFF
ON
Alarm clear request
OFF
Digital operation value 2000 or more to 2000 2000 or more to 6000 or less 6000
2000 or more to
6000 or less 6000 or less
*1 Analog values below the warning output lower limit value are not output.
*2 Analog values above the warning output upper limit value are not output.
Operation
When the digital operation value to which the shift amount is added is above the warning output upper limit value or below the
warning output lower limit value and the warning output condition is satisfied, the "warning output upper flag" or "warning
output lower flag" turns ON.
When warning is output, the setting value of the "warning output upper limit value/warning output lower limit value" is regarded
as the digital operation value and D/A-converted.
Even if the digital value changes to a value below the warning output upper limit value and above the warning output lower
limit value after the warning output, the "warning output upper flag" and "warning output lower flag" do not turn OFF. When the
alarm clear request is set to OFF, ON and OFF again, the "warning output upper flag" and "warning output lower flag" turn
OFF. The "warning output upper flag" and "warning output lower flag" turn OFF also when the "warning output enable/disable
setting" is changed to "disable", but the alarm code stored in the "D/A conversion latest alarm code" is not cleared.
For clearing the alarm code stored in the "D/A conversion latest alarm code", set the alarm clear request to OFF, ON and OFF
again.
Setting procedure
1. Set "Warning Output Function" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Warning Output Function"
2. Set values for "Warning output upper limit value" and "Warning output lower limit value".
Item Setting range
Warning output upper limit value -32768 to +32767
Warning output lower limit value
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.3 Functions 241
Set the warning output upper limit value and warning output lower limit value while satisfying the condition
"Warning output upper limit value>Warning output lower limit value".
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the alarm output function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Warning output upper limit value flag SM6311 SM6351 SM6391 SM6431 Page 267
Warning output lower limit value flag SM6312 SM6352 SM6392 SM6432 Page 267
Warning output setting SM6313 SM6353 SM6393 SM6433 Page 268
Warning output upper limit value SD6311 SD6351 SD6391 SD6431 Page 277
Warning output lower limit value SD6312 SD6352 SD6392 SD6432 Page 278
Setting procedure
The user does not need to configure any settings.
Operation
The error occurs when the external power is not input. (Error code: 3081H)
Setting procedure
1. Set "Disconnection detection enable/disable setting" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Disconnection detection enable/disable setting"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the disconnection detection function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Disconnection detection flag SM6318 SM6358 SM6398 SM6438 Page 268
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting SM6319 SM6359 SM6399 SM6439 Page 268
Disconnection recovery detection enable/ SM6320 SM6360 SM6400 SM6440 Page 269
disable setting
Operation
When disconnection is detected in a channel for which the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" is set to "D/A conversion
enable" and the "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is set to "enable", it is regarded as a disconnection detection
error, and the "disconnection detection flag" turns ON (Error code: 1BB).
At this time, the digital value, digital operation value and analog output value monitor are cleared.
When the "disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting" is set to "enable", the "disconnection detection flag" turns
OFF when the channel is recovered from disconnection.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
242 5.3 Functions
When the "disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting" is set to "disable", the "disconnection detection flag"
remains ON even if the channel is recovered from disconnection.
It is necessary to set the "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module to ON to turn OFF the "disconnection detection flag".
The "disconnection detection flag" turns OFF also when the "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is changed to
"disable".
Disconnection
detection
Time 5
ON
Disconnection detection flag
OFF
ON
Error clear request (SM50)
OFF
Disconnection
detection
Time
ON
Disconnection detection flag
OFF
ON
Error clear request (SM50)
OFF
• The "disconnection detection flag" does not turn OFF. To turn OFF this flag, set the alarm clear request to
ON.
• To clear the "D/A conversion latest error code", set the "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module to
ON.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.3 Functions 243
Event History Function
This function collects errors from FX5-4DA-ADP, and keeps them in the SD memory card, and data memory or battery backed
built-in RAM of the CPU module.
The event information collected by the CPU module can be displayed on GX Works3 to check the occurrence history in
chronological order.
Event type Classification Description
System Error An error detected by the self diagnostics in each module.
Setting procedure
The event history function can be set from the event history setting window of GX Works3. For the setting procedure, refer to
the following.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5 User's Manual (Application)
An offset/Gain setting value range error occurs when the following condition is not satisfied: (Error code:
1B9H)
• Voltage output: 1000Gain setting value-Offset setting value10000
• Current output: 3000Gain setting value-Offset setting value30000
The table below shows the reference value and initial value of the offset/gain setting value.
Description Digital value Offset setting value Gain setting value
Voltage/ Output range Reference Default value Reference Default value
current value value
Voltage 0 to 10 V 0 to 16000 0 0 mV 8000 5000 mV
0 to 5 V 0 to 16000 0 0 mV 16000 5000 mV
1 to 5 V 0 to 16000 0 1000 mV 16000 5000 mV
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000 0 0 mV 4000 5000 mV
Current 0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000 0 0 A 16000 20000 A
4 to 20 mA 0 to 16000 0 4000 A 16000 20000 A
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
244 5.3 Functions
Setting procedure
Access to the offset/gain setting window in the GX Works3 to set the offset and gain values.
The setting procedure for the offset/gain setting of the FX5-4DA-ADP is as follows:
[Tool] [Module Tool List]
1. Select "Analog Adapter" " Offset/gain setting" and
click the [OK] button.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.3 Functions 245
4. Specify the channel to configure the offset/gain setting
and the user range setting.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
246 5.3 Functions
6. The adjustment value of the offset value or gain value
can be selected from "1", "100", "500", "1000", "2000",
and "3000" or it can be set by inputting any value (1 to
3000).
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.3 Functions 247
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the offset/gain setting function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4 Reference
Offset/gain reading SM6332 SM6372 SM6412 SM6452 Page 269
Offset/gain writing SM6333 SM6373 SM6413 SM6453 Page 269
Offset setting value SD6332 SD6372 SD6412 SD6452 Page 278
Gain setting value SD6333 SD6373 SD6413 SD6453 Page 278
Offset/gain writing enable code SD6334 SD6374 SD6414 SD6454 Page 279
Operation
■Offset/gain writing
For changing the offset/gain data, set "E210H" to the "offset/gain writing enable code" and set the "offset/gain writing" from
OFF to ON to write the "output range setting", "offset setting value" and "gain setting value" to the built-in memory of the FX5-
4DA-ADP. Only 1 range can be changed for 1 channel, and the latest contents are valid.
When writing is completed, the "offset/gain writing" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain writing enable code" is
cleared to 0.
When the "output range setting" is changed, the initial value becomes valid.
For returning the offset/gain data to the initial value, use the offset/gain initialization function (Page 249 Offset/gain
Initialization Function).
• The offset/gain value is written when the "offset/gain writing enable code" is set to "E210H".
• The offset/gain value can be written only while D/A conversion is disabled.
• The "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" cannot be changed to "enable" while the offset/gain value is
being written.
■Offset/gain reading
For reading the offset/gain data saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4DA-ADP, set the "offset/gain reading" from OFF to
ON to read the "output range setting", "offset setting value" and "gain setting value".
When the output range setting selected during reading is equivalent to the output range setting saved in the built-in memory of
the FX5-4DA-ADP, the read values are set to the "offset setting value" and "gain setting value".
If the output range setting is different, the initial value of the output range setting selected during reading is valid and set to the
"offset setting value" and "gain setting value". In this case, the offset/gain setting output range mismatch alarm occurs (Alarm
code: 0C0H).
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
248 5.3 Functions
Offset/gain Initialization Function
This function initializes the offset value and gain value saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4DA-ADP.
This function can be set only with special devices.
Setting procedure
1. Set "E210H" to the "offset/gain writing enable code".
Setting value Description Default value
Other than E210H Offset/gain writing disable 0
E210H Offset/gain writing enable
Operation
Set "E210H" to the "offset/gain writing enable code" and set the "offset/gain initialization" from OFF to ON to initialize the
offset value and gain value saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4DA-ADP. When initialization is completed, the "offset/
gain initialization" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain writing enable code" is cleared to 0.
• Offset/gain initialization is executed when the "offset/gain writing enable code" is set to "E210H".
• Offset/gain initialization is enabled only while D/A conversion is disabled.
• The "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" cannot be changed to "enable" while offset/gain initialization is
being executed.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.3 Functions 249
Common Function
Precautions
An alarm occurs when the value of a special relay/device is changed while D/A conversion is enabled (Alarm code: 0F00H).
Starting/stopping the analog function in accordance with the CPU module status
This paragraph shows the analog operation in accordance with the CPU module status.
■RUN
The FX5-4DA-ADP operates in accordance with its parameters.
■PAUSE
The FX5-4DA-ADP operates in accordance with its parameters.
■STOP
Outputs are enabled even in the STOP status by using the analog test mode available when the CPU module is in the STOP
status. (Page 237 Analog Output Test when CPU Module is in STOP Status Function)
*1 The "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module is required when disconnection recovery is set to "disable".
*2 The "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module is required for clearing the error code.
: Requires the alarm clear request.
: Does not require the alarm clear request.
• The alarm clear of the CPU module request is required for flags which do not turn OFF automatically and
flags which cause alarms.
• Use the "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module to turn OFF the D/A conversion error flag and clear
the D/A conversion latest error code.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
250 5.3 Functions
5.4 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4DA-ADP
The procedure to execute the FX5-4DA-ADP is described below.
Precautions
Do not write to the special relay/special register in the user interrupt program.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.4 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4DA-ADP 251
5.5 System Configuration
This section describes the system configuration including analog adapters.
Up to four analog adapters can be connected to an FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module.*1
Up to two analog adapters can be connected to an FX5UJ CPU module.
The connection position of the analog adapter connected to each CPU module are counted as the first module, the second
module, and so on in order of proximity to the CPU module.
However, communication adapters are not counted towards the number of analog adapters.
■FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module (The figure shows the FX5U CPU module.)
Analog adapter-4
Analog adapter-3
Analog adapter-2
Analog adapter-1
Communication adapter
Analog adapter-2
Analog adapter-1
Communication adapter
*1 When the FX5-4A-ADP with the serial number 223**** or earlier is used, the maximum number of connectable modules is two.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
252 5.5 System Configuration
5.6 Wiring
This section describes the wiring.
Suitable wiring
Number of wires connected per Wire size Tightening torque
terminal Solid wire, Stranded wire Wire ferrule with insulation
sleeve
One wire 0.3 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG22 to 20) 0.3 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG22 to 20) 0.20 Nm
Two wires 0.3 mm 2 (AWG22)
Precautions 5
Do not tighten terminal screws with torque exceeding the specified range. Failure to do so may cause equipment failures or
malfunctions.
9 mm
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.6 Wiring 253
■When wire ferrules with insulation sleeves are used
Depending on the thickness of a wiring sheath used, it may be difficult to insert the sheath into an insulation sleeve. Refer to
the external dimensions as a reference to select wires.
External dimension of wire ferrules with insulation sleeves
8 mm
2.6 mm 14 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model Crimp tool
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG AI 0.5-6 WH CRIMPFOX 6
CRIMPFOX 6T-F
■Tool
For tightening terminals, use a small screwdriver with a straight tip that is not widened toward the end as shown in
the right figure.
■Precautions
With straight tip
When a precision screwdriver with a small grip is used, the specified tightening torque cannot be obtained. Use
the following screwdriver or equivalent product (grip diameter: 25 mm) to obtain the tightening torque specified
above.
0.4 mm 2.5 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG SZS 0.42.5
Terminal layout
The following table shows the terminal layout.
Terminal block Signal name Function
V1+ CH1 Voltage output
Terminal layout I1+ Current output
V1+ COM1 Common
I1+
V2+ CH2 Voltage output
COM1
I2+ Current output
V2+
I2+ COM2 Common
COM2 V3+ CH3 Voltage output
V3+ I3+ Current output
I3+
COM3 Common
COM3
V4+ CH4 Voltage output
V4+
I4+ I4+ Current output
COM4 COM4 Common
• • Do not wire this terminal.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
254 5.6 Wiring
Power supply wiring
The following figures show wiring of the power supply.
24V 0V
5
24+ 24- 24+ 24-
Fuse
24 V DC Grounding Grounding
(Ground resistance: (Ground resistance:
100 Ω or less) 100 Ω or less)
Precautions
• Ground the "ground" terminal to a class-D grounded power supply line (100 or less) together with the grounding terminal
of the CPU module.
• When using an external power supply, turn on the power supply at the same time as the CPU module or earlier than the
CPU module. When turning off the power, confirm the safety of the system and turn off the power of the PLC (including
expansion adapters) at the same time.
• The analog ADP Power failure (Error code: 3081H) may occurs when the CPU module is powered off.
FX5-4DA-ADP FX5UC
CPU module
Black
24+ 24- 24+ 24-
Red Green
Fuse
Grounding
24 V DC
(Ground resistance:
100 Ω or less)
Precautions
• Ground the "ground" terminal to a class-D grounded power supply line (100 or less) together with the grounding terminal
of the CPU module.
• For the 24 V DC power supply, be sure to use the same power as the CPU module.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.6 Wiring 255
Analog output wiring
The following figures show wiring of the analog output.
Grounding
Perform the following.
• Perform class D grounding (Grounding resistance: 100 or less).
• Ground the PLC independently when possible.
If the PLC cannot be grounded independently, perform the "Shared grounding" shown below.
For the details, refer to the following manual.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
256 5.6 Wiring
5.7 Parameter Setting
Set the parameters of each channel.
Setting parameters here eliminates the need to program them.
Parameters are enabled when the CPU module is powered ON or after a reset. In addition, operations
different from the parameter settings are possible by transferring values to special relays and special registers
while changing these values in the program.
Refer to Page 264 List of Special Relays or Page 272 List of Special Registers for details on the
special relays and special registers.
Basic settings
Setting procedure
5
Open "Basic Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" D/A conversion. • Disable Disable
Setting • Enable
D/A Output Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" D/A output. • Disable Disable
Setting • Enable
Output range setting Setting area for output range setting. • Output Voltage (0 to 10 V) Output Voltage
• Output Voltage (0 to 5 V) (0 to 10 V)
• Output Voltage (1 to 5 V)
• Output Voltage (-10 to 10 V)
• Output Current (0 to 20 mA)
• Output Current (4 to 20 mA)
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.7 Parameter Setting 257
Application settings
Setting procedure
Open "Application Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
Warning Output Setting Set whether to "enable" or "disable" warning output. • Disable Disable
• Enable
Warning output upper limit value Set upper limit value of digital input value for warning output. -32767 to +32767
Warning output lower limit value Set lower limit value of digital input value for warning output. -32768 to +32766
Scaling Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" scaling. • Disable Disable
• Enable
Scaling Upper Limit Value Set scaling conversion upper limit value. -32768 to +32767
Scaling Lower Limit Value Set scaling conversion lower limit value. -32768 to +32767
Shifting amount to conversion Set shifting amount for shift function. -32768 to +32767 0
value
HOLD/CLEAR Setting Set output status at CLEAR or HOLD. • CLEAR Current Value
• Current Value (Hold) (Hold)
• Setting Value
HOLD Setting Value Set digital value that output at HOLD for each channel when -32768 to +32767
"setting value" is selected in "HOLD/CLEAR setting".
Disconnection detection enable/ Set whether to "enable" or "disable" disconnection detection. • Disable Disable
disable setting • Enable
Disconnection recovery detection Set whether to "enable" or "disable" disconnection recovery • Disable Disable
enable/disable setting detection. • Enable
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
258 5.7 Parameter Setting
5.8 Troubleshooting
This section describes errors that may occur in the use of the FX5-4DA-ADP and those troubleshooting.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.8 Troubleshooting 259
Error history, alarm history can be checked with the event history window of the GX Works3.
[Diagnostics] [[Module Diagnostics (CPU Diagnostics)] [Event History] button
Troubleshooting by Symptom
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
260 5.8 Troubleshooting
When the analog output value does not change
Check item Action
Whether the CPU module operation status is "STOP" or "STOP (by stop The analog output HOLD/CLEAR function is being executed.
error)" Set the CPU module to the "RUN" status, and check whether analog output is
given normally. When an error causing stop occurs, remove the cause of the
error, and then turn OFF and ON the CPU module or reset the CPU module.
When a value is not converted into the expected analog output value
Check item Action
Whether the output range is set correctly Check the output range setting in the parameter setting of GX Works3. If the
contents of setting are wrong, set the output range again.
Whether the offset/gain is set correctly Check whether the offset/gain is set correctly.
Check whether D/A conversion is executed correctly.
When D/A conversion is executed correctly, set the offset/gain again.
Whether the scaling function is set correctly When the scaling function is used, check the scaling function setting in the
parameter setting of GX Works3. If the contents of setting are wrong, set the 5
scaling function again.
Whether the shift function is working with a proper setting value Set the input value shift amount suitable for the system.
Whether a digital value above the warning output upper limit value or below When the warning output function is used, check the warning output function
the warning output lower limit value is set setting in the parameter setting of GX Works3. When the contents of setting
are all right, check whether the digital value is not set outside the warning
output range.
If digital values cannot be read even after the above actions are taken, the possible cause is a failure of the
FX5-4DA-ADP. Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.8 Troubleshooting 261
5.9 List of Error Code
The following table lists the error codes that may be stored.
: This symbol indicates the number of the channel where a error has occurred. (1: CH1 to 4: CH4)
Error code Error name Description and cause Action
0000H There is no error.
1B0H Warning output upper and lower The value not meeting the following condition Reset CH Warning output upper limit value
limit value inversion error was set to CH Warning output upper limit and CH Warning output lower limit value such
value and CH Warning output lower limit that upper limit value>lower limit value.
value.
Upper limit value>Lower limit value
1B1H Output status setting range error A value other than 0, 1 or, 2 was set in the Set a value between 0 and 2 to the CH HOLD/
during HOLD CH HOLD/CLEAR function setting. CLEAR function setting.
1B2H Output setting value setting range CH Output setting value during HOLD is set Set CH Output setting value during HOLD
error during HOLD outside the range of scaling upper and lower within the range of scaling upper and lower limit
limit value. value.
1B7H Scaling upper and lower limit CH Scaling upper limit value and CH Reset CH Scaling upper limit value or CH
value setting error Scaling lower limit value are equal. scaling lower limit value such that Scaling upper
limit valueScaling lower limit value.
1B8H Range setting range error A value outside the range was set to the CH Reset the CH range setting to the following
range setting. value.
0 to 5
1B9H Offset/Gain setting value range A value outside the range was set to CH Reset CH Offset value or CH Gain setting
error Offset setting value or CH Gain setting value. value to the following value.
■Voltage
Offset value: -10000 to +9000
Gain value: -9000 to +10000
■Current
Offset value: 0 to 17000
Gain value: 3000 to 30000
1BAH Range setting range error with CH Disconnection detection functions were For the channel detecting disconnection using
disconnection detection enabled set to Enable and CH Output range is set to the disconnection detection function, reset CH
other than the following. Output range to any of the following.
• 4 to 20 mA • 4 to 20 mA
1BBH Disconnection detection error In CH, disconnection was detected. Eliminate the cause of disconnection in
appropriate channel and turn 'Error Clear
Request' (SM50) ON.
1BFH Offset/Gain setting write error During CH Offset/Gain setting write or CH Set 'CH D/A conversion enable/disable
Offset/Gain setting initialization, 'CH D/A setting' to conversion disable and write CH
conversion enable/disable setting' was set to Offset /Gain setting or initialize CH Offset/
conversion enable. Gain setting.
1D7H Offset/Gain computed value CH Offset/Gain computed value became out Reset CH Offset value and CH Gain setting
range error of range. value.
3080H Analog ADP Hardware error Hardware error of analog ADP was detected. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility of hardware error of the analog ADP.
Consult the nearest Mitsubishi Electric
representative.
3081H Analog ADP Power failure The power is not supplied normally. Confirm if the power is supplied properly.
3082H Analog ADP Memory Error Read error or damaged EEPROM. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility damaged EEPROM. Consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
3083H Analog ADP Memory Error There is some offset/gain data defect or setting After offset/gain initialization of the analog ADP
defect in EEPROM. is finished, set the data by offset/gain settings
again.
3084H Analog ADP Communication error Communication error occurred between the Confirm if ADP is connected properly to the
analog ADP and the CPU module. CPU module. If not improved, consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
262 5.9 List of Error Code
5.10 List of Alarm Code
The following table shows the list of the alarm codes stored.
: This symbol indicates the number of the channel where an alarm has occurred. (1: CH1 to 4: CH4)
Alarm code Alarm name Description and cause Action
0000H There is no error.
080H Warning output (upper limit) Warning output alarm (upper limit) has occurred When the CH digital operation value returns
in the CH. from the warning output range, the alarm code
automatically changes to "0: Normal".
081H Warning output (lower limit) Warning output alarm (lower limit) has occurred
in the CH.
0C0H Offset gain reading output range The saved offset/gain output range is different Change the currently set output range to the
mismatch from the currently set output range. output range selected when the offset/gain was
written, and then read the offset/gain.
0E0H Range change alarm during The range was changed during offset/gain Wait until offset/gain writing or offset/gain
offset/gain writing or offset/gain writing or offset/gain initialization. initialization is finished, and then change the
initialization range.
5
0E1H Offset/gain initialization execution Offset/gain initialization was executed during Wait until offset/gain writing is finished, and then
alarm offset/gain writing. initialize the offset/gain.
0E2H Offset/gain writing execution Offset/gain writing was executed during offset/ Wait until offset/gain initialization is finished,
alarm gain initialization. and then write the offset/gain.
0E3H Analog ADP memory access Offset/gain writing, offset/gain reading or offset/ Reset the CPU module.
alarm gain initialization was executed while the analog
ADP memory error (Error code: 3082H) was
detected.
Or offset reading was executed while the analog
ADP memory error (Error code: 3083H) was
detected.
0F0H Setting change alarm Special relays/registers for analog are changed Change the setting of special relays/registers
while conversion is enabled. while conversion is disabled.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.10 List of Alarm Code 263
5.11 List of Special Relays
The special relays are shown below.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
264 5.11 List of Special Relays
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 3rd FX5-4DA-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SM7020 SM7060 SM7100 SM7140 D/A conversion enable/disable setting Page 266
SM7021 SM7061 SM7101 SM7141 D/A output enable/disable setting Page 266
SM7028 SM7068 SM7108 SM7148 Scaling enable/disable setting Page 267
SM7031 SM7071 SM7111 SM7151 Warning output upper limit value flag Page 267
SM7032 SM7072 SM7112 SM7152 Warning output lower limit value flag Page 267
SM7033 SM7073 SM7113 SM7153 Warning output setting Page 268
SM7038 SM7078 SM7118 SM7158 Disconnection detection flag Page 268
SM7039 SM7079 SM7119 SM7159 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 268
SM7040 SM7080 SM7120 SM7160 Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting Page 269
SM7052 SM7092 SM7132 SM7172 Offset/gain reading Page 269
SM7053 SM7093 SM7133 SM7173 Offset/gain writing Page 269
5
SM7054 SM7094 SM7134 SM7174 Offset/gain initialization Page 270
SM7057 SM7097 SM7137 SM7177 D/A conversion alarm clear request Page 270
SM7058 SM7098 SM7138 SM7178 D/A conversion alarm flag Page 270
SM7059 SM7099 SM7139 SM7179 D/A conversion error flag Page 271
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.11 List of Special Relays 265
5.12 Detail of Special Relays
This section explains the details of special relays. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special relays of
the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
The setting value will be ignored when the D/A conversion enable/disable setting is set to "disable".
For details D/A output enable/disable setting function, refer to the following.
Page 235 D/A Output Enable/Disable Setting Function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
D/A output enable/disable setting 1st adapter SM6301 SM6341 SM6381 SM6421
2nd adapter SM6661 SM6701 SM6741 SM6781
3rd adapter SM7021 SM7061 SM7101 SM7141
4th adapter SM7381 SM7421 SM7461 SM7501
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
266 5.12 Detail of Special Relays
Scaling enable/disable setting
Set whether to enable or disable the scaling function.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Scaling function enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Scaling function disable
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.12 Detail of Special Relays 267
Warning output setting
Set whether to enable or disable the warning output.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Warning output enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Warning output disable
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
268 5.12 Detail of Special Relays
Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting
Set whether to enable or disable the disconnection detection recovery.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Disconnection recovery detection enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Disconnection recovery detection disable
Offset/gain writing
An offset/gain setting value is written in.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Offset/gain writing is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain writing is performed.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.12 Detail of Special Relays 269
Offset/gain initialization
An offset/gain setting value is initialized.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Offset/gain initialization is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain initialization is performed.
For details D/A conversion alarm clear request, refer to the following.
Page 250 Alarm clear request
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
D/A conversion alarm clear 1st adapter SM6337 SM6377 SM6417 SM6457
request 2nd adapter SM6697 SM6737 SM6777 SM6817
3rd adapter SM7057 SM7097 SM7137 SM7177
4th adapter SM7417 SM7457 SM7497 SM7537
To turn OFF the "D/A conversion alarm flag" and clear the "D/A conversion latest alarm code", set the "D/A conversion alarm
clear request" from OFF to ON.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
270 5.12 Detail of Special Relays
D/A conversion error flag
"D/A conversion error flag" turns on when an error occurs.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R
1: ON D/A conversion error occur
To turn OFF the "D/A conversion error flag" and clear the "D/A conversion latest error code", set the "error clear request"
(SM50) of the CPU module from OFF to ON.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.12 Detail of Special Relays 271
5.13 List of Special Registers
The special registers are shown below.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
272 5.13 List of Special Registers
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 3rd FX5-4DA-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2 CH3 CH4
SD7010 Module Information Page 274
SD7020 SD7060 SD7100 SD7140 Digital value Page 274
SD7021 SD7061 SD7101 SD7141 Digital operation value Page 275
SD7022 SD7062 SD7102 SD7142 Analog output value monitor Page 275
SD7023 SD7063 SD7103 SD7143 HOLD/CLEAR function setting Page 275
SD7024 SD7064 SD7104 SD7144 HOLD setting value Page 276
SD7025 SD7065 SD7105 SD7145 Output range setting Page 276
SD7028 SD7068 SD7108 SD7148 Scaling upper limit value Page 276
SD7029 SD7069 SD7109 SD7149 Scaling lower limit value Page 277
SD7030 SD7070 SD7110 SD7150 Input value shift amount Page 277
SD7031 SD7071 SD7111 SD7151 Warning output upper limit value Page 277
5
SD7032 SD7072 SD7112 SD7152 Warning output lower limit value Page 278
SD7052 SD7092 SD7132 SD7172 Offset setting value Page 278
SD7053 SD7093 SD7133 SD7173 Gain setting value Page 278
SD7054 SD7094 SD7134 SD7174 Offset/gain writing enable code Page 279
SD7058 SD7098 SD7138 SD7178 D/A conversion latest alarm code Page 279
SD7059 SD7099 SD7139 SD7179 D/A conversion latest error code Page 279
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.13 List of Special Registers 273
5.14 Detail of Special Registers
This section explains the details of special registers. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special registers
of the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
Module Information
Module information of FX5-4DA-ADP is stored.
Stored value R/W
6161H R
Digital value
Set the digital value for D/A conversion.
Output range setting Digital value setting range When the scaling function is enabled Default value R/W
Voltage 0 to 10 V 0 to 16000 Scaling lower limit value to Scaling upper limit value 0 R/W
0 to 5 V
1 to 5 V
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000
Current 0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000
4 to 20 mA
When the digital value is set outside the allowable setting range, D/A conversion will be executed within the
allowable setting range.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
274 5.14 Detail of Special Registers
Digital operation value
The digital operation value obtained by the scaling function and shift function is stored.
Monitor value Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R
The value equivalent to the digital value is stored when the scaling function and shift function are not used.
• The unit is "1 V = 1000 mV" for voltage input, and "1 mA = 1000 A" for current input.
• The upper limit value or lower limit value is stored when the analog value is outside the output range.
• The output status setting range error in HOLD status (Error code: 1B1H) occurs when any value other
than the above values is set.
• Set a value to the "HOLD setting value" when setting "2" here.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.14 Detail of Special Registers 275
HOLD setting value
Set the output value when "2: HOLD setting value" is set to the HOLD/CLEAR function setting.
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
The range setting range error (Error code: 1B8H) occurs when any value other than the above values is set.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
276 5.14 Detail of Special Registers
Scaling lower limit value
Set the lower limit value of the scaling conversion range.
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.14 Detail of Special Registers 277
Warning output lower limit value
Set the lower limit value of the warning output function.
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
278 5.14 Detail of Special Registers
Offset/gain writing enable code
Set the offset/gain writing enable code used for changing the offset/gain.
Range Default value R/W
Offset/gain writing enable: E210H 0 R/W
Offset/gain writing disable: Other than E210H
Set the "D/A conversion alarm clear request" from OFF to ON to clear the alarm code.
Set the "error clear request" (SM50) of CPU module from OFF to ON to clear the error code.
5 FX5-4DA-ADP
5.14 Detail of Special Registers 279
6 FX5-4A-ADP
This chapter describes the FX5-4A-ADP.
6.1 Specifications
This section describes the specifications.
Generic specifications
The items other than the following are equivalent to those of the CPU module.
For general specifications, refer to the following manual.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
Item Specification
Dielectric withstand voltage 500 V AC for one minute Between all external terminals and ground terminal
Insulation resistance 10 M or higher by 500 V DC insulation resistance tester
Performance specifications
Performance specifications is shown below.
*1 For the input conversion characteristic, refer to the Page 282 Input conversion characteristics.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
280 6.1 Specifications
Analog output specifications
Item Specification
Number of analog output points 2 points (2 channels)
Digital input 14-bit binary value
Analog output voltage -10 to +10 V DC (external load resistance value 1k to 1 M)
Analog output current 0 to 20 mA DC (external load resistance value 0 to 500 )
Output characteristics, resolution*1 Analog output range Digital value Resolution
Voltage 0 to 10 V 0 to 16000 625 V
0 to 5 V 0 to 16000 312.5 V
1 to 5 V 0 to 16000 250 V
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000 1250 V
Current 0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000 1.25 A
4 to 20 mA 0 to 16000 1 A
Accuracy (accuracy for the full scale Ambient temperature 255: 0.1 % (Voltage 20 mV, Current 20 A)
of the analog output value) Ambient temperature 0 to 55: 0.2 % (Voltage 40 mV, Current 40 A)
Ambient temperature -20 to 0: 0.3 % (Voltage 60 mV, Current 60 A)
*1 For the output conversion characteristic, refer to the Page 285 Output conversion characteristics.
6
Common specifications
Item Specification
Conversion speed • FX5S CPU module: Maximum 2.2 ms (The data will be updated at every scan time of the programmable controller.)
• FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: Maximum 2.0 ms (The data will be updated at every scan time of the
programmable controller.)
Isolation method Between input terminal and programmable controller: Photocoupler
Between input channels: Non-isolation
Number of occupied I/O points 0 point (This number is not related to the maximum number of I/O points of the programmable controller.)
Applicable CPU module • FX5S CPU module (From the first)
• FX5UJ CPU module (Ver. 1.010 or later)
• FX5U CPU module (Ver. 1.240 or later)
• FX5UC CPU module (Ver. 1.240 or later)
Applicable engineering tool • FX5S CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.080J or later)
• FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module: GX Works3 (Ver.1.075D or later)
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.1 Specifications 281
Input conversion characteristics
An input conversion characteristic of A/D conversion is expressed by the slope of the straight line connecting the offset value
and the gain value at the time when an analog input (voltage or current) from outside the programmable controller is
converted to a digital value.
*1 When analog input exceeds the range of the digital output value, the digital output value is fixed to the maximum or minimum.
• Set values within the practical range of the analog input and digital output at each input range. If the values
are out of the range, the resolution and accuracy may not fall within the range of the performance
specifications. (Do not use values in the dotted line region in the graph of voltage input characteristics.)
• Do not set the voltage over 15 V. Doing so can cause breakdown of the products.
16383
16000
Digital
0
output
-384
value
-16000
-16384
-15 -10 -5 -0.24 0 5 10 10.24 15
Analog input voltage (V)
6 FX5-4A-ADP
282 6.1 Specifications
■Voltage input characteristics graph (0 to 5 V)
Practical analog input range
16383
16000
Digital
0
output
-384
value
-16000
-16384
-15 -10 -5 -0.12 0 5 5.12 10 15
Analog input voltage (V)
13183 6
12800
Digital
0
output
-3584
value
-12800
8191
8000
Digital
0
output
value
-8000
-8192
-15 -10.24 -10 -5 0 5 10 10.24 15
Analog input voltage (V)
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.1 Specifications 283
Current input characteristic
The following shows the list of the analog input ranges and the graph of each current input characteristic, at the current input.
No. Input range setting Offset value Gain value Digital output value*1 Resolution
(1) 0 to 20 mA 0 mA 20 mA 0 to 16000 1.25 A
(2) 4 to 20 mA 4 mA 20 mA 0 to 12800 1.25 A
(3) -20 to +20 mA 0 mA 20 mA -8000 to +8000 2.5 A
*1 When analog input exceeds the range of the digital output value, the digital output value is fixed to the maximum or minimum.
• Set values within the practical range of the analog input and digital output at each input range. If the values
are out of the range, the resolution and accuracy may not fall within the range of the performance
specifications. (Do not use values in the dotted line region in the graph of current input characteristics.)
• Do not set the voltage over 30 mA. Doing so can cause breakdown of the products.
16383
16000
Digital
0
output
-384
value
-16000
-16383
-40 -20 -0.48 0 20 20.48 40
Analog input current (mA)
13183
12800
Digital
0
output
-3584
value
-12800
6 FX5-4A-ADP
284 6.1 Specifications
■Current input characteristics graph (-20 to +20 mA)
Practical analog input range
8191
8000
Digital
0
output
value
-8000
-8192
-40 -20.48 -20 0 20 20.48 40
Analog input current (mA)
*1 When value exceeds the range of the digital value, the digital value is fixed to the maximum or minimum.
Set values within the practical range of the digital input and analog output at each output range. If the values
are out of the range, the resolution and accuracy may not fall within the range of the performance
specifications. (Do not use values in the dotted line region in the graph of voltage output characteristics.)
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.1 Specifications 285
■Voltage output characteristics graph (0 to 10 V)
15
10.24
10
5
Practical analog
output range
Analog
output 0
voltage (V)
-0.24
-5
10
5.12
5
Practical analog
Analog output range
output 0
voltage (V) -0.12
-5
10
5.096
5 Practical analog
Analog 1 output range
output 0.904
voltage (V) 0
-5
6 FX5-4A-ADP
286 6.1 Specifications
■Voltage output characteristics graph (-10 to +10 V)
15
10.24
10
5
Analog
output Practical analog
0 output range
voltage (V)
-5
-10
-10.24
-15
-8192 -8000 0 8000 8191
Digital value
*1 When value exceeds the range of the digital value, the digital value is fixed to the maximum or minimum.
Set values within the practical range of the digital input and analog output at each output range. If the values
are out of the range, the resolution and accuracy may not fall within the range of the performance
specifications. (Do not use values in the dotted line region in the graph of current output characteristics.)
20.48
20
Analog Practical analog
output output range
0
current
-0.48
(mA)
-20
-40
-16000 -384 0 16000 16383
Digital value
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.1 Specifications 287
■Current output characteristics graph (4 to 20 mA)
40
20.38
20 Practical analog
Analog
4 output range
output
current 3.62
(mA) 0
-20
-40
-16000 -384 0 16000 16383
Digital value
Accuracy
Fluctuation range
Digital
0
output
value
-8000
-10 V 0 +10 V
Analog input value
Fluctuation range
Analog
0
output value
-10 V
-8000 0 +8000
Digital input value
6 FX5-4A-ADP
288 6.1 Specifications
6.2 List of functions
The following table lists the functions list.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.2 List of functions 289
D/A conversion function
Item Description Reference
Range switching function Allows switching the output range of an analog output for each channel. Page 320
Switching the range makes it possible to change the output conversion
characteristics.
D/A conversion enable/disable setting function Controls whether to enable or disable the D/A conversion for each channel. Page 321
D/A output enable/disable setting function Specifies whether to output the D/A conversion value or offset value for Page 321
each channel. The conversion speed is a constant, regardless of the output
enable/disable status.
Analog output HOLD/CLEAR function Sets whether to hold or clear the analog output value output when the Page 322
operating status of the CPU module is RUN, STOP, or stop error.
Analog Output Test when CPU Module is in STOP Status Analog output tests can be carried out when the CPU module is in the Page 323
Function STOP status.
Scaling function Performs scale conversion on digital values within a specified range Page 324
between a scaling upper limit value and a scaling lower limit value. The
program for scale conversion can be omitted.
Shift function Adds a set input value shift amount to a digital value. Page 326
Warning output function Outputs an warning when the digital value exceeds the warning output Page 327
upper limit value or becomes less than the warning output lower limit value.
External power supply disconnection detection function Detects that the external power supply 24 V DC is not supplied or is shut off. Page 328
Disconnection detection function Monitors the analog output value and detects a disconnection. Page 329
Offset/gain setting function Corrects errors in D/A conversion values for each channel. Page 331
Offset/gain initialization function Initializes the offset value and gain value stored in the built-in memory of the Page 336
FX5-4A-ADP.
Common function
List of Functions Description Reference
Event history function Collects errors from FX5-4A-ADP, and stores them as event information into Page 337
the CPU module.
Changing the setting value while the CPU module is operating Changes the parameters set by the engineering tool by using the special Page 337
device.
Starting/stopping the analog function in accordance with the The operation of the FX5-4A-ADP can be checked by the CPU module. Page 338
CPU module status
Alarm clear request Clears the alarm code. Page 339
6 FX5-4A-ADP
290 6.2 List of functions
6.3 A/D Conversion Function
This section describes the A/D conversion functions of the FX5-4A-ADP and the setting procedures for those functions using
GX Works3.
This section describes the special relays and special registers for the 1st FX5-4A-ADP module.
For checking the special relays and special registers for the 2nd and later FX5-4A-ADP modules, refer to the
following:
Page 361 List of A/D Conversion Special Relays, Page 375 List of A/D Conversion Special Registers
Disconnection detection
function
Averaging function
Scaling function
Warning output function
(Rate alarm)
Shift function
Convergence detection
function
Warning output function
(Process alarm)
Maximum value/minimum
value hold function
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 291
Digital output value
These values are the digital values after the sampling processing or each averaging processing has been performed.
Setting procedure
Set the input range to be used in the "Input range setting".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Range switching function"
Input range setting Digital output value
0 to 10 V 0 to 16000
0 to 5 V 0 to 16000
1 to 5 V 0 to 12800
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000
0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000
4 to 20 mA 0 to 12800
-20 to +20 mA -8000 to +8000
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the range switching function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Input range setting SD6305 SD6345 Page 381
6 FX5-4A-ADP
292 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
Operation
The input range is switched when the "input range setting" is changed while the "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" is set
to "disable".
When the input range is switched, the following special devices are initialized:
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
A/D conversion completed flag SM6300 SM6340 Page 365
Over scale upper limit detection flag SM6302 SM6342 Page 365
Over scale lower limit detection flag SM6303 SM6343 Page 366
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) SM6311 SM6351 Page 368
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) SM6312 SM6352 Page 368
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) SM6315 SM6355 Page 369
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) SM6316 SM6356 Page 369
Disconnection detection flag SM6318 SM6358 Page 370
Convergence detection flag SM6321 SM6361 Page 371
Deviation detection flag between channel SM6325 SM6365 Page 372
Digital output value SD6300 SD6340 Page 379
Digital operation value SD6301 SD6341 Page 379
Analog input value monitor SD6302 SD6342 Page 380 6
Maximum value SD6306 SD6346 Page 382
Minimum value SD6307 SD6347 Page 382
Offset setting value*1 SD6332 SD6372 Page 391
*1
Gain setting value SD6333 SD6373 Page 391
*1 When the input range setting after change is equivalent to the input range setting set by the offset/gain setting function, the values set by
the offset/gain setting function are reflected. In any other case, they are initialized to the initial value.
Setting procedure
Set "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" to "A/D conversion enable" or "A/D conversion disable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "A/D Conversion Enable/Disable Setting Function"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the A/D conversion enable/disable setting function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
A/D conversion enable/disable setting SM6301 SM6341 Page 365
Operation
The analog input is A/D-converted only in the channels for which the "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" is set to
"enable", and values are stored in the "digital output value", "digital operation value" and "analog input value monitor".
When the "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" is changed from "enable" to "disable", the digital value, digital operation
value and analog input value monitor are cleared.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 293
A/D Conversion Method
An A/D conversion method can be set for each channel.
Sampling processing
The analog input is A/D-converted in each scan of the CPU module, the converted value is output in digital at each time, and
values are stored in the "digital output value", "digital operation value" and "analog input value monitor".
Averaging processing
The FX5-4A-ADP performs the averaging processing on digital output values for each channel and stores the mean values to
the special registers.
The following three types of averaging processing are provided.
• Time average
• Count average
• Moving average
■Time average
A/D conversion is executed for a set time, the total value is averaged, and values are stored in the "digital output value",
"digital operation value" and "analog input value monitor".
The number of times of processing within the set time varies depending on the number of channels for which A/D conversion
is enabled.
Number of processing times=Setting timeScan time
If the set time is shorter than the scan time, the averaging processing is not executed, but the sampling value
is output. However, only in the first output, the averaged value of the 1st sample and 2nd sample is output.
■Count average
A/D conversion is executed for a set number of times of count average, the averaged value excluding the maximum value and
minimum value is output in digital, and values are stored in the "digital output value", "digital operation value" and "analog
input value monitor".
The time required to store the averaged value obtained by count average in the "digital output value", "digital operation value"
and "analog input value monitor" varies depending on the scan time.
Processing time=Set number of timesScan time
The count average requires a total of at least two values excluding the maximum value and minimum value.
Set the number of times to "4" or larger value.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
294 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
■Moving average
A/D conversion is executed for a set number of times of moving average, and the averaged value is output in digital, and
values are stored in the "digital output value", "digital operation value" and "analog input value monitor".
Because the target range for averaging processing is moved in each conversion cycle and the averaging processing is
executed using A/D conversion values for the set number of times, the latest "digital output value", "digital operation value"
and "analog input value monitor" can be obtained.
The figure below shows the moving average when the number of times of averaging processing is set to "4".
Digital output value Scan time
4000 (3) (4)
(2)
(5)
(1) (6) (8) (9)
(7) (12)
(10)(11)
2000
0 Time [ms]
CH1 Digital output
0 (a) (b) (c)
6
value
ON
CH1 A/D conversion
completed flag OFF
Setting procedure
■Sampling processing
Set "Average Processing Specification" to "Sampling Processing".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "A/D conversion method"
■Averaging processing
1. Set "Average Processing Specification" to "Time Average", "Count Average", or "Moving Average".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "A/D Conversion Method"
2. Set a value for "Time Average Counts Average Moving Average".
Item Setting range
Time Average 1 to 10000 (ms)
Count Average 4 to 32767 (times)
Moving Average 2 to 64 (times)
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the A/D conversion method are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Digital output value SD6300 SD6340 Page 379
Digital operation value SD6301 SD6341 Page 379
Analog input value monitor SD6302 SD6342 Page 380
Average processing specify SD6303 SD6343 Page 380
Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting SD6304 SD6344 Page 381
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 295
Over Scale Detection Function
This function detects analog input values that are over a input range.
Setting procedure
Set "Over scale detection enable/disable" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Over Scale Detection"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the over scale detection function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Over scale upper limit detection flag SM6302 SM6342 Page 365
Over scale lower limit detection flag SM6303 SM6343 Page 366
Over scale detection enable/disable setting SM6304 SM6344 Page 366
6 FX5-4A-ADP
296 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
Operation
When the analog input value is outside the normal range, it is regarded as over-scale and the corresponding over-scale
detection flag turns ON.
• Over-scale upper limit detection flag: Turns ON when the analog input value is above the normal range. (Alarm code:
090H)
• Over-scale lower limit detection flag: Turns ON when the analog input value is below the normal range. (Alarm code:
091H)
The digital output value from the channel where over-scale is detected is held with the value just before over-scale is
detected, and the "A/D conversion completion flag" of the corresponding channel turns OFF.
When the analog input value becomes normal, A/D conversion is restarted. After the first update, the "A/D conversion
completion flag" of the corresponding channel turns ON, but the "over-scale upper limit detection flag", "over-scale lower limit
detection flag" does not turn OFF.
It is necessary to set to ON the "A/D conversion alarm clear request" for turning OFF the "over-scale upper limit detection
flag", "over-scale lower limit detection flag". The "over-scale upper limit detection flag", "over-scale lower limit detection flag"
turns OFF also when the "over-scale detection enable/disable" is changed to "disable".
Detection range
Analog input value Out of detection range
0V
-0.2 V
ON
A/D conversion OFF
completed flag
• The "A/D conversion alarm clear request" is not turned off automatically. To perform an alarm clear again, it
is necessary to turn it OFF once.
• To clear the alarm code, set the "A/D conversion alarm clear request" to ON.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 297
Scaling Function
This function performs the scale conversion on digital output values. The values are converted within a specified range
between a scaling upper limit value and scaling lower limit value.
The converted values are stored in "digital operation value".
Setting procedure
1. Set "Scaling enable/disable setting" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Scaling Setting"
2. Set values for "Scaling upper limit value" and "Scaling lower limit value".
Item Setting range
Scaling upper limit value -32768 to +32767
Scaling lower limit value -32768 to +32767
• Even when the scaling upper limit value and the scaling lower limit value are set so that the change is
greater than the resolution, the max. resolution will not increase.
• If the relation between the values is scaling lower limit value > scaling upper limit value, the scale
conversion can be performed according to a negative slope.
• Set the scaling with the condition "Scaling upper limit value Scaling lower limit value".
6 FX5-4A-ADP
298 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the scaling function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Scaling enable/disable setting SM6308 SM6348 Page 367
Scaling upper limit value SD6308 SD6348 Page 382
Scaling lower limit value SD6309 SD6349 Page 383
Setting example
Ex.
When 5000 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 1000 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the input
range of 0 to 5 V
Digital output value
(16000)
Voltage input (V) Digital output value Digital operation value (scaling value)
0 0 1000
1 3200 1800
2 6400 2600
3 9600 3400
4 12800 4200
5 16000 5000
Ex.
When 1000 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 5000 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the input
range of 0 to 5 V
Digital output value
(16000)
Voltage input (V) Digital output value Digital operation value (scaling value)
0 0 5000
1 3200 4200
2 6400 3400
3 9600 2600
4 12800 1800
5 16000 1000
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 299
Ex.
When 2500 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 500 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the input
range of -10 to +10 V
Digital output value
(8000)
Voltage input (V) Digital output value Digital operation value (scaling value)
-10 -8000 500
-5 -4000 1000
0 0 1500
5 4000 2000
10 8000 2500
Ex.
When 500 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 2500 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the input
range of -10 to +10 V
Digital output value
(8000)
Voltage input (V) Digital output value Digital operation value (scaling value)
-10 -8000 2500
-5 -4000 2000
0 0 1500
5 4000 1000
10 8000 500
When the scaling function is used with the digital clipping function, the scale conversion is performed on the
digital operation values after digital clipping.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
300 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
Shift Function
This function adds (shifts) a set conversion value shift amount to a digital operation value and stores the result in the "digital
operation value". The digital operation value reflects the change in the conversion value shift amount on a realtime basis.
Therefore, fine adjustment can be easily performed when the system starts.
Operation
A set "conversion value shift amount" is added to the "digital operation value". The digital operation value with shift addition is
stored in "digital operation value".
The conversion value shift amount is added in every scan for sampling processing and is added in every averaging process
cycle for averaging processing. After that, the added values are stored in "digital operation value".
When the digital operation value becomes outside the range from -32768 to +32767 as the result of shift processing, the
shifted value is fixed to the lower limit value (-32768) or upper limit value (+32767).
• When the scaling function is used together, the shift processing is executed to the value after scale
conversion.
• When the digital clipping function and scaling function are used together, the shift processing is executed to
the value after digital clipping and scale conversion. 6
Setting procedure
Set a value for "Shifting amount to conversion value".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Shift Function"
Item Setting range
Conversion value shift amount -32768 to +32767
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the shift function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Conversion value shift amount SD6310 SD6350 Page 383
Setting example
Ex.
When the input characteristics is adjusted in a channel where the input range of 0 to 10 V is set by the shift function
Digital output value
16000
15990
0
Analog input voltage (V)
2 4 6 8 10
-10
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 301
Digital Clipping Function
This function fixes the range of the digital operation value with the maximum digital output value and the minimum digital
output value when the corresponding current or voltage exceeds the input range.
Setting procedure
Set "Digital clipping enable/disable" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Digital Clipping Setting"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the digital clipping function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Digital clipping enable/disable setting SM6309 SM6349 Page 368
Setting example
Ex.
When the following values are used for the channel with the input range of 0 to 10 V
■Setting value
• Scaling upper limit value: 12000
• Scaling lower limit value: 2000
• Conversion value shift amount: 2000
• Digital clipping enable/disable setting: Enable
■Setting procedure
1. Set the "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" to "enable".
6 FX5-4A-ADP
302 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
■Operation
Digital value (1) Digital clipping
16000
14000
12000
Digital operation value
9000
(2) Scaling
6000
(3) Shift
4000
3000
2000
Setting procedure
When the "maximum value reset request" or "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON, the maximum value or
minimum value is updated to the digital operation value.
Setting value Description Default value
0: OFF With no maximum value or minimum value reset request 0: OFF
1: ON With maximum value or minimum value reset request
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the maximum value/minimum value hold function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag SM6305 SM6345 Page 366
Maximum value reset request SM6306 SM6346 Page 367
Minimum value reset request SM6307 SM6347 Page 367
Maximum value SD6306 SD6346 Page 382
Minimum value SD6307 SD6347 Page 382
Operation
When the "maximum value reset request" or "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON, the maximum value or
minimum value of the specified channel is updated to the "digital operation value". The "maximum value/minimum value reset
completion flag" turns ON.
When the range is switched, the "maximum value" and "minimum value" are cleared (to "0").
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 303
Warning Output Function
This section describes process alarms and rate alarms used for the warning output function.
Process alarm
This function outputs a warning when a digital operation value enters the preset warning output range.
Upper lower
limit value
Warning cleared Warning cleared
CH1 Digital operation value
Time
ON
CH1 Warning output flag OFF
(Process alarm upper limit)
ON
CH1 Warning output flag OFF
(Process alarm lower limit)
ON
CH2 Warning output flag OFF
(Process alarm upper limit)
■Operation
When the digital operation value is above the process alarm upper upper limit value or below the process alarm lower lower
limit value and the warning output condition is satisfied, the "warning output flag (process alarm upper limit)" or "warning
output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turns ON.
When the digital operation value changes to a value below the process alarm upper lower limit value or above the process
alarm lower upper limit value and the warning output condition is not satisfied after the warning output, the "warning output
flag (process alarm upper limit)" or "warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turns OFF. The "warning output flag"
(process alarm upper limit)" and "warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turn OFF also when the "warning output
enable/disable setting" is changed to "disable". However, the alarm code stored in the "A/D conversion latest alarm code" is
not cleared.
For clearing the alarm code stored in the "A/D conversion latest alarm code", wait until the "warning output flag (process alarm
upper limit)" and "warning output flag (process alarm lower limit)" turn OFF, and then set the "A/D conversion alarm clear
request" to OFF, ON and OFF.
■Detection cycle
When time average is specified, the function works at every interval of the time (for averaging). When count average is
specified, the function works at every count (for averaging). When the sampling processing and moving average is specified,
this function works at every sampling cycle.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
304 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
■Detection target for outputting a warning
When the digital clipping function, scaling function and shift function are used, digital operation values on which digital
clipping, scale conversion and shift amount addition are executed are regarded as targets of alarm detection.
With regard to the process alarm upper upper limit value, process alarm lower upper limit value, process alarm lower upper
limit value and process alarm lower lower limit value, make sure to set such values as to consider digital clipping, scale
conversion and shift amount addition.
■Setting procedure
1. Set "Warning output setting (Process alarm)" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Warning output function (Process alarm)"
2. Set values for "Process alarm upper upper limit value", "Process alarm upper lower limit value", "Process alarm lower
upper limit value", and "Process alarm lower lower limit value".
Item Setting range
Process alarm upper upper limit value -32768 to +32767
Process alarm upper lower limit value
Process alarm lower upper limit value
Process alarm lower lower limit value 6
Set values within the range satisfying the condition "Process alarm upper upper limit value Process alarm
upper lower limit value Process alarm lower upper limit value Process alarm lower lower limit value".
When not satisfying the above conditions, a process alarm upper lower limit value setting range error occurs.
(Error code: 1A4H)
■Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the process alarm are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) SM6311 SM6351 Page 368
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) SM6312 SM6352 Page 368
Warning output setting (process alarm) SM6313 SM6353 Page 369
Process alarm upper upper limit value SD6311 SD6351 Page 383
Process alarm upper lower limit value SD6312 SD6352 Page 384
Process alarm lower upper limit value SD6313 SD6353 Page 384
Process alarm lower lower limit value SD6314 SD6354 Page 385
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 305
Rate alarm
This function outputs a warning when the change rate of a digital output value is equal to or more than the rate alarm upper
limit value, or the rate is equal to or less than the rate alarm lower limit value.
Digital output value
Rate alarm CH1 Digital
warning output value
detection period
CH2 Digital
output value
Time
Change rate of the digital output value (%)
■Operation
The digital output value is monitored in each rate alarm warning detection period. When the change from the previous value
shows the change rate above the rate alarm upper limit value or below the rate alarm lower limit value, the "warning output
flag (rate alarm upper limit)" or "warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit)" turns ON.
When the digital output value changes to a value below the rate alarm upper limit value or above the rate alarm lower limit
value and the warning output condition is not satisfied after the warning output, the "warning output flag (rate alarm upper
limit)" or "warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit)" turns OFF. The "warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit)" and
"warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit)" turn OFF also when the "warning output setting (rate alarm)" is set to "disable".
However, the alarm code stored in the "A/D conversion latest alarm code" is not cleared.
For clearing the alarm code stored in the latest alarm code, wait until the "warning output flag (rate alarm upper limit)" and
"warning output flag (rate alarm lower limit)" turn OFF, and then set the "A/D conversion alarm clear request" to OFF, ON and
OFF.
■Detection cycle
Set the rate alarm warning detection period in "rate alarm warning detection period setting".
6 FX5-4A-ADP
306 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
■Judgment of rate alarm
A change rate is judged with "Rate alarm upper limit value" and "Rate alarm lower limit value" converted to digital values per
rate alarm warning detection period.
The following shows the conversion formula of judgment values used for the rate alarm detection.
Value used for judgment in every rate alarm alert detection cycle [digit]*1
= (Rate alarm upper limit value (lower limit value))0.10.01Maximum digital output value
Ex.
The judgment value under the following conditions
Setting item Description
Averaging process specify Sampling processing
Rate alarm warning detection period setting 10 (ms)
Rate alarm upper limit value 250 (25.0 %)
Rate alarm lower limit value 50 (5.0 %)
Ex.
To monitor that a rising rate of a digital output value is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change rate of the digital output value (%)
(2) Rate alarm lower value
+30 % (1)
+20 % (2)
0 Time
Ex.
To monitor that a drop rate of a digital output value is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change rate of the digital output value (%)
(2) Rate alarm lower value
0 Time
-20 % (1)
-30 % (2)
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 307
Ex.
To monitor that a change rate of a digital output value is within the specified range
(1) Rate alarm upper value
Change rate of the digital output value (%)
(2) Rate alarm lower value
+10 % (1)
0 Time
-10 % (2)
■Setting procedure
1. Set "Warning output function (Rate alarm)" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Warning output function (Rate alarm)"
When a value outside the setting range is set, the rate alarm warning detection period setting range error
occurs. (Error code: 1A6H)
3. Set values for "Rate alarm upper limit value" and "Rate alarm lower limit value".
Set a value for the maximum value (16000) of the digital output value in increments of 0.1 %.
Item Setting range
Rate alarm upper limit value -1000 to +1000 (0.1 %)
Rate alarm lower limit value
Set values within the range satisfying the condition "Rate alarm upper limit value > Rate alarm lower limit
value".
When not satisfying the above conditions, a rate alarm upper/lower limit setting value inversion error occurs.
(Error code: 1A5H).
■Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the rate alarm are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) SM6315 SM6355 Page 369
Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) SM6316 SM6356 Page 369
Warning output setting (rate alarm) SM6317 SM6357 Page 370
Rate alarm upper limit value SD6315 SD6355 Page 385
Rate alarm lower limit value SD6316 SD6356 Page 386
Rate alarm warning detection period setting SD6317 SD6357 Page 386
6 FX5-4A-ADP
308 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
Disconnection Detection Function
Simple disconnection detection is performed.
This function is enabled when the analog input range is 1 to 5 V or 4 to 20 mA.
Setting procedure
1. Set "Disconnection detection enable/disable setting" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Disconnection detection enable/disable setting"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the disconnection detection function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Disconnection detection flag SM6318 SM6358 Page 370 6
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting SM6319 SM6359 Page 370
Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting SM6320 SM6360 Page 371
Operation
When the input voltage or input current reaches the disconnection detection condition in a channel for which the "A/D
conversion enable/disable setting" is set to "enable" and the "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is set to
"enable", it is regarded as disconnection. As a result, alarm occurs and the "disconnection detection flag" turns ON (Alarm
code: 0A0H).
The A/D conversion completion flag" turns OFF, A/D conversion is interrupted, and the later processing is not executed in the
disconnected channel.
When the "disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting" is set to "enable", the "disconnection detection flag" turns
OFF when the channel is recovered from disconnection. When the channel is recovered from disconnection, A/D conversion
is restarted.
When the "disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting" is set to "disable", the "disconnection detection flag"
remains ON. It is necessary to set the "A/D conversion alarm clear request" to ON to turn OFF the "disconnection detection
flag". The "disconnection detection flag" turns OFF also when the "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is changed
to "disable".
The range setting range error with disconnection detection enabled (Error code: 1AAH) occurs when the input range of a
channel for which the "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is set to "enable" is set outside "1 to 5 V" or "4 to 20
mV".
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 309
■When the "disconnection detection recovery enable/disable setting" is set to "enable"
Analog input value Range
Out of range
Included
2 mA or 0.5 V
Disconnection
detection
Time
ON
Disconnection detection flag
OFF
ON
A/D conversion completed flag
OFF
ON
A/D conversion alarm
clear request OFF
2 mA or 0.5 V
Disconnection
detection
Time
ON
Disconnection detection flag
OFF
ON
A/D conversion completed flag
OFF
ON
A/D conversion alarm
clear request OFF
• The "disconnection detection flag" does not automatically turns OFF. To turn OFF this flag, set the "A/D
conversion alarm clear request" to ON.
• To clear the "A/D conversion latest alarm code", set the "A/D conversion alarm clear request" to ON.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
310 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
Convergence Detection Function
This function detects whether the digital operation value is within a certain range in the specified time.
Setting procedure
1. Set "Convergence detection enable/disable setting" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Convergence detection enable/disable setting"
2. Set values for "Detection time setting for convergence detection".
Item Setting range
Detection time setting for convergence detection 1 to 10000 (ms)
When a value outside the setting range is set, the convergence detection time setting range error occurs.
(Error code: 1ACH)
3. Set values for "Convergence detection upper limit value" and "Convergence detection lower limit value".
Item Setting range
6
Convergence detection upper limit value -32768 to +32767
Convergence detection lower limit value
Set values so that the condition "Convergence detection upper limit value > Convergence detection lower limit
value" is satisfied.
When not satisfying the above conditions, a convergence detection upper limit value/lower limit value setting
inversion error occurs. (Error code: 1ADH)
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the convergence detection function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Convergence detection flag SM6321 SM6361 Page 371
Convergence detection enable/disable setting SM6322 SM6362 Page 371
Convergence detection upper limit value SD6322 SD6362 Page 387
Convergence detection lower limit value SD6323 SD6363 Page 387
Detection time setting for convergence detection SD6324 SD6364 Page 388
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 311
Operation
The time starts to be measured when the digital operation value enters the stead state range.
When the digital operation value goes in the convergence range within the time set in the "convergence detection time
setting", the "convergence detection flag" turns ON. When the digital operation value goes outside of the convergence range,
the "convergence detection flag" turns OFF. The "convergence detection flag" turns OFF also when the "convergence
detection enable/disable setting" is changed to "disable".
The digital operation value is always monitored until the "convergence detection enable/disable setting" is set to "disable".
Within convergence range
Digital operation value Outside convergence range
Convergence check time
8000
Convergence detection
upper limit value
4000
Convergence detection
lower limit value
Time
Convergence detection ON
enable/disable setting OFF
ON
Convergence detection flag
OFF
Time set in “detection time setting
for convergence detection”
Setting procedure
1. Set "Deviation detection trigger between channel" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Deviation detection trigger between channel"
2. Set values for "Deviation value for deviation detection between channel".
Item Setting range
Deviation value for deviation detection between channel 0 to 65535
3. Set whether to target each channel for "Deviation detection between channels".
Item Setting range
CH setting for deviation detection between channel Non-target
Target
6 FX5-4A-ADP
312 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the deviation detection between channel function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Deviation detection flag between channel SM6325 SM6365 Page 372
Deviation detection trigger between channel SM6326 SM6366 Page 372
Deviation detection CH1 SD6325 SD6365 Page 388
Deviation detection CH2*1 SD6326 SD6366 Page 389
Deviation value for deviation detection between channel SD6327 SD6367 Page 389
CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel SD6328 SD6368 Page 390
CH setting 2 for deviation detection between channel*1 SD6329 SD6369 Page 390
Operation
The "digital operation value" of the specified channels is compared with the "digital operation value" of the channel set in the
"deviation between CH detection CH setting".
When the difference in the digital operation value between the specified channel and the compared channel is equal or more
than the "deviation value in deviation between CH detection" even in 1 channel, it is regarded as deviation and the "deviation 6
between CH detection flag" turns ON (Alarm code: 0B0H).
When the difference in the digital operation value between the specified channel and the compared channel is less than the
"deviation value in deviation between CH detection" in all channels, the "deviation between CH detection flag" turns OFF.
When the "deviation between CH detection trigger" is changed to "disable", the "deviation between CH detection flag" turns
OFF, and the "deviation detection CH1" and "deviation detection CH2" become "0" (initial value).
An offset/Gain setting value range error occurs when the following condition is not satisfied: (Error code:
1A9H)
• Voltage input: 1000Gain setting value-Offset setting value
• Current input: 3000Gain setting value-Offset setting value30000
The table below shows the reference value and initial value of the offset/gain setting value.
Description Digital output value Offset setting value Gain setting value
Voltage/ Input range Reference Default value Reference Default value
current value value
Voltage 0 to 10 V 0 to 16000 0 0 mV 8000 5000 mV
0 to 5 V 0 to 16000 0 0 mV 16000 5000 mV
1 to 5 V 0 to 12800 0 1000 mV 12800 5000 mV
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000 0 0 mV 4000 5000 mV
Current 0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000 0 0 A 16000 20000 A
4 to 20 mA 0 to 12800 0 4000 A 12800 20000 A
-20 to +20 mA -8000 to +8000 0 0 A 8000 20000 A
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 313
Setting procedure
Access to the offset/gain setting window in the GX Works3 to set the offset and gain values.
The setting procedure for the offset/gain setting of the FX5-4A-ADP is as follows:
[Tool] [Module Tool List]
1. In "Analog Adapter", select "Offset/gain setting" and
click [OK] button.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
314 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
4. Execute the settings in A/D conversion. Mark the
checkbox of the channel where offset and gain values
are to be set, and click [Offset Setting] button.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 315
8. Check that "Gain Status" has changed to "Changed",
and click [Close] button.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
316 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the offset/gain setting function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Offset/gain reading SM6332 SM6372 Page 372
Offset/gain writing SM6333 SM6373 Page 373
Offset setting value SD6332 SD6372 Page 391
Gain setting value SD6333 SD6373 Page 391
Offset/gain writing enable code SD6334 SD6374 Page 391
Operation
■Offset/gain writing
For changing the offset/gain data, set "E20FH" to the "offset/gain writing enable code" and set the "offset/gain writing" from
OFF to ON to write the "input range setting", "offset setting value" and "gain setting value" to the built-in memory of the FX5-
4A-ADP. Only 1 range can be changed for 1 channel, and the latest contents are valid.
When writing is completed, the "offset/gain writing" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain writing enable code" is
cleared to 0.
When the "input range setting" is changed, the initial value becomes valid. 6
For returning the offset/gain data to the initial value, use the offset/gain initialization function (Page 318 Offset/gain
Initialization Function).
• The offset/gain value is written when the "offset/gain writing enable code" is set to "E20FH".
• The offset/gain value can be written only while A/D conversion is disabled.
• The "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" cannot be changed to "enable" while the offset/gain value is
being written.
■Offset/gain reading
For reading the offset/gain data saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4A-ADP, set the "offset/gain reading" from OFF to ON
to read the "input range setting", "offset setting value" and "gain setting value".
When the input range setting selected during reading is equivalent to the input range setting saved in the built-in memory of
the FX5-4A-ADP, the read values are set to the "offset setting value" and "gain setting value".
If the input range setting is different, the initial value of the input range setting selected during reading is valid and set to the
"offset setting value" and "gain setting value". In this case, the offset/gain setting input range mismatch alarm occurs (Alarm
code: 0C0H).
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.3 A/D Conversion Function 317
Offset/gain Initialization Function
This function initializes the offset value and gain value saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4A-ADP.
This function can be set only with special devices.
Setting procedure
1. Set "E20FH" to the "offset/gain writing enable code".
Setting value Description Default value
Other than E20FH Offset/gain writing disable 0
E20FH Offset/gain writing enable
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the offset/gain initialization function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2 Reference
Offset/gain initialization SM6334 SM6374 Page 373
Offset/gain writing enable code SD6334 SD6374 Page 391
Operation
Set "E20FH" to the "offset/gain writing enable code" and set the "offset/gain initialization" from OFF to ON to initialize the
offset value and gain value saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4A-ADP. When initialization is completed, the "offset/gain
initialization" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain writing enable code" is cleared to 0.
• Offset/gain initialization is executed when the "offset/gain writing enable code" is set to "E20FH".
• Offset/gain initialization is enabled only while A/D conversion is disabled.
• The "A/D conversion enable/disable setting" cannot be changed to "enable" while offset/gain initialization is
being executed.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
318 6.3 A/D Conversion Function
6.4 D/A Conversion Function
This section describes the D/A conversion functions of the FX5-4A-ADP and the setting procedures for those functions using
GX Works3.
This section describes the special relays and special registers for the 1st FX5-4A-ADP module.
For checking the special relays and special registers for the 2nd and later FX5-4A-ADP modules, refer to the
following:
Page 393 List of D/A Conversion Special Relays, Page 401 List of D/A Conversion Special Registers
Digital value
Shift function
Scaling function
Analog output
HOLD/CLEAR function
Disconnection detection
function
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.4 D/A Conversion Function 319
Digital value
Digital input values are stored.
Setting procedure
Set the input range to be used in the "output range setting".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "Range switching function"
Output range setting Digital input range
0 to 10 V 0 to 16000
0 to 5 V 0 to 16000
1 to 5 V 0 to 16000
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000
0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000
4 to 20 mA 0 to 16000
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the range switching function are listed below.
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
Output range setting SD6385 SD6425 Page 405
Operation
The output range is switched when the "output range setting" is changed while the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" is
set to "disable".
When the output range is switched, the following special devices are initialized:
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
Warning output upper limit value flag SM6391 SM6431 Page 396
Warning output lower limit value flag SM6392 SM6432 Page 396
Disconnection detection flag SM6398 SM6438 Page 397
Digital operation value SD6381 SD6421 Page 403
Analog output value monitor SD6382 SD6422 Page 404
Offset setting value*1 SD6412 SD6452 Page 407
Gain setting value*1 SD6413 SD6453 Page 407
*1 When the output range setting after change is equivalent to the output range setting set by the offset/gain setting function, the values set
by the offset/gain setting function are reflected. In any other case, they are initialized to the initial value.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
320 6.4 D/A Conversion Function
D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Function
The output range of the analog output can be switched for each channel.
Setting methods
Set "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" to "D/A conversion enable" or "D/A conversion disable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Setting"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the D/A conversion enable/disable function are listed below.
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
D/A conversion enable/disable setting SM6380 SM6420 Page 395
Operation
The digital value is D/A-converted only in the channels for which the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" is set to "enable".
The channels for which the "D/A output enable/disable setting" is set to "enable" output the converted analog value. 6
When the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" is changed from "enable" to "disable", the digital value is held as is, and the
digital operation value and analog output value monitor are cleared.
Setting methods
Set "D/A output enable/disable setting" to "D/A output enable" or "D/A output disable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
Settings" "D/A Output Enable/Disable Setting"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the D/A output enable/disable setting function are listed below.
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
D/A output enable/disable setting SM6381 SM6421 Page 395
Operation
The channels for which the "D/A output enable/disable setting" is set to "enable" output the analog value D/A-converted from
the digital value.
The channels for which the "D/A output enable/disable setting" is set to "disable" output the offset value.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.4 D/A Conversion Function 321
Analog Output HOLD/CLEAR Function
Set whether to clear the output analog output value or to hold the previous value or setting value in accordance with the CPU
module operation status (RUN, STOP or STOP (by stop error)).
Operation
When the CPU module operation status becomes "RUN", "STOP" or "STOP (by stop error)", the FX5-4A-ADP becomes the
analog output status shown in the table below in accordance with the combination of "HOLD/CLEAR setting" and "D/A output
enable/disable setting".
CPU module status D/A conversion D/A output enable/ Analog output HOLD/ Output status
enable/disable setting disable setting CLEAR setting
RUN Enabled Enabled All settings The value after a shift and scaling
Disabled All settings Offset value
Disabled Enabled All settings 0
Disabled All settings 0
STOP (RUNSTOP, Enabled Enabled CLEAR The value for which K0 was set to
PAUSESTOP, and Error the digital value is output.
occurs when RUN state cannot
Current Value (Hold) The value after a shift and scaling
operate)
Setting Value The value set as the HOLD setting
value is output.
Disabled All settings Offset value
Disabled Enabled All settings 0
Disabled All settings 0
PAUSE Enabled Enabled All settings The value after a shift and scaling
Disabled All settings Offset value
Disabled Enabled All settings 0
Disabled All settings 0
Setting methods
1. Set the "HOLD/CLEAR Setting" to "CLEAR", "Current Value (HOLD)" or "Setting Value".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Analog Output HOLD/CLEAR Setting" "HOLD/CLEAR Setting"
2. It is the above 1, and when "Setting Value" is chosen, a value is set to HOLD setting value.
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Analog Output HOLD/CLEAR Setting" "HOLD Setting Value"
Name Setting range
HOLD setting value -32768 to +32767
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the analog output HOLD/CLEAR function are listed below.
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
HOLD/CLEAR function setting SD6383 SD6423 Page 404
HOLD setting value SD6384 SD6424 Page 404
6 FX5-4A-ADP
322 6.4 D/A Conversion Function
Analog Output Test when CPU Module is in STOP Status Function
Analog output tests can be carried out when the CPU module is in the STOP status.
The following functions are enabled during the analog output test.
• Scaling function (Page 324 Scaling Function)
• Shift function (Page 326 Shift Function)
• Warning output function (Page 327 Warning Output Function)
Operation
When the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" is set from OFF to ON and the "D/A output enable/disable setting" is set
from OFF to ON, the analog output test is started and analog output is given.
Analog input value
10 V
5V
Output stop 6
Time
RUN
CPU module
STOP
ON
D/A conversion
enable/disable setting OFF
ON
D/A output enable/disable setting
OFF
*1 *1
Setting methods
To perform an analog output test, configure the settings in the device test of the GX Works3 following the procedure shown
below.
1. Set the digital value corresponding to the analog value to be output to the "digital value".
2. Set the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" to OFF (Enable D/A conversion).
3. Set the "D/A output enable/disable setting" to OFF (Enable D/A output).
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the analog output test when CPU module is in STOP status function are listed below.
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
D/A conversion enable/disable setting SM6380 SM6420 Page 395
D/A output enable/disable setting SM6381 SM6421 Page 395
Digital value SD6380 SD6420 Page 403
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.4 D/A Conversion Function 323
Scaling Function
This function performs the scale conversion on digital values within a specified range between a scaling upper limit value and
a scaling lower limit value. The program for scale conversion can be omitted.
Operation
This function performs the scale conversion on digital values. The values are converted within a specified range between a
scaling upper limit value and scaling lower limit value. The value after the scale conversion is used for the D/A conversion. (In
the scale conversion, values after the decimal point are rounded off.)
Setting procedure
1. Set "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" to "D/A conversion enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Basic
setting" "D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Setting"
2. Set "Scaling enable/disable setting" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Scaling Setting"
3. Set values for "Scaling upper limit value" and "Scaling lower limit value".
Item Setting range
Scaling upper limit value -32768 to +32767
Scaling lower limit value -32768 to +32767
• If the relation between the values is scaling lower limit value > scaling upper limit value, the scale
conversion can be performed according to a negative slope.
• Set the scaling with the condition "Scaling lower limit value Scaling upper limit value".
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the scaling function are listed below.
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
Scaling enable/disable setting SM6388 SM6428 Page 396
Scaling upper limit value SD6388 SD6428 Page 405
Scaling lower limit value SD6389 SD6429 Page 405
6 FX5-4A-ADP
324 6.4 D/A Conversion Function
Setting example
Ex.
When 5000 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 1000 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the output
range of 0 to 5 V
Analog output voltage (V)
Scaling upper limit value Digital value
: 5000 Digital operation value (After scaling)
5
4 Scaling
1
Scaling lower limit value
: 1000
Digital operation value
0
0 4000 8000 12000 16000 6
Digital value Digital operation value (after scaling) Output voltage (V)
1000 0 0
1800 3200 1
2600 6400 2
3400 9600 3
4200 12800 4
5000 16000 5
Ex.
When 1000 is set to the scaling upper limit value and 5000 is set to the scaling lower limit value for the channel with the output
range of 0 to 5 V
Analog output voltage (V)
Scaling lower limit value Digital value
: 5000 Digital operation value (After scaling)
5
4 Scaling
1
Scaling upper limit
value: 1000
0 Digital operation value
0 4000 8000 12000 16000
Digital value Digital operation value (after scaling) Output voltage (V)
1000 16000 0
1800 12800 1
2600 9600 2
3400 6400 3
4200 3200 4
5000 0 5
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.4 D/A Conversion Function 325
Shift Function
This function adds (shifts) the set input value shift amount to the digital value, and stores the result to the "digital operation
value". The change in the input value shift amount is reflected in the digital operation value on real-time basis. Therefore, fine
adjustment can be easily performed when the system starts.
Operation
The set "input value shift amount" is added to the digital value. The digital value obtained by the addition is stored in the
"digital operation value".
When the digital value after the addition exceeds the range of -32768 to +32767 as a result of the shift processing, the value
is fixed with the lower limit value (-32768) or the upper limit value (+32767).
When the scaling function is used together, the scaling processing is executed to the value after shifting.
Setting procedure
Set the shift amount to "Input value shift amount".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Shift Function"
Item Setting range
Input value shift amount -32768 to +32767
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the shift function are listed below.
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
Input value shift amount SD6390 SD6430 Page 406
Setting example
Ex.
When the output range is 0 to 5V and the input value shift amount is +50
Analog output voltage (V)
Input value shift amount
5
Before
adjustment
After
0 adjustment
Digital value
-50 0 15950 16000
6 FX5-4A-ADP
326 6.4 D/A Conversion Function
Warning Output Function
When the digital operation value to which the shift amount is added is above the warning output upper limit value or below the
warning output lower limit value, warning is output.
Digital value
Digital value
Digital operation value
Digital operation value
Excluded
8000 *2
Warning output
upper limit value 6000
4000
Warning output
lower limit value 2000
*1
Sampling
Warning output ON
upper limit value flag
OFF
Warning output ON
lower limit value flag
OFF
D/A conversion
ON 6
alarm request OFF
Digital operation value 2000 or more to 2000 2000 or more to 6000 or less 6000
2000 or more to
6000 or less 6000 or less
*1 Analog values below the warning output lower limit value are not output.
*2 Analog values above the warning output upper limit value are not output.
Operation
When the digital operation value to which the shift amount is added is above the warning output upper limit value or below the
warning output lower limit value and the warning output condition is satisfied, the "warning output upper flag" or "warning
output lower flag" turns ON.
When warning is output, the setting value of the "warning output upper limit value/warning output lower limit value" is regarded
as the digital operation value and D/A-converted.
Even if the digital value changes to a value below the warning output upper limit value and above the warning output lower
limit value after the warning output, the "warning output upper flag" and "warning output lower flag" do not turn OFF. When the
D/A conversion alarm clear request is set to OFF, ON and OFF again, the "warning output upper flag" and "warning output
lower flag" turn OFF. The "warning output upper flag" and "warning output lower flag" turn OFF also when the "warning output
enable/disable setting" is changed to "disable", but the alarm code stored in the "D/A conversion latest alarm code" is not
cleared.
For clearing the alarm code stored in the "D/A conversion latest alarm code", set the D/A conversion alarm clear request to
OFF, ON and OFF again.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.4 D/A Conversion Function 327
Setting procedure
1. Set "Warning Output Function" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Warning Output Function"
2. Set values for "Warning output upper limit value" and "Warning output lower limit value".
Item Setting range
Warning output upper limit value -32768 to +32767
Warning output lower limit value
Set the warning output upper limit value and warning output lower limit value while satisfying the condition
"Warning output upper limit value>Warning output lower limit value".
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the alarm output function are listed below.
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
Warning output upper limit value flag SM6391 SM6431 Page 396
Warning output lower limit value flag SM6392 SM6432 Page 396
Warning output setting SM6393 SM6433 Page 397
Warning output upper limit value SD6391 SD6431 Page 406
Warning output lower limit value SD6392 SD6432 Page 406
Setting procedure
The user does not need to configure any settings.
Operation
The error occurs when the external power is not input. (Error code: 3081H)
The error code is stored in "A/D conversion latest error code" of CH1 and "D/A conversion error flag" of CH1 turns ON.
When an error occurs, the analog function performs the following operation.
• A/D conversion function: Stops the A/D conversion and holds the digital output value and digital calculation value at the
previous values.
• D/A conversion function: Stops the D/A conversion and outputs 0 V/0 mA.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
328 6.4 D/A Conversion Function
Disconnection Detection Function
Disconnection can be detected in each channel.
This function is enabled when the analog output range is 4 to 20 mA.
Setting procedure
1. Set "Disconnection detection enable/disable setting" to "Enable".
Navigation window [Parameter] [Module Information] Module model name [Module Parameter] "Application
Settings" "Disconnection detection enable/disable setting"
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the disconnection detection function are listed below.
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
Disconnection detection flag SM6398 SM6438 Page 397 6
Disconnection detection enable/disable setting SM6399 SM6439 Page 397
Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting SM6400 SM6440 Page 398
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.4 D/A Conversion Function 329
Operation
When disconnection is detected in a channel for which the "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" is set to "D/A conversion
enable" and the "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is set to "enable", it is regarded as a disconnection detection
error, and the "disconnection detection flag" turns ON (Error code: 1BB).
At this time, the digital value, digital operation value and analog output value monitor are cleared.
When the "disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting" is set to "enable", the "disconnection detection flag" turns
OFF when the channel is recovered from disconnection.
When the "disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting" is set to "disable", the "disconnection detection flag"
remains ON even if the channel is recovered from disconnection.
It is necessary to set the "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module to ON to turn OFF the "disconnection detection flag".
The "disconnection detection flag" turns OFF also when the "disconnection detection enable/disable setting" is changed to
"disable".
Disconnection
detection
Time
ON
Disconnection detection flag
OFF
ON
Error clear request (SM50)
OFF
6 FX5-4A-ADP
330 6.4 D/A Conversion Function
■When the "disconnection detection recovery enable/disable setting" is set to "disable"
Analog output value
Disconnection
detection
Time
ON
Disconnection detection flag
OFF
ON
Error clear request (SM50)
OFF
An offset/Gain setting value range error occurs when the following condition is not satisfied: (Error code:
1B9H)
• Voltage output: 1000Gain setting value-Offset setting value10000
• Current output: 3000Gain setting value-Offset setting value30000
The table below shows the reference value and initial value of the offset/gain setting value.
Description Digital value Offset setting value Gain setting value
Voltage/ Output range Reference Default value Reference Default value
current value value
Voltage 0 to 10 V 0 to 16000 0 0 mV 8000 5000 mV
0 to 5 V 0 to 16000 0 0 mV 16000 5000 mV
1 to 5 V 0 to 16000 0 1000 mV 16000 5000 mV
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000 0 0 mV 4000 5000 mV
Current 0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000 0 0 A 16000 20000 A
4 to 20 mA 0 to 16000 0 4000 A 16000 20000 A
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.4 D/A Conversion Function 331
Setting procedure
Access to the offset/gain setting window in the GX Works3 to set the offset and gain values.
The setting procedure for the offset/gain setting of the FX5-4A-ADP is as follows:
[Tool] [Module Tool List]
1. Select "Analog Adapter" " Offset/gain setting" and
click the [OK] button.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
332 6.4 D/A Conversion Function
4. Execute the settings in D/A conversion. Specify the
channel to configure the offset/gain setting and the user
range setting.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.4 D/A Conversion Function 333
6. The adjustment value of the offset value or gain value
can be selected from "1", "100", "500", "1000", "2000",
and "3000" or it can be set by inputting any value (1 to
3000).
6 FX5-4A-ADP
334 6.4 D/A Conversion Function
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the offset/gain setting function are listed below.
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
Offset/gain reading SM6412 SM6452 Page 398
Offset/gain writing SM6413 SM6453 Page 398
Offset setting value SD6412 SD6452 Page 407
Gain setting value SD6413 SD6453 Page 407
Offset/gain writing enable code SD6414 SD6454 Page 407
Operation
■Offset/gain writing
For changing the offset/gain data, set "E210H" to the "offset/gain writing enable code" and set the "offset/gain writing" from
OFF to ON to write the "output range setting", "offset setting value" and "gain setting value" to the built-in memory of the FX5-
4A-ADP. Only 1 range can be changed for 1 channel, and the latest contents are valid.
When writing is completed, the "offset/gain writing" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain writing enable code" is
cleared to 0.
When the "output range setting" is changed, the initial value becomes valid. 6
For returning the offset/gain data to the initial value, use the offset/gain initialization function (Page 336 Offset/gain
Initialization Function).
• The offset/gain value is written when the "offset/gain writing enable code" is set to "E210H".
• The offset/gain value can be written only while D/A conversion is disabled.
• The "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" cannot be changed to "enable" while the offset/gain value is
being written.
■Offset/gain reading
For reading the offset/gain data saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4A-ADP, set the "offset/gain reading" from OFF to ON
to read the "output range setting", "offset setting value" and "gain setting value".
When the output range setting selected during reading is equivalent to the output range setting saved in the built-in memory of
the FX5-4A-ADP, the read values are set to the "offset setting value" and "gain setting value".
If the output range setting is different, the initial value of the output range setting selected during reading is valid and set to the
"offset setting value" and "gain setting value". In this case, the offset/gain setting output range mismatch alarm occurs (Alarm
code: 0C0H).
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.4 D/A Conversion Function 335
Offset/gain Initialization Function
This function initializes the offset value and gain value saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4A-ADP.
This function can be set only with special devices.
Setting procedure
1. Set "E210H" to the "offset/gain writing enable code".
Setting value Description Default value
Other than E210H Offset/gain writing disable 0
E210H Offset/gain writing enable
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the offset/gain initialization function are listed below.
Name CH3 CH4 Reference
Offset/gain initialization SM6414 SM6454 Page 399
Offset/gain writing enable code SD6414 SD6454 Page 407
Operation
Set "E210H" to the "offset/gain writing enable code" and set the "offset/gain initialization" from OFF to ON to initialize the
offset value and gain value saved in the built-in memory of the FX5-4A-ADP. When initialization is completed, the "offset/gain
initialization" automatically turns OFF. Also, the "offset/gain writing enable code" is cleared to 0.
• Offset/gain initialization is executed when the "offset/gain writing enable code" is set to "E210H".
• Offset/gain initialization is enabled only while D/A conversion is disabled.
• The "D/A conversion enable/disable setting" cannot be changed to "enable" while offset/gain initialization is
being executed.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
336 6.4 D/A Conversion Function
6.5 Common Function
Event History Function
This function collects errors from FX5-4A-ADP, and keeps them in the SD memory card, and data memory or battery backed
built-in RAM of the CPU module.
The event information collected by the CPU module can be displayed on GX Works3 to check the occurrence history in
chronological order.
Event type Classification Description
System Error An error detected by the self diagnostics in each module.
Setting procedure
The event history function can be set from the event history setting window of GX Works3. For the setting procedure, refer to
the following.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5 User's Manual (Application)
Precautions
• An alarm occurs when the value of a special relay/device is changed while A/D conversion is enabled (Alarm code:
0F0H).
• When the value of a special relay/device related to the scaling, shift, average counts or averaging processing specification
was changed in A/D conversion and "count average" or "moving average" was specified as the averaging processing, clear
the number of times of sampling and execute sampling again from "0 time".
Precautions
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.5 Common Function 337
An alarm occurs when the value of a special relay/device is changed while D/A conversion is enabled (Alarm code: 0F00H).
■PAUSE
The FX5-4A-ADP operates in accordance with its parameters.
■STOP
The FX5-4A-ADP continues A/D conversion.
■PAUSE
The FX5-4A-ADP operates in accordance with its parameters.
■STOP
Outputs are enabled even in the STOP status by using the analog test mode available when the CPU module is in the STOP
status. (Page 323 Analog Output Test when CPU Module is in STOP Status Function)
6 FX5-4A-ADP
338 6.5 Common Function
Alarm clear request
*1 The alarm clear request is required when disconnection recovery is set to "disable".
: Requires the alarm clear request.
: Does not require the alarm clear request.
• The "A/D conversion alarm clear request" is required for flags which do not turn OFF automatically and flags
which cause alarms.
• The "A/D conversion alarm clear request" is not turned off automatically. To perform an alarm clear again, it
is necessary to turn it OFF once.
• Use the "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module to turn OFF the A/D conversion error flag and clear
the A/D conversion latest error code.
*1 The "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module is required when disconnection recovery is set to "disable".
*2 The "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module is required for clearing the error code.
: Requires the alarm clear request.
: Does not require the alarm clear request.
• The alarm clear of the CPU module request is required for flags which do not turn OFF automatically and
flags which cause alarms.
• Use the "error clear request" (SM50) of the CPU module to turn OFF the D/A conversion error flag and clear
the D/A conversion latest error code.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.5 Common Function 339
6.6 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4A-ADP
The procedure to execute the FX5-4A-ADP is described below.
Precautions
Do not write to the special relay/special register in the user interrupt program.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
340 6.6 Procedure to Execute the FX5-4A-ADP
6.7 System Configuration
This section describes the system configuration including analog adapters.
Up to four analog adapters can be connected to an FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module.*1
Up to two analog adapters can be connected to an FX5UJ CPU module.
The connection position of the analog adapter connected to each CPU module are counted as the first module, the second
module, and so on in order of proximity to the CPU module.
However, communication adapters are not counted towards the number of analog adapters.
■FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module (The figure shows the FX5U CPU module.)
Analog adapter-4
Analog adapter-3
Analog adapter-2
Analog adapter-1
Communication adapter
Analog adapter-2
Analog adapter-1
Communication adapter
*1 When the FX5-4A-ADP with the serial number 223**** or earlier is used, the maximum number of connectable modules is two.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.7 System Configuration 341
6.8 Wiring
This section describes the wiring.
Suitable wiring
Number of wires connected per Wire size Tightening torque
terminal Solid wire, Stranded wire Wire ferrule with insulation
sleeve
One wire 0.3 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG22 to 20) 0.3 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG22 to 20) 0.20 Nm
Two wires 0.3 mm 2 (AWG22)
Precautions
Do not tighten terminal screws with torque exceeding the specified range. Failure to do so may cause equipment failures or
malfunctions.
9 mm
8 mm
2.6 mm 14 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model Crimp tool
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG AI 0.5-8 WH CRIMPFOX 6
CRIMPFOX 6T-F
■Tool
For tightening terminals, use a small screwdriver with a straight tip that is not widened toward the end as shown in
the right figure.
■Precautions
With straight tip
When a precision screwdriver with a small grip is used, the specified tightening torque cannot be obtained. Use
the following screwdriver or equivalent product (grip diameter: 25 mm) to obtain the tightening torque specified
above.
0.4 mm 2.5 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG SZS 0.42.5
6 FX5-4A-ADP
342 6.8 Wiring
Terminal layout
The following table shows the terminal layout.
Terminal block Signal name Function
V1+ CH1 Voltage/current input
Terminal layout I1+ For current input short circuit
V1+ COM1 Common
I1+
V2+ CH2 Voltage/current input
COM1
I2+ For current input short circuit
V2+
I2+ COM2 Common
COM2 • Do not wire this terminal.
• V3+ CH3 Voltage output
V3+
I3+ Current output
I3+
COM3 Common
COM3
V4+ V4+ CH4 Voltage output
I4+ I4+ Current output
COM4
COM4 Common
Fuse
24 V DC Grounding Grounding
(Ground resistance: (Ground resistance:
100 Ω or less) 100 Ω or less)
Precautions
• Ground the "ground" terminal to a class-D grounded power supply line (100 or less) together with the grounding terminal
of the CPU module.
• When using an external power supply, turn on the power supply at the same time as the CPU module or earlier than the
CPU module. When turning off the power, confirm the safety of the system and turn off the power of the PLC (including
expansion adapters) at the same time.
• The analog ADP Power failure (Error code: 3081H) may occurs when the CPU module is powered off.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.8 Wiring 343
To connect to the FX5UC CPU module
FX5-4A-ADP FX5UC
CPU module
Black
24+ 24- 24+ 24-
Red Green
Fuse
Grounding
24 V DC
(Ground resistance:
100 Ω or less)
Precautions
• Ground the "ground" terminal to a class-D grounded power supply line (100 or less) together with the grounding terminal
of the CPU module.
• For the 24 V DC power supply, be sure to use the same power as the CPU module.
Using voltage
output
*1
V+
I+
COM
Using current
output
V+
I+
COM
6 FX5-4A-ADP
344 6.8 Wiring
Grounding
Perform the following.
• Perform class D grounding (Grounding resistance: 100 or less).
• Ground the PLC independently when possible.
If the PLC cannot be grounded independently, perform the "Shared grounding" shown below.
For the details, refer to the following manual.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.8 Wiring 345
6.9 Parameter Setting
Set the parameters of each channel.
Setting parameters here eliminates the need to program them.
Parameters are enabled when the CPU module is powered ON or after a reset. In addition, operations
different from the parameter settings are possible by transferring values to special relays and special registers
while changing these values in the program.
For the special relay and the special register, refer to the following.
Page 361 List of A/D Conversion Special Relays
Page 375 List of A/D Conversion Special Registers
Page 393 List of D/A Conversion Special Relays
Page 401 List of D/A Conversion Special Registers
6 FX5-4A-ADP
346 6.9 Parameter Setting
Basic settings (Input)
Setting procedure
Open "Basic Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
6
Item Description Setting range Default
A/D Conversion Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" AD conversion value output. • Disable Disable
Setting • Enable
Average Processing Specify Execute whether to set "average process" or "sampling • Sampling Processing Sampling
processing". • Time Average Processing
• Count Average
• Moving Average
Time Average Counts Average Set average time, average counts, moving average counts when Set range setting for each channel.
Moving Average specifying average process for each channel.
Input range setting Setting area for input range setting. • Input Voltage (0 to 10 V) Input Voltage (0
• Input Voltage (0 to 5 V) to 10 V)
• Input Voltage (1 to 5 V)
• Input Voltage (-10 to 10 V)
• Input Current (0 to 20 mA)
• Input Current (4 to 20 mA)
• Input Current (-20 to 20 mA)
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.9 Parameter Setting 347
Application settings (Input)
Setting procedure
Open "Application Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
6 FX5-4A-ADP
348 6.9 Parameter Setting
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
Warning output setting (Process Set whether to "enable" or "disable" process alarm warning. • Disable Disable
alarm) • Enable
Process Alarm Upper Upper Limit Set upper upper limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767
Value
Process Alarm Upper Lower Limit Set upper lower limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767
Value
Process Alarm Lower Upper Limit Set lower upper limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767
Value
Process Alarm Lower Lower Limit Set lower lower limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767
Value
Warning output setting (Rate Set whether to "enable" or "disable" the rate alarm warning. • Disable Disable
alarm) • Enable
Rate alarm warning detection Set the value for the sampling cycle to detect the rate alarm 1 to 10000
period setting warning.
Rate alarm upper limit value Set the upper limit value of the digital output value. -999 to +1000
Rate alarm lower limit value Set the lower limit value of the digital output value. -1000 to +999
Over Scale Detection Enable/ Set whether to "enable" or "disable" over scale detection. • Disable Disable
Disable • Enable 6
Scaling Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" scaling. • Disable Disable
• Enable
Scaling Upper Limit Value Set the upper limit value for scaling calculation. -32768 to +32767
Scaling Lower Limit Value Set the lower limit value for scaling calculation. -32768 to +32767
Shifting amount to conversion Set shifting amount for shifting function. -32768 to +32767 0
value
Digital Clip Enable/Disable Whether to "enable" or "disable" digital clip. • Disable Disable
• Enable
Disconnection detection enable/ Set whether to "enable" or "disable" disconnection detection. • Disable Disable
disable setting • Enable
Disconnection recovery detection Set whether to "enable" or "disable" disconnection recovery • Disable Disable
enable/disable setting detection. • Enable
Convergence detection enable/ Set whether to "enable" or "disable" convergence detection. • Disable Disable
disable setting • Enable
Convergence detection upper Set the upper limit value for convergence range. -32767 to +32767
limit value
Convergence detection lower limit Set the lower limit value for convergence range. -32768 to +32766
value
Detection time setting for Set the convergence time. 1 to 10000
Convergence detection
Deviation detection trigger Set whether to "enable" or "disable" deviation detection between • Disable Disable
between channels channels. • Enable
Deviation value for deviation Set the deviation value for deviation detection between channels. 0 to 65535
detection between channels
Target CH setting for deviation Set whether to target each channel for deviation detection • Non-target Non-target
detection between channels: No.1 between channels. • Target
to 4, CH1, 2
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.9 Parameter Setting 349
Basic settings (Output)
Setting procedure
Open "Basic Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" D/A conversion. • Disable Disable
Setting • Enable
D/A Output Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" D/A output. • Disable Disable
Setting • Enable
Output range setting Setting area for output range setting. • Output Voltage (0 to 10 V) Output Voltage
• Output Voltage (0 to 5 V) (0 to 10 V)
• Output Voltage (1 to 5 V)
• Output Voltage (-10 to 10 V)
• Output Current (0 to 20 mA)
• Output Current (4 to 20 mA)
6 FX5-4A-ADP
350 6.9 Parameter Setting
Application settings (Output)
Setting procedure
Open "Application Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
Warning Output Setting Set whether to "enable" or "disable" warning output. • Disable Disable
• Enable
Warning output upper limit value Set upper limit value of digital input value for warning output. -32767 to +32767
Warning output lower limit value Set lower limit value of digital input value for warning output. -32768 to +32766
Scaling Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" scaling. • Disable Disable
• Enable
Scaling Upper Limit Value Set scaling conversion upper limit value. -32768 to +32767
Scaling Lower Limit Value Set scaling conversion lower limit value. -32768 to +32767
Shifting amount to conversion Set shifting amount for shift function. -32768 to +32767 0
value
HOLD/CLEAR Setting Set output status at CLEAR or HOLD. • CLEAR Current Value
• Current Value (Hold) (Hold)
• Setting Value
HOLD Setting Value Set digital value that output at HOLD for each channel when -32768 to +32767
"setting value" is selected in "HOLD/CLEAR setting".
Disconnection detection enable/ Set whether to "enable" or "disable" disconnection detection. • Disable Disable
disable setting • Enable
Disconnection recovery detection Set whether to "enable" or "disable" disconnection recovery • Disable Disable
enable/disable setting detection. • Enable
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.9 Parameter Setting 351
6.10 Troubleshooting
This section describes errors that may occur in the use of the FX5-4A-ADP and those troubleshooting.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
352 6.10 Troubleshooting
Error history, alarm history can be checked with the event history window of the GX Works3.
[Diagnostics] [[Module Diagnostics (CPU Diagnostics)] [Event History] button
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.10 Troubleshooting 353
Troubleshooting by Symptom
The following describes troubles classified by symptoms.
If the symptom is not improved even after the actions according to each check item are taken, the possible
cause is the failure of the FX5-4A-ADP. Please consult your local Mitsubishi representative.
■When a value is not converted into the expected digital output value
Check item Action
Check whether the input range setting is correct. Check the input range setting in the parameter setting of GX Works3. If the
contents of setting are wrong, set the input range again.
Check whether the offset/gain setting is correct. Check whether the offset/gain is set correctly.
Check whether A/D conversion is executed correctly.
When A/D conversion is executed correctly, set the offset/gain again.
Whether the A/D conversion method is set correctly. Check the A/D conversion method in the parameter setting of GX Works3. If
the contents of setting are wrong, set the A/D conversion method again.
Whether the scaling function is set correctly. When the scaling function is used, check the scaling function setting in the
parameter setting of GX Works3. If the contents of setting are wrong, set the
scaling function again.
Whether the shift function is working with a proper setting value. Set the conversion value shift amount suitable for the system.
Check whether the power is supplied. Check whether the voltage supplied to the FX5-4A-ADP is within the rated
range.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
354 6.10 Troubleshooting
■When the digital output value is dispersed
Check item Action
Whether an A/D conversion method other than sampling processing is set. Check the A/D conversion method in the parameter setting of GX Works3. Set
the averaging processing to the A/D conversion method, and then check
again for dispersion of the digital output value.
■When a value is not converted into the expected analog output value
Check item Action
Whether the output range is set correctly Check the output range setting in the parameter setting of GX Works3. If the
contents of setting are wrong, set the output range again.
Whether the offset/gain is set correctly Check whether the offset/gain is set correctly.
Check whether D/A conversion is executed correctly.
When D/A conversion is executed correctly, set the offset/gain again.
Whether the scaling function is set correctly When the scaling function is used, check the scaling function setting in the
parameter setting of GX Works3. If the contents of setting are wrong, set the
scaling function again.
Whether the shift function is working with a proper setting value Set the input value shift amount suitable for the system.
Whether a digital value above the warning output upper limit value or below When the warning output function is used, check the warning output function
the warning output lower limit value is set setting in the parameter setting of GX Works3. When the contents of setting
are all right, check whether the digital value is not set outside the warning
output range.
Check whether the power is supplied. Check whether the voltage supplied to the FX5-4A-ADP is within the rated
range.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.10 Troubleshooting 355
■When the analog output value is not held
Check item Action
Whether the CPU module operation status is "STOP" or "STOP (by stop Check the CPU module operation status.
error)" The analog output HOLD/CLEAR function is enabled when the CPU module is
in the "STOP" or "STOP (by stop error)" status.
Whether the analog output HOLD/CLEAR function is set correctly Check the analog output HOLD/CLEAR function setting in the parameter
setting of GX Works3. If the contents of setting are wrong, set the analog
output HOLD/CLEAR function again.
Whether the PWR LED is lit Reset the CPU module, and check whether the PWR LED turns ON.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
356 6.10 Troubleshooting
6.11 List of Error Code
The following table lists the error codes that may be stored.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.11 List of Error Code 357
Error code Error name Description and cause Action
1AFH Offset/Gain setting write error During CH Offset/Gain setting write or CH Set 'CH A/D conversion enable/disable
Offset/Gain setting initialization, 'CH A/D setting' to conversion disable and write CH
conversion enable/disable setting' was set to Offset /Gain setting or initialize CH Offset/
conversion enable. Gain setting.
1D7H Offset/Gain computed value CH Offset/Gain computed value became out Reset CH Offset value and CH Gain setting
range error of range. value.
3080H Analog ADP Hardware error Hardware error of analog ADP was detected. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility of hardware error of the analog ADP.
Consult the nearest Mitsubishi Electric
representative.
3081H Analog ADP Power failure The power is not supplied normally. Confirm if the power is supplied properly.
3082H Analog ADP Memory Error Read error or damaged EEPROM. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility of damaged EEPROM. Consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
3083H Analog ADP Memory Error There is some offset/gain data defect or setting After offset/gain initialization of the analog ADP
defect in EEPROM. is finished, set the data by offset/gain settings
again.
3084H Analog ADP Communication error Communication error occurred between the Confirm if ADP is connected properly to the
analog ADP and the CPU module. CPU module. If not improved, consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
358 6.11 List of Error Code
Error code Error name Description and cause Action
1D7H Offset/Gain computed value CH Offset/Gain computed value became out Reset CH Offset value and CH Gain setting
range error of range. value.
3080H Analog ADP Hardware error Hardware error of analog ADP was detected. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility of hardware error of the analog ADP.
Consult the nearest Mitsubishi Electric
representative.
3081H Analog ADP Power failure The power is not supplied normally. Confirm if the power is supplied properly.
3082H Analog ADP Memory Error Read error or damaged EEPROM. After resetting the CPU module, carry out RUN.
If the same error is displayed again, there is a
possibility damaged EEPROM. Consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
3083H Analog ADP Memory Error There is some offset/gain data defect or setting After offset/gain initialization of the analog ADP
defect in EEPROM. is finished, set the data by offset/gain settings
again.
3084H Analog ADP Communication error Communication error occurred between the Confirm if ADP is connected properly to the
analog ADP and the CPU module. CPU module. If not improved, consult the
nearest Mitsubishi Electric representative.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.12 List of Alarm Code 359
Alarm code Alarm name Description and cause Action
0E3H Analog ADP memory access Offset/gain writing, offset/gain reading or offset/ Reset the CPU module.
alarm gain initialization was executed while the analog
ADP memory error (Error code: 3082H) was
detected.
Or offset reading was executed while the analog
ADP memory error (Error code: 3083H) was
detected.
0F0H Setting change alarm Special relays/registers for analog are changed Change the setting of special relays/registers
while conversion is enabled. while conversion is disabled.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
360 6.12 List of Alarm Code
6.13 List of A/D Conversion Special Relays
The A/D conversion special relays are shown below.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.13 List of A/D Conversion Special Relays 361
2nd analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 2nd FX5-4A-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2
SM6660 SM6700 A/D conversion completed flag Page 365
SM6661 SM6701 A/D conversion enable/disable setting Page 365
SM6662 SM6702 Over scale upper limit detection flag Page 365
SM6663 SM6703 Over scale lower limit detection flag Page 366
SM6664 SM6704 Over scale detection enable/disable setting Page 366
SM6665 SM6705 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 366
SM6666 SM6706 Maximum value reset request Page 367
SM6667 SM6707 Minimum value reset request Page 367
SM6668 SM6708 Scaling enable/disable setting Page 367
SM6669 SM6709 Digital clipping enable/disable setting Page 368
SM6671 SM6711 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) Page 368
SM6672 SM6712 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) Page 368
SM6673 SM6713 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 369
SM6675 SM6715 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) Page 369
SM6676 SM6716 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) Page 369
SM6677 SM6717 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 370
SM6678 SM6718 Disconnection detection flag Page 370
SM6679 SM6719 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 370
SM6680 SM6720 Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting Page 371
SM6681 SM6721 Convergence detection flag Page 371
SM6682 SM6722 Convergence detection enable/disable setting Page 371
SM6685 SM6725 Deviation detection flag between channel Page 372
SM6686 SM6726 Deviation detection trigger between channel Page 372
SM6692 SM6732 Offset/gain reading Page 372
SM6693 SM6733 Offset/gain writing Page 373
SM6694 SM6734 Offset/gain initialization Page 373
SM6697 SM6737 A/D conversion alarm clear request Page 373
SM6698 SM6738 A/D conversion alarm flag Page 374
SM6699 SM6739 A/D conversion error flag Page 374
6 FX5-4A-ADP
362 6.13 List of A/D Conversion Special Relays
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 3rd FX5-4A-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2
SM7020 SM7060 A/D conversion completed flag Page 365
SM7021 SM7061 A/D conversion enable/disable setting Page 365
SM7022 SM7062 Over scale upper limit detection flag Page 365
SM7023 SM7063 Over scale lower limit detection flag Page 366
SM7024 SM7064 Over scale detection enable/disable setting Page 366
SM7025 SM7065 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 366
SM7026 SM7066 Maximum value reset request Page 367
SM7027 SM7067 Minimum value reset request Page 367
SM7028 SM7068 Scaling enable/disable setting Page 367
SM7029 SM7069 Digital clipping enable/disable setting Page 368
SM7031 SM7071 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) Page 368
SM7032 SM7072 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) Page 368
SM7033 SM7073 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 369
SM7035 SM7075 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) Page 369 6
SM7036 SM7076 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) Page 369
SM7037 SM7077 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 370
SM7038 SM7078 Disconnection detection flag Page 370
SM7039 SM7079 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 370
SM7040 SM7080 Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting Page 371
SM7041 SM7081 Convergence detection flag Page 371
SM7042 SM7082 Convergence detection enable/disable setting Page 371
SM7045 SM7085 Deviation detection flag between channel Page 372
SM7046 SM7086 Deviation detection trigger between channel Page 372
SM7052 SM7092 Offset/gain reading Page 372
SM7053 SM7093 Offset/gain writing Page 373
SM7054 SM7094 Offset/gain initialization Page 373
SM7057 SM7097 A/D conversion alarm clear request Page 373
SM7058 SM7098 A/D conversion alarm flag Page 374
SM7059 SM7099 A/D conversion error flag Page 374
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.13 List of A/D Conversion Special Relays 363
4th analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 4th FX5-4A-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH1 CH2
SM7380 SM7420 A/D conversion completed flag Page 365
SM7381 SM7421 A/D conversion enable/disable setting Page 365
SM7382 SM7422 Over scale upper limit detection flag Page 365
SM7383 SM7423 Over scale lower limit detection flag Page 366
SM7384 SM7424 Over scale detection enable/disable setting Page 366
SM7385 SM7425 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag Page 366
SM7386 SM7426 Maximum value reset request Page 367
SM7387 SM7427 Minimum value reset request Page 367
SM7388 SM7428 Scaling enable/disable setting Page 367
SM7389 SM7429 Digital clipping enable/disable setting Page 368
SM7391 SM7431 Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) Page 368
SM7392 SM7432 Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) Page 368
SM7393 SM7433 Warning output setting (process alarm) Page 369
SM7395 SM7435 Warning output flag (rate alarm upper) Page 369
SM7396 SM7436 Warning output flag (rate alarm lower) Page 369
SM7397 SM7437 Warning output setting (rate alarm) Page 370
SM7398 SM7438 Disconnection detection flag Page 370
SM7399 SM7439 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 370
SM7400 SM7440 Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting Page 371
SM7401 SM7441 Convergence detection flag Page 371
SM7402 SM7442 Convergence detection enable/disable setting Page 371
SM7405 SM7445 Deviation detection flag between channel Page 372
SM7406 SM7446 Deviation detection trigger between channel Page 372
SM7412 SM7452 Offset/gain reading Page 372
SM7413 SM7453 Offset/gain writing Page 373
SM7414 SM7454 Offset/gain initialization Page 373
SM7417 SM7457 A/D conversion alarm clear request Page 373
SM7418 SM7458 A/D conversion alarm flag Page 374
SM7419 SM7459 A/D conversion error flag Page 374
6 FX5-4A-ADP
364 6.13 List of A/D Conversion Special Relays
6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays
This section explains the details of special relays. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special relays of
the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
The "A/D conversion completion flag" turns OFF when an error occurs.
For details A/D conversion enable/disable setting function, refer to the following.
Page 293 A/D Conversion Enable/Disable Setting Function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2
A/D conversion enable/disable setting 1st adapter SM6301 SM6341
2nd adapter SM6661 SM6701
3rd adapter SM7021 SM7061
4th adapter SM7381 SM7421
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays 365
Over scale lower limit detection flag
This flag monitors the over-scale lower limit detection status in the over-scale detection function.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R
1: ON Over scale lower limit detection
Maximum value
Minimum value
ON
Maximum value reset request
OFF
ON
Minimum value reset request
OFF
6 FX5-4A-ADP
366 6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2
Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag 1st adapter SM6305 SM6345
2nd adapter SM6665 SM6705
3rd adapter SM7025 SM7065
4th adapter SM7385 SM7425
For the timing of turning the signal on and off, refer to the following.
Page 366 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2
6
Maximum value reset request 1st adapter SM6306 SM6346
2nd adapter SM6666 SM6706
3rd adapter SM7026 SM7066
4th adapter SM7386 SM7426
For the timing of turning the signal on and off, refer to the following.
Page 366 Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2
Minimum value reset request 1st adapter SM6307 SM6347
2nd adapter SM6667 SM6707
3rd adapter SM7027 SM7067
4th adapter SM7387 SM7427
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays 367
Digital clipping enable/disable setting
Set whether to enable or disable the digital clipping function.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Digital clipping function enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Digital clipping function disable
6 FX5-4A-ADP
368 6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays
Warning output setting (process alarm)
Set whether to enable or disable the warning output of process alarm.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Warning output of process alarm enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Warning output of process alarm disable
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays 369
Warning output setting (rate alarm)
Set whether to enable or disable the warning output of rate alarm.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Warning output of rate alarm enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Warning output of rate alarm disable
6 FX5-4A-ADP
370 6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays
Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting
Set whether to enable or disable the disconnection detection recovery.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Disconnection recovery detection enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Disconnection recovery detection disable
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays 371
Deviation detection flag between channel
This flag monitors the deviation detection flag between channel.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R
1: ON Deviation detection
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 312 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2
Deviation detection flag between channel 1st adapter SM6325 SM6365
2nd adapter SM6685 SM6725
3rd adapter SM7045 SM7085
4th adapter SM7405 SM7445
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 312 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2
Deviation detection trigger between channel 1st adapter SM6326 SM6366
2nd adapter SM6686 SM6726
3rd adapter SM7046 SM7086
4th adapter SM7406 SM7446
Offset/gain reading
An offset/gain setting value is read.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Offset/gain reading is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain reading is performed.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
372 6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays
Offset/gain writing
An offset/gain setting value is written in.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Offset/gain writing is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain writing is performed.
Offset/gain initialization
An offset/gain setting value is initialized. 6
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Offset/gain initialization is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain initialization is performed.
For details A/D conversion alarm clear request, refer to the following.
Page 339 A/D conversion function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH1 CH2
A/D conversion alarm clear request 1st adapter SM6337 SM6377
2nd adapter SM6697 SM6737
3rd adapter SM7057 SM7097
4th adapter SM7417 SM7457
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays 373
A/D conversion alarm flag
"A/D conversion alarm flag" turns on when an alarm occurs.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R
1: ON A/D conversion alarm occur
To turn OFF the "A/D conversion alarm flag" and clear the "A/D conversion latest alarm code", set the "A/D conversion alarm
clear request" from OFF to ON.
To turn OFF the "A/D conversion error flag" and clear the "A/D conversion latest error code", set the "error clear request"
(SM50) of the CPU module from OFF to ON.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
374 6.14 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Relays
6.15 List of A/D Conversion Special Registers
The A/D conversion special registers are shown below.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.15 List of A/D Conversion Special Registers 375
2nd analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 2nd FX5-4A-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2
SD6640 Module Information Page 379
SD6660 SD6700 Digital output value Page 379
SD6661 SD6701 Digital operation value Page 379
SD6662 SD6702 Analog input value monitor Page 380
SD6663 SD6703 Average processing specify Page 380
SD6664 SD6704 Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting Page 381
SD6665 SD6705 Input range setting Page 381
SD6666 SD6706 Maximum value Page 382
SD6667 SD6707 Minimum value Page 382
SD6668 SD6708 Scaling upper limit value Page 382
SD6669 SD6709 Scaling lower limit value Page 383
SD6670 SD6710 Conversion value shift amount Page 383
SD6671 SD6711 Process alarm upper upper limit value Page 383
SD6672 SD6712 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 384
SD6673 SD6713 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 384
SD6674 SD6714 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 385
SD6675 SD6715 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 385
SD6676 SD6716 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 386
SD6677 SD6717 Rate alarm warning detection period setting Page 386
SD6682 SD6722 Convergence detection upper limit value Page 387
SD6683 SD6723 Convergence detection lower limit value Page 387
SD6684 SD6724 Detection time setting for convergence detection Page 388
SD6685 SD6725 Deviation detection CH1 Page 388
SD6686 SD6726 Deviation detection CH2 Page 389
SD6687 SD6727 Deviation value for deviation detection between channel Page 389
SD6688 SD6728 CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel Page 390
SD6689 SD6729 CH setting 2 for deviation detection between channel Page 390
SD6692 SD6732 Offset setting value Page 391
SD6693 SD6733 Gain setting value Page 391
SD6694 SD6734 Offset/gain writing enable code Page 391
SD6698 SD6738 A/D conversion latest alarm code Page 392
SD6699 SD6739 A/D conversion latest error code Page 392
6 FX5-4A-ADP
376 6.15 List of A/D Conversion Special Registers
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 3rd FX5-4A-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2
SD7000 Module Information Page 379
SD7020 SD7060 Digital output value Page 379
SD7021 SD7061 Digital operation value Page 379
SD7022 SD7062 Analog input value monitor Page 380
SD7023 SD7063 Average processing specify Page 380
SD7024 SD7064 Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting Page 381
SD7025 SD7065 Input range setting Page 381
SD7026 SD7066 Maximum value Page 382
SD7027 SD7067 Minimum value Page 382
SD7028 SD7068 Scaling upper limit value Page 382
SD7029 SD7069 Scaling lower limit value Page 383
SD7030 SD7070 Conversion value shift amount Page 383
SD7031 SD7071 Process alarm upper upper limit value Page 383
SD7032 SD7072 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 384 6
SD7033 SD7073 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 384
SD7034 SD7074 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 385
SD7035 SD7075 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 385
SD7036 SD7076 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 386
SD7037 SD7077 Rate alarm warning detection period setting Page 386
SD7042 SD7082 Convergence detection upper limit value Page 387
SD7043 SD7083 Convergence detection lower limit value Page 387
SD7044 SD7084 Detection time setting for convergence detection Page 388
SD7045 SD7085 Deviation detection CH1 Page 388
SD7046 SD7086 Deviation detection CH2 Page 389
SD7047 SD7087 Deviation value for deviation detection between channel Page 389
SD7048 SD7088 CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel Page 390
SD7049 SD7089 CH setting 2 for deviation detection between channel Page 390
SD7052 SD7092 Offset setting value Page 391
SD7053 SD7093 Gain setting value Page 391
SD7054 SD7094 Offset/gain writing enable code Page 391
SD7058 SD7098 A/D conversion latest alarm code Page 392
SD7059 SD7099 A/D conversion latest error code Page 392
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.15 List of A/D Conversion Special Registers 377
4th analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 4th FX5-4A-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH1 CH2
SD7360 Module Information Page 379
SD7380 SD7420 Digital output value Page 379
SD7381 SD7421 Digital operation value Page 379
SD7382 SD7422 Analog input value monitor Page 380
SD7383 SD7423 Average processing specify Page 380
SD7384 SD7424 Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting Page 381
SD7385 SD7425 Input range setting Page 381
SD7386 SD7426 Maximum value Page 382
SD7387 SD7427 Minimum value Page 382
SD7388 SD7428 Scaling upper limit value Page 382
SD7389 SD7429 Scaling lower limit value Page 383
SD7390 SD7430 Conversion value shift amount Page 383
SD7391 SD7431 Process alarm upper upper limit value Page 383
SD7392 SD7432 Process alarm upper lower limit value Page 384
SD7393 SD7433 Process alarm lower upper limit value Page 384
SD7394 SD7434 Process alarm lower lower limit value Page 385
SD7395 SD7435 Rate alarm upper limit value Page 385
SD7396 SD7436 Rate alarm lower limit value Page 386
SD7397 SD7437 Rate alarm warning detection period setting Page 386
SD7402 SD7442 Convergence detection upper limit value Page 387
SD7403 SD7443 Convergence detection lower limit value Page 387
SD7404 SD7444 Detection time setting for convergence detection Page 388
SD7405 SD7445 Deviation detection CH1 Page 388
SD7406 SD7446 Deviation detection CH2 Page 389
SD7407 SD7447 Deviation value for deviation detection between channel Page 389
SD7408 SD7448 CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel Page 390
SD7409 SD7449 CH setting 2 for deviation detection between channel Page 390
SD7412 SD7452 Offset setting value Page 391
SD7413 SD7453 Gain setting value Page 391
SD7414 SD7454 Offset/gain writing enable code Page 391
SD7418 SD7458 A/D conversion latest alarm code Page 392
SD7419 SD7459 A/D conversion latest error code Page 392
6 FX5-4A-ADP
378 6.15 List of A/D Conversion Special Registers
6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers
This section explains the details of special registers. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special registers
of the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
Module Information
Module information of FX5-4A-ADP is stored.
Stored value R/W
6180H R
6
Digital output value
The A/D-converted digital output value is stored.
Range Default value R/W
-8192 to +16383 0 R
The value is updated in every averaging processing cycle when the averaging processing is executed, or in
every sampling cycle when the averaging processing is not executed.
The value equivalent to the digital output value is stored when the scaling function, shift function and digital
clipping function are not executed.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers 379
Analog input value monitor
The input analog value is stored.
Range Default value R/W
-20480 to +20479 0 R
The unit of the analog value is "mV" when the voltage is input, or "A" when the current is input.
The averaging process specification setting range error (Error code: 1A0H) occurs when any value other
than the above values is set.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
380 6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers
Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting
Set the average time, average counts and moving average counts in the averaging processing for each channel.
The table below shows the available setting range.
Setting value Description Default value R/W
1 to 10000 (ms) Time average 0 R/W
4 to 32767 (times) Count average
2 to 64 (times) Moving average
The average time setting range error (Error code: 1A1H), average counts setting range error (Error code:
1A2H) or moving average count setting range error (Error code: 1A3H) occurs when any value other than
the above values is set. In this case, the A/D conversion processing is executed using the setting set before
the error occurs.
The range setting range error (Error code: 1A8H) occurs when any value other than the above values is set.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers 381
Maximum value
The maximum value of the digital operation value is stored. When the "maximum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON,
the maximum value of the specified channel is updated to the "digital operation value".
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R
For details maximum value/minimum value hold function, refer to the following.
Page 303 Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2
Maximum value 1st adapter SD6306 SD6346
2nd adapter SD6666 SD6706
3rd adapter SD7026 SD7066
4th adapter SD7386 SD7426
Minimum value
The minimum value of the digital operation value is stored. When the "minimum value reset request" is set from OFF to ON,
the minimum value of the specified channel is updated to the "digital operation value".
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R
For details maximum value/minimum value hold function, refer to the following.
Page 303 Maximum Value/Minimum Value Hold Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2
Minimum value 1st adapter SD6307 SD6347
2nd adapter SD6667 SD6707
3rd adapter SD7027 SD7067
4th adapter SD7387 SD7427
6 FX5-4A-ADP
382 6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers
Scaling lower limit value
Set the lower limit value of the scaling conversion range.
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
The process alarm upperlower limit value setting range error (Error code: 1A4H) occurs when the condition
"Process alarm upper upper limit value Process alarm upper lower limit value Process alarm lower upper
limit value Process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers 383
Process alarm upper lower limit value
Set the upper lower limit value of the warning output function (process alarm).
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
The process alarm upperlower limit value setting range error (Error code: 1A4H) occurs when the condition
"Process alarm upper upper limit value Process alarm upper lower limit value Process alarm lower upper
limit value Process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied.
The process alarm upperlower limit value setting range error (Error code: 1A4H) occurs when the condition
"Process alarm upper upper limit value Process alarm upper lower limit value Process alarm lower upper
limit value Process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
384 6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers
Process alarm lower lower limit value
Set the lower lower limit value of the warning output function (process alarm).
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
The process alarm upperlower limit value setting range error (Error code: 1A4H) occurs when the condition
"Process alarm upper upper limit value Process alarm upper lower limit value Process alarm lower upper
limit value Process alarm lower lower limit value" is not satisfied.
• Set the rate alarm upper limit value in the unit "0.1 %".
• The rate alarm upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1A5H) occurs when
the condition "Rate alarm upper limit value > Rate alarm lower limit value" is not satisfied.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers 385
Rate alarm lower limit value
Set the lower limit of the change rate of the digital output value for detecting rate alarms.
Range Default value R/W
-1000 to +1000 0 R/W
• Set the rate alarm lower limit value in the unit "0.1 %".
• The rate alarm upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1A5H) occurs when
the condition "Rate alarm upper limit value > Rate alarm lower limit value" is not satisfied.
The rate alarm warning detection period setting range error (Error code: 1A6H) occurs when any value other
than the above values is set.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
386 6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers
Convergence detection upper limit value
Set the upper limit of the digital output value used in the convergence detection function.
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
The convergence detection upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1ADH)
occurs when the condition "Convergence detection upper limit value > Convergence detection lower limit
value" is not satisfied.
The convergence detection upper limit value/lower limit value setting inversion error (Error code: 1ADH)
occurs when the condition "Convergence detection upper limit value > Convergence detection lower limit
value" is not satisfied.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers 387
Detection time setting for convergence detection
Set the convergence detection time used in the convergence detection function.
Range Default value R/W
1 to 10000 (ms) 1 R/W
• When a value outside the setting range is set, the convergence detection time setting range error occurs
(Error code: 1ACH).
• The setting value will be ignored when the convergence detection enable/disable setting is set to "disable".
■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4A-ADP ■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4AD-ADP
b15 to b10 b9 b8 b7 to b2 b1 b0 b15 to b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 to b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 312 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2
Deviation detection CH1 1st adapter SD6325 SD6365
2nd adapter SD6685 SD6725
3rd adapter SD7045 SD7085
4th adapter SD7405 SD7445
6 FX5-4A-ADP
388 6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers
Deviation detection CH2
Check the status of the deviation between CH detection flag in the 3rd and 4th FX5-4A-ADP, or FX5-4AD-ADP used in the
deviation between CH detection function.
Only FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports this checking.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R
1: ON Deviation detection
■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4A-ADP ■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4AD-ADP
b15 to b10 b9 b8 b7 to b2 b1 b0 b15 to b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 to b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 312 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2 6
Deviation detection CH2 1st adapter SD6326 SD6366
2nd adapter SD6686 SD6726
3rd adapter SD7046 SD7086
4th adapter SD7406 SD7446
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers 389
CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel
Set the channels whose deviation will be checked in the 1st and 2nd FX5-4A-ADP, or FX5-4AD-ADP used in the deviation
detection between channel function.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF Non target 0 R/W
1: ON Target
■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4A-ADP ■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4AD-ADP
b15 to b10 b9 b8 b7 to b2 b1 b0 b15 to b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 to b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 312 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2
CH setting 1 for deviation detection between channel 1st adapter SD6328 SD6368
2nd adapter SD6688 SD6728
3rd adapter SD7048 SD7088
4th adapter SD7408 SD7448
■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4A-ADP ■ When the deviation detection target is FX5-4AD-ADP
b15 to b10 b9 b8 b7 to b2 b1 b0 b15 to b12 b11 b10 b9 b8 b7 to b4 b3 b2 b1 b0
Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1 Not used CH4 CH3 CH2 CH1
For details deviation detection between channel function, refer to the following.
Page 312 Deviation Detection Between Channel Function
Name Connection part Special register
CH1 CH2
CH setting 2 for deviation detection between channel 1st adapter SD6329 SD6369
2nd adapter SD6689 SD6729
3rd adapter SD7049 SD7089
4th adapter SD7409 SD7449
6 FX5-4A-ADP
390 6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers
Offset setting value
Set the offset data used in the offset/gain setting function.
Range Default value R/W
Voltage: -10000 to +9000 0 R/W
Current: -20000 to +17000
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers 391
A/D conversion latest alarm code
The latest alarm code detected in the FX5-4A-ADP is stored.
Monitor value Default value R/W
0 R
Set the "A/D conversion alarm clear request" from OFF to ON to clear the alarm code.
Set the "error clear request" (SM50) of CPU module from OFF to ON to clear the error code.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
392 6.16 Detail of A/D Conversion Special Registers
6.17 List of D/A Conversion Special Relays
The D/A conversion special relays are shown below.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.17 List of D/A Conversion Special Relays 393
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special relays list for the 3rd FX5-4A-ADP module is shown below.
Special relays Name Reference
CH3 CH4
SM7100 SM7140 D/A conversion enable/disable setting Page 395
SM7101 SM7141 D/A output enable/disable setting Page 395
SM7108 SM7148 Scaling enable/disable setting Page 396
SM7111 SM7151 Warning output upper limit value flag Page 396
SM7112 SM7152 Warning output lower limit value flag Page 396
SM7113 SM7153 Warning output setting Page 397
SM7118 SM7158 Disconnection detection flag Page 397
SM7119 SM7159 Disconnection detection enable/disable setting Page 397
SM7120 SM7160 Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting Page 398
SM7132 SM7172 Offset/gain reading Page 398
SM7133 SM7173 Offset/gain writing Page 398
SM7134 SM7174 Offset/gain initialization Page 399
SM7137 SM7177 D/A conversion alarm clear request Page 399
SM7138 SM7178 D/A conversion alarm flag Page 399
SM7139 SM7179 D/A conversion error flag Page 400
6 FX5-4A-ADP
394 6.17 List of D/A Conversion Special Relays
6.18 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Relays
This section explains the details of special relays. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special relays of
the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
The setting value will be ignored when the D/A conversion enable/disable setting is set to "disable".
For details D/A output enable/disable setting function, refer to the following.
Page 321 D/A Output Enable/Disable Setting Function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH3 CH4
D/A output enable/disable setting 1st adapter SM6381 SM6421
2nd adapter SM6741 SM6781
3rd adapter SM7101 SM7141
4th adapter SM7461 SM7501
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.18 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Relays 395
Scaling enable/disable setting
Set whether to enable or disable the scaling function.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Scaling function enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Scaling function disable
6 FX5-4A-ADP
396 6.18 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Relays
Warning output setting
Set whether to enable or disable the warning output.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Warning output enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Warning output disable
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.18 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Relays 397
Disconnection recovery detection enable/disable setting
Set whether to enable or disable the disconnection detection recovery.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Disconnection recovery detection enable 1: ON R/W
1: ON Disconnection recovery detection disable
Offset/gain reading
An offset/gain setting value is read.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Offset/gain reading is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain reading is performed.
Offset/gain writing
An offset/gain setting value is written in.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Offset/gain writing is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain writing is performed.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
398 6.18 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Relays
Offset/gain initialization
An offset/gain setting value is initialized.
Setting value Setting description Default value R/W
0: OFF Offset/gain initialization is not performed. 0: OFF R/W
1: ON Offset/gain initialization is performed.
For details D/A conversion alarm clear request, refer to the following.
Page 339 D/A conversion function
Name Connection part Special relay
CH3 CH4
D/A conversion alarm clear request 1st adapter SM6417 SM6457
2nd adapter SM6777 SM6817
3rd adapter SM7137 SM7177
4th adapter SM7497 SM7537
To turn OFF the "D/A conversion alarm flag" and clear the "D/A conversion latest alarm code", set the "D/A conversion alarm
clear request" from OFF to ON.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.18 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Relays 399
D/A conversion error flag
"D/A conversion error flag" turns on when an error occurs.
Monitor value Display description Default value R/W
0: OFF Normal 0: OFF R
1: ON D/A conversion error occur
To turn OFF the "D/A conversion error flag" and clear the "D/A conversion latest error code", set the "error clear request"
(SM50) of the CPU module from OFF to ON.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
400 6.18 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Relays
6.19 List of D/A Conversion Special Registers
The D/A conversion special registers are shown below.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.19 List of D/A Conversion Special Registers 401
3rd analog expansion adapter
The special registers list for the 3rd FX5-4A-ADP module is shown below.
Special registers Name Reference
CH3 CH4
SD7100 SD7140 Digital value Page 403
SD7101 SD7141 Digital operation value Page 403
SD7102 SD7142 Analog output value monitor Page 404
SD7103 SD7143 HOLD/CLEAR function setting Page 404
SD7104 SD7144 HOLD setting value Page 404
SD7105 SD7145 Output range setting Page 405
SD7108 SD7148 Scaling upper limit value Page 405
SD7109 SD7149 Scaling lower limit value Page 405
SD7110 SD7150 Input value shift amount Page 406
SD7111 SD7151 Warning output upper limit value Page 406
SD7112 SD7152 Warning output lower limit value Page 406
SD7132 SD7172 Offset setting value Page 407
SD7133 SD7173 Gain setting value Page 407
SD7134 SD7174 Offset/gain writing enable code Page 407
SD7138 SD7178 D/A conversion latest alarm code Page 408
SD7139 SD7179 D/A conversion latest error code Page 408
6 FX5-4A-ADP
402 6.19 List of D/A Conversion Special Registers
6.20 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Registers
This section explains the details of special registers. Only the FX5S/FX5U/FX5UC CPU module supports the special registers
of the third and fourth modules.
R: Read only, R/W: Read/Write
Digital value
Set the digital value for D/A conversion.
Output range setting Digital value setting range When the scaling function is enabled Default value R/W
Voltage 0 to 10 V 0 to 16000 Scaling lower limit value to Scaling upper limit value 0 R/W
0 to 5 V
1 to 5 V
-10 to +10 V -8000 to +8000
Current 0 to 20 mA 0 to 16000
4 to 20 mA
When the digital value is set outside the allowable setting range, D/A conversion will be executed within the
6
allowable setting range.
The value equivalent to the digital value is stored when the scaling function and shift function are not used.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.20 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Registers 403
Analog output value monitor
The D/A-converted analog value is stored.
Monitor value Default value R/W
-10240 to +20479 0 R
• The unit is "1 V = 1000 mV" for voltage input, and "1 mA = 1000 A" for current input.
• The upper limit value or lower limit value is stored when the analog value is outside the output range.
• The output status setting range error in HOLD status (Error code: 1B1H) occurs when any value other
than the above values is set.
• Set a value to the "HOLD setting value" when setting "2" here.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
404 6.20 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Registers
Output range setting
Set the output range.
Setting value Description Default R/W
value
0 0 to 10 V 0 R/W
1 0 to 5 V
2 1 to 5 V
3 -10 to +10 V
4 0 to 20 mA
5 4 to 20 mA
The range setting range error (Error code: 1B8H) occurs when any value other than the above values is set.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.20 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Registers 405
Input value shift amount
Set the "input value shift amount" used in the shift function.
The value set here is added to the "digital value".
Range Default value R/W
-32768 to +32767 0 R/W
6 FX5-4A-ADP
406 6.20 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Registers
Offset setting value
Set the offset data used in the offset/gain setting function.
Range Default value R/W
Voltage: -10000 to +9000 0 R/W
Current: 0 to +17000
6 FX5-4A-ADP
6.20 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Registers 407
D/A conversion latest alarm code
The latest alarm code detected in the FX5-4A-ADP is stored.
Monitor value Default value R/W
0 R
Set the "D/A conversion alarm clear request" from OFF to ON to clear the alarm code.
Set the "error clear request" (SM50) of CPU module from OFF to ON to clear the error code.
6 FX5-4A-ADP
408 6.20 Detail of D/A Conversion Special Registers
7 FX5U CPU MODULE BUILT-IN ANALOG
This chapter describes the built into analog the FX5U CPU module.
7.1 Specifications
This section describes the specifications.
Generic specifications
For the general specification, refer to the following manual.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
Performance specifications
Analog input/output specification is shown below.
This section describes the performance specifications.
Analog input
Item Specifications
No. of analog input points 2 points (2 channels)
7
Analog input Voltage 0 to 10 V DC (input resistance 115.7 k)
Digital output Unsigned 12-bit binary
Device allocation SD6020 (ch1 A/D converted input data)
SD6060 (ch2 A/D converted input data)
Input characteristics, max. resolution Digital output value 0 to 4000
Max. resolution 2.5 mV
Precision Ambient temperature 25 5 Within 0.5 % (20 digit*2)
(Accuracy for the full scale of the digital
Ambient temperature 0 to 55 Within 1.0 % (40 digit*2)
output value)
Ambient temperature -20 to 0*1 Within 1.5 % (60 digit*2)
Conversion speed 30 s /Channel (data refreshed every operation cycle)
Absolute max. input -0.5 V, +15 V
Insulation method Inside the CPU module and the analog input circuit are not insulated.
Between input terminals (channels) is not insulated.
No. of occupied input/output points 0 point (does not pertain to the max. No. of input/output points of the CPU
module.)
*1 This specification does not apply to products manufactured before June 2016.
*2 "Digit" refers to digital values.
*1 There is a dead band near 0 V output, which is an area where some digital input values do not reflect analog output values.
*2 External load resistance is set to 2 k when shipped from the factory. Thus, output voltage will increase somewhat if the resistance is
set higher than 2 k. When the resistance is 1 M, output voltage increases by a maximum 2 %.
*3 This specification does not apply to products manufactured before June 2016.
*4 "Digit" refers to digital values.
Accuracy
Fluctuation range
Digital
output
value
0
0V 10 V
Analog input value
Fluctuation range
Analog
output
value
0V
0 4000
Digital input value
Analog input
List of Functions Description Reference
A/D conversion enable/disable setting function Function to enable or disable A/D conversion per channel. Page 413
The conversion process time can be reduced by disabling conversion for unused channels.
A/D conversion Sampling processing Method of converting each analog input at END processing to generate the equivalent Page 413
method digital output.
Time average Method of averaging the time of A/D conversion values and outputting these average values
as the digital signal.
Count average Method of averaging the count of A/D conversion values and outputting these average
values as the digital signal.
Moving average Method of averaging the analog input for a specified count measured at every END process,
and outputting these average values as the digital signal.
Over scale detection function Function to detect analog input values that are over a input range. Page 415
Scaling function Function that converts user-defined maximum and minimum digital values in accordance Page 416
with a configured scale.
Shift function Function that adds a specified amount to the A/D conversion value. Page 417
Fine adjustments during system startup can be easily performed.
Digital clipping function Function that specifies the maximum A/D conversion value as 4000 and the minimum value Page 418
as 0 when voltage is input that exceeds the input range. 7
Maximum value/minimum value hold function Function that holds the minimum and maximum digital operation values. Page 418
Warning output function Function to output warning when digital operation values exceed the specified range. Page 419
Event history function Collects errors from functions of the built into analog, and stores them as event information Page 420
into the CPU module.
Analog output
List of Functions Description Reference
D/A conversion enable/disable function Function to enable or disable D/A conversion. Page 422
When analog output is not used, the conversion process time can be reduced by disabling
conversion.
D/A output enable/disable setting function Specifies whether to output the D/A conversion value or output an offset value (HOLD Page 422
setting value).
Analog output HOLD/CLEAR function Sets the digital value before D/A conversion to the previous value or clears the value (0) Page 423
depending on the operation status of the CPU module (RUN, STOP, and STOP error).
Analog output test when CPU module is in Outputs a user-defined analog value by setting the output enable/disable flag to enabled Page 424
STOP status function when the CPU module is stopped, and changing the digital value.
Scaling function Function that converts user-defined maximum and minimum digital values in accordance Page 425
with a configured scale.
Shift function Function that adds a specified amount to the digital value. Page 426
Fine adjustments during system startup can be easily performed.
Warning output function Function to output warning when digital values exceed the specified range. Page 426
Event history function Collects errors from functions of the built into analog, and stores them as event information Page 428
into the CPU module.
This section describes the special relays and special registers for the CH1.
For checking the special relays and special registers for the CH2, refer to the following:
Page 437 List of Special Relays, Page 438 List of Special Registers
Function to enable/disable
A/D conversion
Scaling function
Shift function
Maximum value/minimum
Warning output function
value hold function
Corresponding devices
The devices in which the function to enable/disable A/D conversion can be used are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2
A/D conversion enable/disable setting SM6021 SM6061
Setting methods
A/D conversion is enabled/disabled for each channel by the setting to enable/disable A/D conversion.
Name Allowable setting range Default value
A/D conversion enable/disable setting 0: Enable A/D conversion 1: Disable A/D conversion
1: Disable A/D conversion
Setting is enabled from the next END process that detected the change in the setting value. However, if there
a problem in the value set for the A/D conversion method, changing this setting from disabled to enabled will
not result in an enabled status.
7
Operation
The analog input is converted to a digital signal only for the channel(s) which have been enabled for A/D conversion by the
setting to enable/disable A/D conversion.
While A/D conversion is disabled, the A/D conversion method setting can be changed.
Corresponding devices
The devices used by the A/D conversion method are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2
Average processing specify SD6023 SD6063
Time Average/Count Average/Moving Average setting SD6024 SD6064
Operation
This section describes the operation of each A/D conversion method.
■Sampling processing
The analog input is sequentially converted into a digital signal by the END process to create the digital output, and the digital
output values and digital operation values are stored.
■Time average
A/D conversion is performed for the specified time, the total values are averaged, and the digital output values and digital
operation values are stored.
The processing count during the specified time changes depending on the number of channels enabled for conversion.
Number of processing times = Setting time Scan time
If the setting time is smaller than the scan time, sampling values are output without the averaging process. For
the initial output, however, the average of the first and second sampling values is output.
■Count average
The averaging process of the A/D conversion value is set to count, these average values are output as a digital signal, and the
digital output values and digital operation values are stored.
The average values resulting from count average, digital output values, and time to store digital operation values depend on
the scan time.
Processing time = Set number of times Scan time
Because the count average requires a sum of at least two counts excluding the maximum and minimum
values, the set number of times should be four or more.
2000
0 Time [ms]
CH1 Digital output (a) (b) (c)
value 0
ON
CH1 A/D conversion
completed flag OFF
7
Over Scale Detection Function
Function to detect analog input values that are over a input range.
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the function to detect over scale are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2
Over scale detection flag SM6022 SM6062
Over scale detection enable/disable setting SM6024 SM6064
A/D conversion alarm clear request SM6057 SM6097
A/D conversion alarm flag SM6058 SM6098
A/D conversion latest alarm code SD6058 SD6098
Setting methods
Enables/disables the over scale detection setting for each channel.
Name Allowable setting range Default value
Over scale detection enable/disable setting 0: Enabled 0: Enabled
1: Disabled
Setting is enabled from the next END process that detected the change in the setting value.
Operation
Detected when the input analog voltage exceeds 10.2 V.
When an over-limit is detected, the digital value for this channel before the over-limit is stored, and the A/D conversion
complete flag is turned off for this channel. Regardless of the over-limit detection flag reset, once the analog input value
returns to 10.2 V, the A/D conversion complete flag will be turned on for this channel after the first update when A/D
conversion restarts. When using the averaging function, the averaging process is cleared at the time of the over-limit
detection. The averaging process is restarted after over-limit is cleared.
Scaling Function
Function that converts user-defined maximum and minimum digital values in accordance with a configured scale.
Corresponding devices
The devices used with the scaling function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2
A/D conversion scaling enable/disable setting SM6028 SM6068
A/D conversion error flag SM6059 SM6099
Scaling upper limit value SD6028 SD6068
Scaling lower limit value SD6029 SD6069
A/D conversion latest error code SD6059 SD6099
Setting methods
The procedure to use the scaling function is described below.
1. Disable scaling.
Name Allowable setting range Default value
Scaling enable/disable setting 0: Enabled 1: Disabled
1: Disabled
3. Enable scaling.
Operation
The output digital value is scaled within a range between the user-defined scaling upper limit value and the scaling lower limit
value.
[Input voltage V]
Set the upper limit and 0 2 4 6 8 10
lower limit value of
scaling. -1000
[Input voltage V]
0 2 4 6 8 10
Digital output value × (scaling upper limit value - scaling lower limit value)
Value after scaling = + Scaling lower limit value
4000
• The max. resolution will not increase even if the scaling upper limit value and the scaling lower limit value
are set such that each digit is smaller than the max. resolution.
• When the scaling upper limit value is set lower than the scaling lower limit value, the digital operation value
decreases as the input voltage increases.
Precautions
When both the scaling function and the digital clipping function are enabled at the same time, the scaling calculation will occur
on the resulting digital value after digital clipping.
Shift Function
Function to add a user-definable shifting amount to the A/D conversion value and store the digital operation value. Changes to
the shifting amount will be reflected in the digital operation value in real time, which enables fine adjustments to be easily
made during system startup.
7
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the shift function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2
Conversion value shift amount SD6030 SD6070
Setting methods
Sets the conversion value shift amount for the channel for which you want to use the conversion value shift.
Name Allowable setting range Default value
Conversion value shift amount -32768 to +32767 0
This function does not need to be set in advance. The user can perform conversion value shifts at any time.
Operation
Adds a shifting amount to the A/D conversion value. The A/D conversion value with the added shift is stored as the digital
operation value.
When the digital operation value resulting from the shift processing exceeds the range between -32768 to +32767, the value
is set to the lower limit (-32768) or the upper limit (32767).
When using the Sampling processing, the shift amount is added every conversion cycle. When using the averaging process,
the shift amount is added every averaging process cycle. The results are stored as the digital operation value.
When using the scaling function at the same time, shift processing is performed on the resulting value after scaling
processing.
Precautions
When the shift function, digital clipping function, and the scaling function are enabled simultaneously, the added shift is
applied to the value after digital clipping and scaling, which results in a digital operation value range between -32,768 to
32,767.
Corresponding devices
The devices in which the digital clipping function can be used are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2
Digital clipping enable/disable setting SM6029 SM6069
Setting methods
Enable digital clipping for the channels for which you want to use the digital clipping function.
Name Allowable setting range Default value
Digital clipping enable/disable setting 0: Enabled 1: Disabled
1: Disabled
• When the digital clipping function is disabled: digital output range (0 to 4095)
• When the digital clipping function is enabled: digital output range (0 to 4000)
Operation
This section describes the operation of the digital clipping function.
This function specifies the maximum A/D conversion value as 4000 and the minimum value as 0 when voltage is input that
exceeds the input range.
Precautions
The scaling function operates as follows when not using the digital clipping function.
The value after scaling will exceed the scaling upper limit value when a voltage is input that exceeds the voltage range.
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the function to hold minimum and maximum values are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2
Maximum value/minimum value reset completed flag SM6025 SM6065
Maximum value reset request SM6026 SM6066
Minimum value reset request SM6027 SM6067
Maximum value SD6026 SD6066
Minimum value SD6027 SD6067
Setting methods
The user does not need to configure any settings.
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the warning output function are listed below.
Name CH1 CH2
Warning output flag (process alarm upper limit) SM6031 SM6071 7
Warning output flag (process alarm lower limit) SM6032 SM6072
Warning output setting (process alarm) SM6033 SM6073
A/D conversion alarm clear request SM6057 SM6097
A/D conversion alarm flag SM6058 SM6098
Process alarm upper upper limit value SD6031 SD6071
Process alarm lower upper limit value SD6032 SD6072
Process alarm upper lower limit value SD6033 SD6073
Process alarm lower lower limit value SD6034 SD6074
A/D conversion latest alarm code SD6058 SD6098
Setting methods
The procedure to use the warning output function is described below.
2. Set the upper limit and lower limit values for the process alarm.
Four levels of values from the process alarm upper upper limit value to the process alarm lower lower limit value can be set for
each channel using the warning output function (process alarm).
Name Allowable setting range Default value
Process alarm upper upper limit value -32768 to +32767 0
(upper upper limit lower upper limit
Process alarm lower upper limit value
upper lower limit lower lower
Process alarm upper lower limit value limit)
Process alarm lower lower limit value
Precautions
When using the digital clipping function, the scaling function, and the shift function, the digital operation value resulting after
digital clipping, scaling, and adding the shift is detected for warning. Make sure to set the upper limits and lower limits for the
process alarms with regard to digital clipping, scaling, and shift additions.
Setting procedure
The event history function can be set from the event history setting window of GX Works3. For the setting procedure, refer to
the following.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5 User's Manual (Application)
Digital value
D/A conversion
enable/disable function
Shift function
7
Scaling function
Analog output
Digital operation value
HOLD/CLEAR function
Digital value
Digital input values are stored.
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the function to enable/disable D/A conversion are listed below.
Name CH1
D/A conversion enable/disable setting SM6180
Setting methods
D/A conversion is enabled/disabled for each channel by the setting to enable/disable D/A conversion.
Name Allowable setting range Default value
D/A conversion enable/disable setting 0: Enable D/A conversion 1: Disable D/A conversion
1: Disable D/A conversion
Operation
The digital output is converted to an analog signal only for the channel(s) which have been enabled for D/A conversion by the
setting to enable/disable D/A conversion, and the channels for which D/A output is turned on output on the basis of the
converted analog values.
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the function to enable/disable D/A output are listed below.
Name CH1
D/A output enable/disable setting SM6181
Setting methods
D/A output is enabled/disabled for each channel by the setting to enable/disable D/A output.
Name Allowable setting range Default value
D/A output enable/disable setting 0: Enable D/A output 1: Disable D/A output
1: Disable D/A output
Operation
Output is based on the digital output value only for the channel(s) which have been enabled for D/A output by the setting to
enable/disable D/A output. An offset value (HOLD setting value) is output when the D/A output enable/disable flag is set to
disable D/A output.
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the analog output HOLD/CLEAR function are listed below.
Name CH1
D/A conversion enable/disable setting SM6180
HOLD/CLEAR setting SD6183
HOLD setting value SD6184
Setting methods
The procedure to use the analog output HOLD/CLEAR function is described below.
Operation
The following table lists the resulting analog output status depending on the combined configuration of the analog output
HOLD/CLEAR function and the D/A output enable/disable flag.
CPU module status D/A output enable/disable setting HOLD/CLEAR setting Output status
RUN Enabled All settings Shift and scaling value
Disabled All settings 0
STOP Enabled CLEAR 0
Enabled Previous Value (Hold) Shift and scaling value
Enabled Setting Value Output the value set for the HOLD
setting value
Disabled All settings 0
PAUSE Enabled All settings Shift and scaling value
Disabled All settings 0
Error occurs when RUN state cannot Enabled All settings 0
operate
Disabled All settings 0
Corresponding devices
The devices that are used by analog test function when the CPU module is stopped are listed below.
Name CH1
D/A conversion enable/disable setting SM6180
D/A output enable/disable setting SM6181
Digital value SD6180
Setting methods
The procedure to use the analog test function is described below.
Operation
The digital input value will be converted to an analog signal and output regardless of whether the CPU module in the RUN
state or STOP state.
The settings for the shift function, scaling function, and warning output function are valid during the analog output test.
Precautions
Even when the analog output HOLD/CLEAR function is operating, analog output can be changed by this function.
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the scaling function are listed below.
Name CH1
Scaling enable/disable setting SM6188
Scaling upper limit value SD6188
Scaling lower limit value SD6189
Setting methods
The procedure to use the scaling function is described below.
1. Disable scaling.
Name Allowable setting range Default value
Scaling enable/disable setting 0: Enabled 1: Disabled
1: Disabled
3. Enable scaling.
Operation
Scaling is performed on the resulting value after shift processing is performed on the set digital value using the scaling upper
limit value and scaling lower limit value. The value resulting after scaling is used for the D/A conversion.
An example of scaling setting is shown below.
[Output voltage V]
Set the upper limit and lower 0 2 4 6 8 10
limit value of scaling.
-1000
4000
Value after scaling = × (digital input value - scaling lower limit value)
Scaling upper limit value - scaling lower limit value
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the shift function are listed below.
Name CH1
Input value shift amount SD6190
Setting methods
Set the desired input value shift amount when performing a shift addition.
Name Allowable setting range Default value
Input value shift amount -32768 to +32767 0
Operation
When the added digital value resulting from the shift processing exceeds the range between -32768 to +32767, the value is
set to the lower limit (-32768) or the upper limit (32767).
After the value is written for the input value shift amount, the input value shift amount is added to the digital value.
Precautions
The scaling function and the warning output function executes for the digital value with the added shift amount.
Corresponding devices
The devices which are used by the warning output function are listed below.
Name CH1
Warning output upper limit value flag SM6191
Warning output lower limit value flag SM6192
Warning output setting SM6193
D/A conversion alarm clear request SM6217
D/A conversion alarm flag SM6218
Warning output upper limit value SD6191
Warning output lower limit value SD6192
D/A conversion latest alarm code SD6218
2. Set the warning output upper limit value and warning output lower limit value.
Warning output upper limit value and warning output lower limit value can be set for each channel using the warning output
function.
Name Allowable setting range Default value
Warning output upper limit value -32768 to +32767 0
(upper limit value > lower limit value)
Warning output lower limit value
Operation
The judgment to output a warning is based on the value resulting after shift processing is performed on the digital input value.
The warning output upper limit value flag turns ON for the appropriate channel when the input digital value exceeds the
warning output upper limit value, and the warning output lower limit value flag turns ON when the input digital value is less
than the warning output lower limit value. 7
Details of the warning output upper limit value flag are shown in the table below.
Name Allowable setting range
Warning output upper limit value flag 0: Normal
1: Upper limit alarm ON
Details of the warning output lower limit value flag are shown in the table below.
Name Allowable setting range
Warning output lower limit value flag 0: Normal
1: Lower limit alarm ON
The set warning output upper and lower limit values are used as the digital values for D/A conversion when there is a warning.
After a warning occurs and the digital value becomes less than the warning output upper limit value or larger than the warning
output lower limit value, the analog output value returns to the normal value. However, the warning output upper limit flag, the
warning output lower limit flag, D/A conversion alarm occurrence flag and alarm code stored in "D/A conversion latest alarm
code" are not cleared.
The following describes the procedure to clear the warning output.
After setting the digital value to less than the warning output upper limit value or larger than the warning output lower limit
value, cycle the D/A conversion alarm clear request through OFF ON OFF.
Precautions
• When using the scaling function and the shift function, the digital value resulting after scaling and adding the shift is
detected for warning. Make sure to set the warning output upper limit and lower limit values with regard to scaling and shift
additions.
• A warning will be output when the digital value exceeds the warning output upper limit value or when it is less than the
warning output lower limit value.
Setting procedure
The event history function can be set from the event history setting window of GX Works3. For the setting procedure, refer to
the following.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5 User's Manual (Application)
Precautions
Do not write to the special relay/special register in the user interrupt program.
Suitable wiring
Number of wires connected per Wire size Tightening torque
terminal Solid wire, Stranded wire Wire ferrule with insulation
sleeve
One wire 0.2 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG24 to 20) 0.2 to 0.5 mm2 (AWG24 to 20) 0.22 to 0.25 Nm
Two wires 0.2 mm 2 (AWG24)
Precautions
Do not tighten terminal screws with torque exceeding the specified range. Failure to do so may cause equipment failures or
malfunctions.
5 mm
6 mm
2 to 2.5 mm
10.5 to 12 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model Crimp tool
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG AI 0.5-6 WH CRIMPFOX 6
CRIMPFOX 6T-F
■Tool
For tightening terminals, use a small screwdriver with a straight tip that is not widened toward the end as shown in
the right figure.
■Precautions
With straight tip
When a precision screwdriver with a small grip is used, the specified tightening torque cannot be obtained. Use
the following screwdriver or equivalent product (grip diameter: 25 mm) to obtain the tightening torque specified
above.
0.4 mm 2.5 mm
<Reference>
Manufacturer Model
Phoenix Contact GmbH & Co. KG SZS 0.42.5
V1+ V2+ V- V+ V-
*1 Shield
V+
V-
*2 Class D grounding
*1 For analog output wiring, use shielded twisted-pair cables (double-core type). Separate them from other power lines or lines which can
be induced by others.
*2 Ground a shielded cable at one point on the signal receiving side.
Grounding
Perform the following.
• Perform class D grounding (Grounding resistance: 100 or less).
• Ground the PLC independently when possible.
If the PLC cannot be grounded independently, perform the "Shared grounding" shown below.
For the details, refer to the following manual.
MELSEC iQ-F FX5S/FX5UJ/FX5U/FX5UC User's Manual (Hardware)
Parameters are enabled when the CPU module is powered ON or after a reset. In addition, operations
different from the parameter settings are possible by transferring values to special relays and special registers
while changing these values in the program.
Refer to Page 437 List of Special Relays or Page 438 List of Special Registers for details on the
special relays and special registers.
Setting procedure
Open "Basic Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window 7
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
A/D Conversion Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" A/D conversion value output. • Enable Disable
Setting • Disable
Average Processing Specify Execute whether to set "average process" or "sampling • Sampling Sampling
processing". • Time Average
• Count Average
• Moving average
Time Average Counts Average Set time average, count average, moving average counts during User-defined value for the 0
Moving average specifying average process for each channel. allowable setting range
Setting procedure
Open "Application Settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
Process Alarm Warning Setting Set whether to "enable" or "disable" process alarm warning. • Enable Disable
• Disable
Process Alarm Upper Upper Limit Set upper upper limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767 0
Value
Process Alarm Upper Lower Limit Set upper lower limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767 0
Value
Process Alarm Lower Upper Limit Set lower upper limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767 0
Value
Process Alarm Lower Lower Limit Set lower lower limit value of digital output value. -32768 to +32767 0
Value
Over Scale Detection Enable/ Set whether to "enable" or "disable" over scale detection. • Enable Enable
Disable • Disable
Scaling Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" scaling. • Enable Disable
• Disable
Scaling Upper Limit Value Set scaling conversion upper limit value. -32768 to +32767 0
Scaling Lower Limit Value Set scaling conversion lower limit value. -32768 to +32767 0
Shifting Amount Set shifting amount for shifting function. -32768 to +32767 0
Digital Clip Enable/Disable Whether to "enable" or "disable" the digital clip. • Enable Disable
• Disable
Setting procedure
Open "Basic settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
D/A Conversion Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" D/A conversion. • Enable Disable 7
Setting • Disable
D/A Output Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" D/A output. • Enable Disable
Setting • Disable
Setting procedure
Open "Application settings" of the GX Works3.
Window
Displayed items
Item Description Setting range Default
Warning Output Setting Set whether to "enable" or "disable" warning output. • Enable Disable
• Disable
Warning Upper Limit value Set upper limit value of digital input value for warning output. -32768 to +32767 0
Warning Lower Limit value Set lower limit value of digital input value for warning output. -32768 to +32767 0
Scaling Enable/Disable Set whether to "enable" or "disable" scaling. • Enable Disable
• Disable
Scaling Upper Limit Value Set scaling conversion upper limit value. -32768 to +32767 0
Scaling Lower Limit Value Set scaling conversion lower limit value. -32768 to +32767 0
Shift Value to Conversion Value Set shifting amount for shifting function. -32768 to +32767 0
HOLD/CLEAR Setting Set output status at CLEAR or HOLD. • CLEAR CLEAR
• Previous Value (Hold)
• Setting Value
HOLD Setting Value Set digital value that output at HOLD when "setting value" is -32768 to +32767 0
selected in "HOLD/CLEAR Setting".
Analog input
: This symbol indicates the number of the channel where a error has occurred. (1: CH1 to 2: CH2)
Error code Error name Description and cause Action
0000H There is no error.
1A0H Averaging process specification A value other than 0 to 3 is set in CH Set CH Averaging process specification to 0
setting range error Averaging process specification. to 3.
1A1H Time average setting range error When the time average is selected in CH Set CH Time average/Count average/Moving
Averaging process specification, a value other average setting to 1 to 10000.
than 1 to 10000 is set in CH Time average/
Count average/Moving average setting.
1A2H Count average setting range error When the count average is selected in CH Set CH Time average/Count average/Moving
Averaging process specification, a value other average setting to 4 to 32767.
than 4 to 32767 is set in CH Time average/
Count average/Moving average setting.
1A3H Moving average count setting When the moving average is selected in CH Set CH Time average/Count average/Moving
range error Averaging process specification, a value other average setting to 2 to 64.
than 2 to 64 is set in CH Time average/Count
average/Moving average setting.
1A4H Process alarm upper lower limit
value setting range error
The values set in CH Process alarm upper
upper limit value to CH Process alarm lower
Set CH Process alarm upper upper limit value
to CH Process alarm lower lower limit value 7
lower limit value do not satisfy the following so that the values satisfy the following condition:
condition: Upper upper limit value Upper lower limit
Upper upper limit value Upper lower limit value Lower upper limit value Lower lower
value Lower upper limit value Lower lower limit value
limit value
1A7H Scaling upper and lower limit CH Scaling upper limit value and CH Reset CH Scaling upper limit value or CH
value setting error Scaling lower limit value are equal. scaling lower limit value such that Scaling upper
limit valueScaling lower limit value.
Analog output
Error code Error name Description and cause Action
0000H There is no error.
1B01H Scaling upper/lower limit value Values that do not satisfy the following relation Set the warning output upper limit value and
setting error are set in warning output upper limit value and warning output lower limit value so that upper
warning output lower limit value: limit value > lower limit value.
Upper limit value > Lower limit value
1B11H HOLD output state setting range A value other than 0, 1 or, 2 was set in the Set a value between 0 and 2 to the HOLD/
error HOLD/CLEAR function setting. CLEAR function setting.
1B21H HOLD output set value range The HOLD output set value is outside the range Specify the HOLD output set value to fall within
error between the scaling lower limit value and the range between the scaling lower limit value
scaling upper limit value. and scaling upper limit value.
1B71H Scaling upper and lower limit Scaling upper limit value and Scaling lower limit Reset Scaling upper limit value or scaling lower
value setting error value are equal. limit value such that Scaling upper limit
valueScaling lower limit value.
Analog input
: This symbol indicates the number of the channel where an alarm has occurred. (1: CH1 to 2: CH2)
Alarm code Alarm name Description and cause Action
080H Process alarm (upper limit) The process alarm (upper limit) has occurred in When the digital operation value returns from
CH. the warning output range, the warning output
flag automatically changes to "0: Normal".
081H Process alarm (lower limit) The process alarm (lower limit) has occurred in
CH. Afterwards, alarm can be cleared by turning ON
the alarm clear request.
090H Over-limit detection flag An over-limit has occurred in CH. If the alarm clear request is turned ON after the
analog input value falls within the set range, all
the over-limit detection flags are set to "0:
Normal" and the alarm code in the A/D
conversion latest alarm code is cleared.
0F0H Changing the setting with setting The setting was changed when setting change Change the setting with setting change allowed.
change not allowed was not allowed.
Analog output
Alarm code Alarm name Description and cause Action
0801H Warning output alarm (upper limit) The warning output alarm (upper limit) has When the digital operation value returns from
occurred. the warning output range, the warning output
0811H Warning output alarm (lower limit) The warning output alarm (lower limit) has flag automatically changes to "0: Normal".
Afterwards, alarm can be cleared by turning ON
occurred.
the alarm clear request.
0F01H Changing the setting with setting The setting was changed when setting change Change the setting with setting change allowed.
change not allowed was not allowed.
R/W: Read/Write
R: Read only
R/W: Read/Write
R: Read only
R/W: Read/Write
R: Read only
R/W: Read/Write
R: Read only
Method of using the FX5U CPU module for current inputs (4 to 20 mA DC)
The FX5U CPU module is designed to handle only voltage inputs.
However, the FX5U CPU module can be used for current inputs by connecting a 250 resistor (Precise resistance: 0.5%)
between the V+ terminal and the V- terminal.
■Example of wiring
Converting 4 to 20 mA
into 1 to 5 V CH
82.7 kΩ
V+
250 Ω*1
V-
33 kΩ
*2 CH No. goes in of V+, CH.
*1 Instead of a 250 resistor, a 500 resistor can be connected in parallel. When selecting a resistor, consider the maximum input
current.
*2 For unused channels, short-circuit the "V+" and "V-" terminals.
■Specifications 7
Item Specifications
Analog input 4 to 20 mA DC
Digital output 400 to 2000*1
Resolution 10 A
Absolute maximum input -2 mA, +60 mA
*1 The digital output value can be changed using the scaling function.
2000 2000
400
For details of the scaling function, refer to Page 416 Scaling Function.
APPX
440 Appendix 1 Added and Enhanced Functions
MEMO
APPX
Appendix 1 Added and Enhanced Functions 441
INDEX
A P
A/D conversion enable/disable setting function Process alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .42,111,304
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,293,413
A/D conversion method . . . . . . . . . . . . 32,294,413
R
Accuracy of A/D conversion . . . . . . . . . 28,288,410
Accuracy of D/A conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . 232,288 Range switching function . . . . . . . . 31,234,292,320
Accuracy of temperature conversion Rate alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44,113,306
(resistance temperature detector) . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Accuracy of temperature conversion (thermocouple)
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 S
Alarm output function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111,173 Scaling function . . . . . . . 36,238,298,324,416,425
Analog output HOLD/CLEAR function Shift function . . . . . . . . . 39,240,301,326,417,426
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236,322,423
Analog output test when CPU module is in
STOP status function. . . . . . . . . . . . . 237,323,424 T
Temperature conversion method . . . . . . . . 106,168
C Temperature resistance choice function . . . . . . .108
Temperature unit choice function . . . . . . . . 105,167
Convergence detection function . . . . . . . . . . 49,311 Thermocouple type choice function. . . . . . . . . . .170
Conversion enable/disable setting function
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105,167
Current input characteristic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27,284 V
Current output characteristic . . . . . . . . . . . 231,287 Voltage input characteristic . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25,282
Voltage output characteristic . . . . . . . . . . . 229,285
D
D/A conversion enable/disable function W
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235,321,422 Warning output function
D/A output enable/disable setting function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42,241,304,327,419,426
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235,321,422
Deviation detection between channel function
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50,312
Digital clipping function . . . . . . . . . . . . 40,302,418
Digital operation value . . . . . . 31,234,292,320,412
Digital output value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31,292,412
Disconnection detection function
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47,109,171,242,309,329
E
Event history function
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51,116,178,244,337,420,428
External power supply disconnection detection function
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242,328
M
Maximum value/minimum value hold function
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41,122,184,303,418
Measured temperature value . . . . . . . . . . . 104,166
O
Offset/gain initialization function
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55,121,183,249,318,336
Offset/gain setting function
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52,117,179,244,313,331
Over scale detection function . . . . . . . . 34,296,415
442
MEMO
443
REVISIONS
Revision date Revision Description
January 2015 A First Edition
April 2015 B A part of the cover design is changed.
May 2016 C ■Added or modified parts
RELEVANT MANUALS, TERMS, Section 2.1, 3.1, 4.1, 4.12
October 2016 D ■Added models
FX5-4AD-PT-ADP, FX5-4AD-TC-ADP
■Added functions
Event history function
■Added or modified parts
Terms, Chapter 1, Section 2.1, 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.6, 2.7, Chapter 3, 4, Section 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.7, 6.1,
6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.9, Appendix 1
May 2017 E ■Added or modified parts
RELEVANT MANUALS, TERMS
October 2019 F ■Added model
FX5UJ CPU module
■Added or modified parts
RELEVANT MANUALS, TERMS, Chapter 1, Section 2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.8, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11,
2.12, 2.13, 2.14, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10, 3.11, 3.12, 3.13, 3.14, 4.1, 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6,
4.7, 4.8, 4.9, 4.10, 4.11, 4.12, 4.13, 4.14, 5.1, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10, 5.11, 5.12, 5.13,
5.14, 6.1, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.8, Appendix 1, TRADEMARKS
April 2021 G ■Added model
FX5-4A-ADP
■Added or modified parts
RELEVANT MANUALS, TERMS, Chapter 1, Section 2.1, 2.3, 3.3, 4.3, 5.1, 5.3, Chapter 6, Appendix
1
April 2022 H ■Added model
FX5S CPU module
■Added or modified parts
RELEVANT MANUALS, TERMS, GENERIC TERMS AND ABBREVIATIONS, Chapter 1, Section
2.1, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.12, 2.14, 3.1, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.12, 3.14, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.12, 4.14, 5.1, 5.4,
5.5, 5.6, 5.12, 5.14, 6.1, 6.3, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6.14, 6.16, 6.18, 6.20, 7.1, 7.6, 7.7, Appendix 1,
WARRANTY
444
WARRANTY
Please confirm the following product warranty details before using this product.
1. Gratis Warranty Term and Gratis Warranty 2. Onerous repair term after discontinuation
Range of production
If any faults or defects (hereinafter "Failure") found to be (1) Mitsubishi shall accept onerous product repairs for
the responsibility of Mitsubishi occurs during use of the seven (7) years after production of the product is
product within the gratis warranty term, the product shall discontinued.
be repaired at no cost via the sales representative or Discontinuation of production shall be notified with
Mitsubishi Service Company. However, if repairs are Mitsubishi Technical Bulletins, etc.
required onsite at domestic or overseas location, (2) Product supply (including repair parts) is not available
expenses to send an engineer will be solely at the after production is discontinued.
customer's discretion. Mitsubishi shall not be held
responsible for any re-commissioning, maintenance, or 3. Overseas service
testing on-site that involves replacement of the failed Overseas, repairs shall be accepted by Mitsubishi's local
module. overseas FA Center. Note that the repair conditions at
each FA Center may differ.
[Gratis Warranty Term]
4. Exclusion of loss in opportunity and
The gratis warranty term of the product shall be for one
year after the date of purchase or delivery to a
secondary loss from warranty liability
designated place. Note that after manufacture and Regardless of the gratis warranty term, Mitsubishi shall
shipment from Mitsubishi, the maximum distribution not be liable for compensation to:
period shall be six (6) months, and the longest gratis (1) Damages caused by any cause found not to be the
warranty term after manufacturing shall be eighteen (18) responsibility of Mitsubishi.
months. The gratis warranty term of repair parts shall not (2) Loss in opportunity, lost profits incurred to the user
exceed the gratis warranty term before repairs. by Failures of Mitsubishi products.
(3) Special damages and secondary damages whether
[Gratis Warranty Range] foreseeable or not, compensation for accidents, and
(1) The range shall be limited to normal use within the compensation for damages to products other than
usage state, usage methods and usage environment, Mitsubishi products.
etc., which follow the conditions and precautions, (4) Replacement by the user, maintenance of on-site
etc., given in the instruction manual, user's manual equipment, start-up test run and other tasks.
and caution labels on the product. 5. Changes in product specifications
(2) Even within the gratis warranty term, repairs shall be The specifications given in the catalogs, manuals or technical
charged for in the following cases. documents are subject to change without prior notice.
1. Failure occurring from inappropriate storage or 6. Product application
handling, carelessness or negligence by the
(1) In using the Mitsubishi MELSEC programmable
user. Failure caused by the user's hardware or
controller, the usage conditions shall be that the
software design.
application will not lead to a major accident even if
2. Failure caused by unapproved modifications,
any problem or fault should occur in the
etc., to the product by the user.
programmable controller device, and that backup and
3. When the Mitsubishi product is assembled into a fail-safe functions are systematically provided outside
user's device, Failure that could have been of the device for any problem or fault.
avoided if functions or structures, judged as
(2) The Mitsubishi programmable controller has been
necessary in the legal safety measures the user's
designed and manufactured for applications in general
device is subject to or as necessary by industry
industries, etc. Thus, applications in which the public
standards, had been provided.
could be affected such as in nuclear power plants and
4. Failure that could have been avoided if other power plants operated by respective power
consumable parts (battery, backlight, fuse, etc.) companies, and applications in which a special quality
designated in the instruction manual had been assurance system is required, such as for railway
correctly serviced or replaced. companies or public service purposes shall be excluded
5. Relay failure or output contact failure caused by from the programmable controller applications.
usage beyond the specified life of contact In addition, applications in which human life or property
(cycles). that could be greatly affected, such as in aircraft,
6. Failure caused by external irresistible forces such medical applications, incineration and fuel devices,
as fires or abnormal voltages, and failure caused manned transportation, equipment for recreation and
by force majeure such as earthquakes, lightning, amusement, and safety devices, shall also be excluded
wind and water damage. from the programmable controller range of applications.
7. Failure caused by reasons unpredictable by However, in certain cases, some applications may be
scientific technology standards at time of possible, providing the user consults their local
shipment from Mitsubishi. Mitsubishi representative outlining the special
8. Any other failure found not to be the responsibility requirements of the project, and providing that all
of Mitsubishi or that admitted not to be so by the parties concerned agree to the special circumstances,
user. solely at the user's discretion.
(3) Mitsubishi shall have no responsibility or liability for any
problems involving programmable controller trouble and
system trouble caused by DoS attacks, unauthorized
access, computer viruses, and other cyberattacks.
445
TRADEMARKS
Anywire and AnyWireASLINK are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Anywire Corporation.
The company names, system names and product names mentioned in this manual are either registered trademarks or
trademarks of their respective companies.
In some cases, trademark symbols such as '' or '' are not specified in this manual.
446 JY997D60501H
Manual number: JY997D60501H
Model: FX5-U-ANALOG-E
Model code: 09R557
HEAD OFFICE : TOKYO BUILDING, 2-7-3 MARUNOUCHI, CHIYODA-KU, TOKYO 100-8310, JAPAN
NAGOYA WORKS : 1-14 , YADA-MINAMI 5-CHOME , HIGASHI-KU, NAGOYA , JAPAN
When exported from Japan, this manual does not require application to the
Ministry of Economy, Trade and Industry for service transaction permission.